Trump Faces Declining Public Support on Immigration Amid Shifting Voter Sentiments

Immigration, a defining pillar of Donald Trump’s 2024 presidential campaign and a topic on which he previously enjoyed strong public support, is now emerging as a point of vulnerability. Recent polling data reveals a noticeable dip in Trump’s approval ratings on immigration, signaling possible dissatisfaction with his approach among voters and highlighting evolving public attitudes.

A new Morning Consult survey, conducted from May 9 to 11 among 2,221 registered voters, indicates that Trump’s approval on immigration has dropped to the lowest level since he began his second term. According to the poll, 51 percent of respondents approved of his immigration stance, while 44 percent expressed disapproval. Notably, enthusiasm for mass deportations as a top policy priority has waned, with only 35 percent in favor.

This shift comes as additional surveys reveal growing disapproval of Trump’s hardline immigration policies, which include widespread deportations and a reduction in legal immigration opportunities. A Fox News poll conducted in April found Trump with a negative approval rating on immigration for the first time: 47 percent approved of his performance, while 48 percent disapproved. However, Trump still received better marks for his handling of the border, where 55 percent expressed approval.

Similarly, the most recent AP-NORC poll, carried out between May 1 and 5 among 1,175 adults, reported that 49 percent approved of Trump’s immigration policies, while 51 percent disapproved. This showed a slight improvement from April, when the approval rating stood at 46 percent and disapproval at 53 percent.

Another survey, conducted in April by Atlas Intel, showed a net approval rating of minus 6 points for Trump on immigration. In that poll, 52 percent rated his performance as “terrible” or “very poor,” compared to 46 percent who said it was “excellent” or “good.” This marked a notable drop from March, when 51 percent viewed Trump’s immigration policies positively and only 43 percent negatively.

This decline in approval is occurring against a backdrop of increased legal scrutiny and mounting criticism over Trump’s deportation agenda. One case drawing particular attention is that of Kilmar Abrego Garcia, who was deported from Maryland. The Department of Justice referred to his removal as an “administrative error.” Although Trump’s administration identified Garcia as a member of MS-13, a gang now classified as a terrorist organization, Garcia’s legal team and family deny any such affiliation.

Trump’s current immigration plan calls for the deportation of millions of undocumented individuals through expanded operations by Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and involvement of the National Guard. His strategy involves reviving and intensifying first-term policies, constructing large detention centers, and accelerating deportations by limiting judicial review.

What stands out about the current enforcement is that it targets undocumented immigrants without criminal records. During Trump’s first 50 days back in office, ICE arrested over 32,000 people, nearly half of whom had no prior criminal record. A report by El País also revealed that by mid-February 2025, over 40 percent of deportees had no criminal background.

Public support for deportation of non-criminal undocumented immigrants appears weak. A Pew Research Center survey found that while a slim majority—51 percent—of Americans support the deportation of at least some undocumented individuals, only around one-third support mass deportation. Notably, there is overwhelming support for removing violent criminals, but approval sharply declines when it comes to deporting individuals married to U.S. citizens or those brought to the country as children.

Trump’s declining approval on immigration mirrors broader polling trends showing a general downturn in public support since the start of his second term, even though he entered it with record-high approval levels. According to Morning Consult, Trump’s overall approval rating dropped one point since April to 45 percent, while 52 percent disapproved of his performance.

Echelon Insights also documented a one-point drop in Trump’s approval between April and May, falling to 46 percent, with disapproval climbing to 52 percent. Similarly, Big Data Poll found that Trump’s approval now stands at 48 percent, down from 56 percent in January. Meanwhile, disapproval has risen to 47 percent, compared to just 37 percent in January.

Nonetheless, some recent surveys indicate a slight rebound in Trump’s approval. Newsweek’s approval tracker currently shows Trump at 46 percent approval with 50 percent disapproval. This marks a marginal improvement over the previous week, when he had a 45 percent approval rating and disapproval was firmly in the 50s.

A compilation of various polls paints a mixed picture:

Rasmussen (May 12): 52% approve, 46% disapprove

Morning Consult (May 9-11): 46% approve, 52% disapprove

Echelon Insights (May 8-12): 46% approve, 52% disapprove

YouGov (May 6-8): 42% approve, 50% disapprove

Quantus (May 5-7): 48% approve, 48% disapprove

Big Data Poll (May 3-5): 48% approve, 47% disapprove

YouGov/Economist (May 2-5): 42% approve, 52% disapprove

AP-NORC (May 1-5): 41% approve, 57% disapprove

RMG Research (April 30-May 8): 49% approve, 49% disapprove

TIPP Insights (April 30-May 2): 42% approve, 47% disapprove

While these polls show Trump’s approval rating holding relatively steady, they also reveal a subtle but consistent uptick in disapproval. For instance, the YouGov poll conducted from May 6 to 8 among 1,143 adults showed a 42 percent approval rate—unchanged from previous polling—while disapproval rose by 2 points to 50 percent. A similar pattern was seen in the Quantus Insights poll, conducted between May 5 and 7.

Comparing Trump’s current ratings with those from his first term provides additional perspective. On May 13, 2017, RealClearPolitics recorded Trump’s approval at 42 percent and disapproval at 53 percent, a net rating of minus 11 points. This suggests Trump is marginally less popular now than he was at the same point during his first term.

In comparison to Joe Biden, Trump’s current approval rating also falls short. On May 13, 2021, Biden enjoyed a 54 percent approval rating, with 42 percent disapproving, according to RealClearPolitics.

Even though Trump began his second term with his highest approval rating to date, Gallup’s initial poll for the term—conducted between January 21 and 27—showed him as the least popular incoming president since 1953, and the only one to start with an approval rating below 50 percent. Gallup noted that Biden started his presidency with a 57 percent approval rating.

Historical data from Gallup, analyzed by The American Presidency Project, underscores Trump’s low standing compared to previous presidents at the 100-day mark. Dwight Eisenhower held a 73 percent approval rating at that point. Other presidents also fared better: John F. Kennedy had 83 percent, Richard Nixon 62 percent, Jimmy Carter 63 percent, Ronald Reagan 68 percent, George H.W. Bush 56 percent, Bill Clinton 55 percent, George W. Bush 62 percent, and Barack Obama 65 percent.

Looking ahead, Trump’s approval ratings may fluctuate depending on several critical developments, such as the outcome of the Russia-Ukraine war, changing dynamics in international trade, and increasing economic uncertainty linked to potential recession fears.

Mohanlal’s Reign Continues: A Four-Decade Superstar Still Shattering Box Office Records in 2025

In a film industry where fame often fades as quickly as social media trends rise, one actor continues to rise above generational shifts and transient popularity—Mohanlal. Affectionately referred to as Lalettan by his fans, Mohanlal isn’t just a popular actor; he is an enduring symbol of Malayalam cinema itself. Over the past four decades, his name has become inseparable from the industry’s growth and transformation. And if anyone still doubts his box office might, a look at Malayalam cinema’s top-grossing films will quickly erase that skepticism.

Among the ten highest-grossing Malayalam films of all time, Mohanlal headlines four—a distinction no other contemporary actor can match. Even more impressive is that two of these four blockbusters were released in 2025 alone. With an already illustrious career full of milestones, this new chapter confirms that Mohanlal is not merely preserving his legacy; he is boldly redefining it.

Here’s how Mohanlal ranks in the history of Malayalam cinema’s box office success in India:

  1. L2: Empuraan – Rs 105.25 crore (2025)
  2. Thudarum – Rs 101.65 crore (2025)
  3. Pulimurugan – Rs 76.67 crore (2016)
  4. Lucifer – Rs 65.21 crore (2019)

The two latest additions—L2: Empuraan and Thudarum—haven’t just entered the elite Rs 100 crore club; they’ve soared well past it. Empuraan, the much-anticipated sequel to the 2019 political thriller Lucifer, is now the highest-grossing Malayalam film of all time, collecting an enormous Rs 268.05 crore worldwide. Hot on its heels is Thudarum, a compelling social drama that has crossed the Rs 200 crore mark—a number once thought impossible for Malayalam films.

Add to this list Pulimurugan, the first Malayalam movie to surpass Rs 100 crore globally, and Lucifer, which redefined the political thriller genre in Kerala, and a clear narrative emerges: Mohanlal is the unrivaled king of the Malayalam box office.

What makes this accomplishment all the more remarkable isn’t just the revenue these films have generated but the broad variety they represent. Pulimurugan thrilled audiences with adrenaline-filled action sequences and became a festive favorite. Lucifer delved into political intrigue and treachery, carried by Mohanlal’s restrained yet magnetic performance. Empuraan expanded that world with higher stakes and darker themes. Meanwhile, Thudarum offered a modern social thriller that allowed Mohanlal to embody a deeply emotional and layered character, proving once again that he can blend substance with star power effortlessly.

While most actors rely on one genre for their commercial success, Mohanlal’s true strength lies in his versatility. He effortlessly transitions between intense thrillers, emotional dramas, and grand-scale action films. This ability to adapt while staying true to his artistic roots is part of what sustains his enduring appeal.

A particularly noteworthy aspect of Mohanlal’s recent success is his role in creating Malayalam cinema’s first full-fledged franchise. With Lucifer and Empuraan, he has ignited a level of fan excitement usually reserved for big-budget franchises like Baahubali or KGF. These aren’t just films; they have become cultural spectacles. The anticipation is already high for the third installment, L3: The Beginning, which will also feature his son, Pranav Mohanlal. In many ways, the Lucifer universe is Kerala’s homegrown reply to the epic cinematic universes crafted in other Indian film industries.

Beyond his superstar image, Mohanlal holds a special place in the hearts of Keralites. He’s more than a celebrated actor; he’s like family. His roles resonate with people from all walks of life—from college youth to elderly viewers. Whether he’s playing a rebellious youngster, a tormented father, a humble village savior, or a strategic political player, his performances always strike a chord with the Malayali audience.

Even now, young audiences are discovering his classic films like Kireedam, Bharatham, Chithram, and Vanaprastham, and finding the same depth and magic that captivated their parents’ generation. This generational bridge is what keeps his fandom both loyal and ever-expanding.

Mohanlal’s lasting relevance doesn’t come from blindly chasing modern trends. While Malayalam cinema evolves with new-wave, content-rich films like 2018, Manjummel Boys, and Premalu, Mohanlal continues to deliver massive hits that cater to both mass and niche audiences. His 2025 filmography is testament to this balance. Alongside massive commercial hits like Empuraan and Thudarum, he’s also set to appear in a wide range of upcoming projects that span different genres and character arcs.

His journey is nothing short of a textbook example in how to stay relevant in an ever-changing industry. Mohanlal collaborates with new-age directors, explores fresh storytelling methods, and yet never lets go of the core essence that made him a beloved figure in the first place.

Even with the rise of OTT platforms and younger stars making their presence felt, Mohanlal’s films still manage to attract packed theatres, pre-release fan celebrations, and phenomenal ticket sales on a global scale. His screen presence and popularity remain untouched by age or changing audience dynamics.

As 2025 unfolds, Mohanlal has not only secured four positions in the list of the highest-grossing Malayalam films of all time, but also delivered two of the biggest hits in the same year. That achievement alone cements his status not just as a superstar but as a symbol of Malayalam cinema’s legacy, evolution, and promise for the future.

Mohanlal’s continued success is more than just a nostalgic celebration of a beloved actor; it’s a reaffirmation that genuine talent, adaptability, and emotional connection with the audience can withstand the test of time. As Malayalam cinema continues to grow and diversify, Mohanlal remains its most towering, enduring figure—someone who doesn’t merely represent its history but actively shapes its future.

India Moves to Retaliate Against US Tariffs Amid Ongoing Trade Deal Talks

India has initiated its first countermeasure against the United States under President Donald Trump’s second term by proposing tariffs on select American goods. This comes in response to Washington’s import duties on steel and aluminum and unfolds at a time when the two nations are actively working toward finalizing a bilateral trade agreement.

New Delhi informed the World Trade Organization (WTO) that it considers the US tariffs on steel and aluminum as “safeguard measures” — essentially trade restrictions — that will negatively affect Indian exports. The notification, made public on Monday, emphasizes that these measures hinder India’s trade interests.

According to the official WTO communication, India reserves the right to “suspend concessions or other obligations” as a reciprocal measure under international trade rules. This formal move marks the first instance of retaliation by India during Trump’s current term, signaling a shift in New Delhi’s approach. Until recently, India had refrained from taking retaliatory steps, choosing instead to prioritize ongoing trade discussions. Both countries are aiming to seal a trade pact by the fall.

“India’s latest WTO action comes at a delicate moment,” remarked Ajay Srivastava, founder of the New Delhi-based think tank Global Trade Research Initiative. “New Delhi and Washington are exploring a broader free trade agreement, and this retaliation could cast a shadow over negotiations.”

The WTO filing noted that the US tariffs could affect up to $7.6 billion worth of Indian exports, and that the additional duties imposed by Washington would amount to $1.91 billion. In response, India plans to introduce retaliatory duties equivalent in value to those losses, though it has not yet specified which American products will be targeted.

Earlier this year, President Trump imposed a 25 percent duty on all steel and aluminum imports into the United States, which went into effect on March 12. The move was part of his broader plan to reshape trade relationships globally. At the time, Indian exporters had called on their government to counteract these measures with reciprocal action.

Following WTO protocol, India had formally requested consultations with the US in April concerning the increased tariffs. However, the US rejected the consultation request, arguing that the duties were imposed on grounds of national security and therefore should not be treated as safeguard measures under WTO regulations.

Pankaj Chadha, chairman of the Engineering Exports Promotion Council, expressed support for India’s move, calling it a “positive development.” He added that this response might help his sector secure exemptions from the US-imposed tariffs.

“India’s proposed suspension of concessions would result in an equivalent amount of duty collected from products originating in the United States,” the WTO notification stated, underlining the principle of proportional retaliation. However, it did not disclose the specific goods likely to be affected by the new Indian tariffs.

The timing of this action is notable. India’s Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal is set to visit Washington from May 17 to 20 for trade discussions with members of the Trump administration. A source with knowledge of the matter, who requested anonymity due to the sensitive nature of the talks, confirmed that India’s proposed retaliatory measures would now form a key component of the discussions.

This episode represents a shift in tone from earlier in Trump’s presidency. During his first term, India responded to the US’s decision in 2019 to withdraw trade concessions on $5.7 billion worth of Indian goods by raising customs duties on 28 American products.

However, in Trump’s current term, India had been more accommodating. Earlier this year, New Delhi introduced sweeping reforms to its import tariff structure, cutting duties on around 8,500 industrial items. Notably, this included significant reductions on American products like bourbon whiskey and premium motorcycles from Harley-Davidson Inc. These moves were intended to address longstanding trade grievances voiced by President Trump.

Despite these efforts at conciliation, India’s recent WTO notification signals a firmer posture. Srivastava pointed out that “India’s move reflects a broader shift: a willingness to assert itself within global trade rules to protect its economic interests.”

The retaliation also coincides with broader international trade developments. Just hours before India submitted its WTO notice, the United States agreed to substantially lower tariffs on Chinese goods after Beijing refused to yield to Trump’s demands.

Adding to the tension, this latest move by India comes amid controversy over President Trump’s remarks linking trade with a recent ceasefire between India and Pakistan. At a White House event on Monday, Trump said, “If you stop it, we’re doing trade. If you don’t stop it, we’re not going to do any trade,” implying that trade with India might have been used as leverage in securing the ceasefire.

India promptly dismissed this suggestion. On Tuesday, May 13, a spokesman from the Ministry of External Affairs, Randhir Jaiswal, addressed the issue at a press conference in New Delhi. “There were conversations between Indian and US leaders on the evolving military situation,” he said. “The issue of trade did not come up in any of these discussions.”

With trade negotiations continuing and high-level visits planned, India’s decision to propose retaliatory tariffs places pressure on the upcoming talks. The move is both a signal of India’s readiness to defend its economic interests and a test of whether both sides can reconcile their differences to finalize a long-anticipated trade agreement.

By asserting its right to respond within the framework of WTO rules, New Delhi has shown it is prepared to push back while still maintaining diplomatic engagement. The outcome of Minister Goyal’s visit and the inclusion of India’s retaliation in negotiations may determine the trajectory of US-India trade relations going forward.

Record-Breaking 29th US Carrom Nationals Celebrates Talent, Youth, and Historic Partnerships

The United States Carrom Association (USCA) successfully hosted the 29th edition of the MATA US Nationals Carrom Championship from May 2 to May 4 in Pompton Plains, New Jersey, marking a major milestone for the sport in America. The prestigious event drew over 150 players representing 22 states, setting a new participation record, according to a press release issued by the association.

For the first time in the tournament’s history, the USCA collaborated with the Mana American Telugu Association (MATA) to organize the national-level championship. This inaugural partnership added a new dimension to the competition and brought in a fresh wave of enthusiasm among players and fans alike. “This event was not only a celebration of skill and sportsmanship but also a testament to the power of collaboration between organizations with a shared vision for promoting carrom,” said the organizers.

The tournament was spearheaded by the USCA core committee, whose leadership played a central role in ensuring its success. The committee included Atul Bhave as President, Chandrashekar Dashudu as Vice President, Roshan Muhsin as Secretary, Roshan Rauff as Tournament Director, Veerraju Dhavileswarapu as Treasurer, Srikanth Munagala as Associate Vice President, Shailesh Mokashi as Logistics Director, and Shakeel Baig as Deputy Secretary.

The USCA extended its gratitude to MATA for serving as the event’s title sponsor. “MATA’s contributions played a pivotal role in making the event a grand success,” the organizers stated. Special thanks were reserved for Suresh Kajana, the Sports Director of MATA, “whose dedication and leadership were instrumental throughout the planning and execution of the tournament.”

In the highly anticipated Men’s Singles final, Ajay Arora from Pennsylvania emerged victorious, clinching his second national title by defeating Vikas Koshti of Texas, who was playing in his first US Nationals final. Arora secured the win with scores of 25-11 and 23-14. The defending champion, Deep Joshi of Washington, secured third place after an intense match against Preeti Jhakotia from California. Jhakotia, who is ranked third globally among women and is also the 2025 Doubles Champion, showcased her prowess throughout the tournament.

Jhakotia, alongside fellow Californian Panna Chowdhury, went on to win the Doubles Championship. They outplayed the team of Ashok from California and Shibu Jose from Dallas in a closely fought final. The event also featured standout moments, including two white slams—one each by Madhu Kalya from Dallas and Ajay Arora—demonstrating a high level of skill and mastery of the game.

A historic development at this year’s championship was the introduction of the Juniors US Nationals. Seen as a significant step toward the sport’s future growth, the youth-focused segment was described by the organizers as a “vital investment in the future of carrom, aimed at engaging youth and cultivating emerging talent.”

The Junior Championship finals were met with great enthusiasm. Fifteen-year-old Aditya Godugu captured the top honor, while seventeen-year-old Advaith Godugu took second place. Thirteen-year-old Vaidehi Kadam impressed the crowd and judges alike, earning third place. “The enthusiasm and skill displayed by these young competitors signal a vibrant future for the sport,” organizers noted.

Another significant achievement was the tournament’s expansion into the digital arena. The MATA XXIX US Nationals saw unprecedented global engagement thanks to its strategic alliance with SportivAI. Over 150 Singles and Doubles matches were live-streamed using advanced features such as score overlays and real-time analytics. The broadcast attracted 18,000 views and 1,600 watch hours in just two days, showcasing the tournament’s rising popularity worldwide.

Carrom Pro, a key technology partner, provided vital support for live commentary during the Singles and Doubles finals. Their involvement allowed fans across the globe to enjoy uninterrupted coverage of the championship’s most crucial moments—completely free of charge.

The tournament concluded with a vibrant closing ceremony attended by several notable political and community leaders. Among the dignitaries present were Middlesex County Commissioner Shanti Narra, New Jersey Board of Public Utilities’ Upendra Chivukula, Jersey City Council candidate Shahab Khan, Jersey City mayoral hopeful Mussab Ali, and Edison Council President Nitesh Patel.

In their closing remarks, USCA President Atul Bhave and MATA President Ramana K Kiran Duddagi expressed heartfelt thanks to all the participants, attendees, volunteers, and supporters who made the event a grand success.

Adding a cultural flair to the closing ceremony were special musical performances by acclaimed Indian music director Raghu Kunche and renowned playback singer Anjana Sowmya. The two artists flew in from India specifically to perform at the event, giving attendees a memorable cultural experience in addition to the competitive sporting action.

The championship also saw a generous distribution of prize money, with a total pool exceeding $9,200 awarded across all categories. The prize funding was made possible by the support of title sponsor MATA.

Additional sponsors contributed to the event’s success, including SportivAI, Unify Sports Academy Foundation, New York Life, Dosa & Biryani House, Cell Revolution, Carrom Pro, Baymont Inn, RealTech, adAmerindo, and Sasha Realty. On the media front, coverage was provided by ITV Gold, Parikh World Media, and several other outlets.

The tournament’s smooth execution was thanks in part to the hard work of a dedicated team of volunteers led by Sricharan Kajana. Behind the scenes, a strong officiating crew played a crucial role in maintaining the integrity and fairness of the matches. The referee panel was headed by Chief Referee Sam Mallisetti and included Arun Kumar, Laxminarayanapuram Subramanian, Panna Chowdhury, Umakanth Pandurangaiah, Oscar Philips, and Yogi Narayan.

Commentary throughout the matches was provided by a skilled panel that included Dr. Nilesh Mehta, Murali Balasubramaniam, Shibu Jose, Mandar Ashtekar, Bala Parthasarathy, and Atul Bhave, ensuring that fans and players alike stayed informed and engaged during the games.

In all, the 29th MATA US Nationals was not just a competitive sporting event but a celebration of community, youth involvement, digital outreach, and cultural pride. With record-breaking participation, innovative partnerships, and global viewership, the tournament set a new standard for the promotion and celebration of carrom in the United States.

Golden Girls of Chicago Launches with a Mission to Empower Women and Honor Motherhood

A new women’s organization has been launched in Chicago, spearheaded by Mina Purohit, a television host, founder and director of IndiaTV-USA, and a seasoned producer in the Gujarati film industry. This newly formed group, titled Golden Girls of Chicago, was officially introduced with a clear mission centered on women’s empowerment and community service. The group seeks to bring together accomplished women who are dedicated to uplifting others and spreading positivity within their communities.

The official launch of Golden Girls of Chicago marked the beginning of a collective effort to foster joy and support among women from various walks of life. The group’s primary goal is to create a supportive space for women to connect, share experiences, and contribute to meaningful causes. Nearly 50 successful women participated in the group’s inaugural gathering, signaling a strong and enthusiastic start.

“Spreading happiness and being helpful to each other,” serves as the guiding motto for the group. This principle was the foundation upon which the organization was built, encouraging members to find strength in unity and compassion. With this mission in mind, the Golden Girls of Chicago aims to serve both the local and global community, especially women facing hardships.

Mina Purohit emphasized the vision of the group during the launch event. “We recognize the strength of women, and we deeply cherish both America and our beloved Motherland, India,” Purohit stated. She further explained the significance of this new platform, describing it as more than just a social outlet. “This platform is not just about enjoying life together but also about creating meaningful impact—especially for women in need.”

The choice to launch the organization in May was intentional and symbolic. As May is widely associated with the celebration of Mother’s Day, it was seen as the perfect moment to introduce an initiative that pays homage to motherhood. The timing added emotional depth and cultural resonance to the launch, making it especially meaningful for the organizers and participants.

In keeping with this sentiment, the Golden Girls of Chicago introduced a signature initiative titled “MAA TUZE SALAM” – A Salute to Motherhood. This program is designed as a heartfelt tribute to elderly mothers in India, particularly those who are single, underprivileged, or otherwise struggling to meet basic daily needs. Through this initiative, the group aims to offer consistent, voluntary, and annual contributions to support these mothers.

Purohit was clear in her description of the purpose behind the initiative. “We do not call this charity or donation,” she said. “We see it as our heartfelt duty—an offering of respect to the mothers of our homeland.” This sentiment reflects the deep cultural and emotional commitment of the group to honor the role of mothers and give back in a meaningful and respectful way.

The philanthropic spirit of the Golden Girls of Chicago is not limited to just their work in India. The organization also plans to remain active within the local Chicago community. One of the group’s ongoing efforts will include monthly gatherings that highlight and celebrate both Indian and American cultural festivals. These events are intended to create shared joyful moments among members, while also strengthening their relationships and promoting the group’s mission of empowerment.

Beyond cultural celebration, these monthly gatherings will serve as platforms for discussions, collaborations, and new initiatives that aim to further the group’s impact. By blending social connection with purposeful action, the Golden Girls of Chicago seeks to be both a source of inspiration and a vehicle for change.

The group is open to all women who share its vision of empowerment and service. It actively welcomes new members to join and contribute their energy, skills, and compassion to the collective cause. The organization encourages women from diverse backgrounds to come together, not only to celebrate life but also to make tangible differences in the lives of others—both locally in Chicago and abroad in India.

Golden Girls of Chicago aspires to create a sustainable movement that honors cultural roots while embracing the values of community, dignity, and empowerment. The founding members hope their efforts will inspire similar groups to form across the country and eventually worldwide.

In summary, the Golden Girls of Chicago stands out not just as a social group but as a meaningful collective driven by purpose. With leadership from Mina Purohit and support from nearly 50 successful women at launch, the organization has begun its journey on a powerful note. Their goals to uplift women, support mothers in need, and celebrate cultural heritage are already taking shape through initiatives like “MAA TUZE SALAM” and regular community engagement.

“We recognize the strength of women, and we deeply cherish both America and our beloved Motherland, India,” Purohit reiterated during the launch, underscoring the dual sense of identity and duty that fuels the group’s mission. “This platform is not just about enjoying life together but also about creating meaningful impact—especially for women in need.”

With a focus on compassion, cultural connection, and shared responsibility, the Golden Girls of Chicago is poised to become a strong force for positive change. As they continue to grow and expand their outreach, their commitment to honoring mothers and empowering women remains at the heart of all they do.

72nd Miss World Festival Kicks Off in Telangana with a Grand Cultural Celebration

The 72nd Miss World Festival officially began on May 10 with an elaborate and colorful inauguration ceremony at the Gachibowli Indoor Stadium in Hyderabad, marking the start of a month-long tribute to global beauty, cultural diversity, and humanitarian ideals. The launch of the prestigious event was underscored by a powerful message of peace and unity, in keeping with the pageant’s long-standing mission of promoting “Beauty with a Purpose.”

The opening event highlighted Telangana’s rich and vibrant cultural identity. Attendees witnessed energetic performances of various traditional folk and tribal dances, including Perini, Kommu Koya, Lambada, and Oggu Dolu. These displays were more than just entertainment; they served as a heartfelt welcome to over 110 contestants from across the globe and showcased the unique traditions and spirit of Telangana. This lively cultural representation not only enchanted the audience but also set an uplifting and inclusive tone for the upcoming festival events.

Among the notable dignitaries present at the inauguration was Telangana’s Chief Minister Revanth Reddy, who gave a warm greeting to all the participants. The official opening declaration of the Festival in Telangana was made by Julia Morley, CBE, Chairman and CEO of Miss World Limited. Her address emphasized the significance of this event being held in such a culturally rich region.

Julia Morley expressed her excitement by saying, “We are thrilled to bring the Miss World festival to Telangana, a place where tradition beautifully intertwines with innovation. This year’s pageant reflects the spirit of world unity, peace and cultural appreciation, and I am excited to witness the remarkable journeys of each contestant as they inspire the world.”

Jayesh Ranjan, who holds the Full Additional Charge (FAC) as Special Chief Secretary in Telangana’s Youth Advancement, Tourism and Culture Department, also extended a cordial welcome to the international participants. He remarked on the significance of the occasion, noting, “It is a historic day as the 72nd Miss World opens in Telangana. Today will be marked as a significant moment where a powerful message of peace is being conveyed to the world. I wish all the contestants to also become ambassadors of peace in their respective countries.”

Reigning Miss World Krystyna Pyszková, reflecting on her own reign and the importance of the event, expressed gratitude towards the hosts. “A heartfelt thank you to the government of Telangana for welcoming all the contestants with open hearts. I encourage all the contestants to showcase the rich heritage of their countries and be the voices of their communities. I am proud to have been crowned the 71st Miss World in India, and it is an honor to pass my crown in this incredible country once again,” she stated.

The inauguration also featured a visually stunning parade of contestants. Each participant introduced herself while proudly carrying her nation’s flag, creating a memorable scene of unity through diversity. The parade not only allowed the contestants to present their personal and cultural identities but also celebrated the global spirit of the Miss World platform.

In addition to the pageant itself, the 72nd Miss World Festival includes an itinerary rich with cultural, spiritual, and charitable engagements. On May 12, the contestants are scheduled to visit Buddhavanam, a sacred Buddhist site at Nagarjunasagar, offering them an opportunity to connect with India’s spiritual heritage. This will be followed by a heritage walk through Charminar and Laad Bazaar on May 13, allowing the contestants to explore the historical and commercial heart of Hyderabad. A royal welcome dinner at the majestic Chowmahalla Palace will also be held, featuring a live musical concert to further showcase the region’s grandeur and hospitality.

The pageant has received robust support from various partners. Trident has come on board as the Official Hospitality Partner, renowned for its top-tier services and luxurious accommodations, thus ensuring that contestants experience a high standard of comfort during their stay. HITEX, the Venue Partner, provides state-of-the-art facilities that are in perfect sync with the international scope and elegance of the Miss World Festival.

Viewers around the globe will be able to follow the festivities through digital streaming. The entire Miss World Festival is being exclusively streamed on Sony LIV, the official streaming partner. Audiences can also stay updated through regular posts and updates on the official website (www.missworld.com) and the pageant’s Instagram handle @missworld.

The grand finale of the 72nd Miss World Festival is scheduled for May 31, concluding a month filled with festivities, cross-cultural connections, and efforts to champion meaningful causes under the umbrella of “Beauty with a Purpose.”

From its impressive inauguration to its diverse and meaningful schedule of events, the 72nd edition of Miss World is shaping up to be a memorable chapter in the pageant’s history, celebrating not only beauty but also culture, unity, and humanitarian spirit.

Iceland’s Four-Day Workweek Proves a Resounding Success, Setting a Global Example

In 2019, Iceland attracted worldwide attention by becoming one of the first nations to embrace the four-day workweek, not through a sweeping legislative change, but via negotiated agreements that allowed employees to reduce their hours without a cut in pay. Now, five years later, the results are clear and overwhelmingly positive.

The initiative actually began in 2015 with a pilot program that included approximately 2,500 workers, just over 1% of the country’s workforce. The pilot was met with overwhelming approval, as 86% of the participants expressed strong support for the shortened workweek. This success laid the foundation for a broader rollout in 2019. As a result, today nearly 90% of Icelandic workers enjoy a reduced 36-hour workweek, down from the traditional 40 hours, all without any reduction in their salaries.

Initially, the idea of a four-day workweek sparked considerable skepticism, both within Iceland and internationally. Critics worried that trimming the workweek would lead to decreased productivity, increased costs for employers, and difficulty maintaining consistent service levels. But these concerns have largely proven unfounded thanks to Iceland’s experience.

According to official reports, productivity in Iceland has either remained steady or improved in certain sectors. One of the most significant contributors to this positive outcome has been the improved mental health of employees. The mental well-being of workers, especially highlighted by Generation Z, has become a key factor in evaluating the impact of this policy. A noticeable reduction in stress and a more balanced work-life dynamic have contributed to better overall health and job satisfaction among employees.

One particularly striking outcome of Iceland’s move has been a boost in gender equality. The shorter workweek has allowed men to become more engaged in domestic life, leading to a more equitable distribution of parenting and household responsibilities. Unlike in countries such as Belgium, where reduced workweeks are offset by longer working days, Iceland has opted to keep both pay and working conditions the same, even with fewer hours worked. This decision has played a pivotal role in the country’s success.

This smooth transition has also been facilitated by a significant push toward digitalization. The Icelandic government has invested heavily in building digital infrastructure, resulting in some of the world’s best internet connectivity—even in remote regions. This has enabled remote work to flourish and allowed productivity to remain high, despite the reduced number of hours spent in physical workplaces. A report from el diaro emphasized that this infrastructure has supported telecommuting, ensuring that reduced office time does not compromise efficiency.

Generation Z, having grown up in a tech-savvy environment, has adapted easily to this new model of working. Their natural familiarity with digital tools and platforms has helped ease the transition to the four-day week, allowing both businesses and public services to function effectively with fewer in-person hours.

But the benefits of Iceland’s four-day workweek extend beyond the workplace. Citizens report notable improvements in overall quality of life. With more free time, people are spending more moments with family, enjoying leisure activities, and nurturing personal relationships. The stress tied to time pressure has significantly diminished, and general happiness levels have risen.

María Hjálmtýsdóttir, a teacher and activist, spoke about how this shift has transformed her personal life. “The shorter working week has been a great success in Iceland and has changed my family’s life. For 90% of Icelanders, the 36-hour week means less stress, more job satisfaction and more time to enjoy life,” she shared.

This Icelandic approach has started to inspire similar experiments across Europe. Countries like Germany, Portugal, Spain, and the UK are currently conducting pilot projects to test the four-day model. Meanwhile, Belgium has passed legislation supporting the concept, though its version compensates for fewer days with extended daily hours—an approach that has slowed its widespread adoption.

Despite these advancements in working conditions, Iceland remains divided on the matter of joining the European Union. This topic is expected to be a major talking point in the upcoming early parliamentary elections scheduled for Saturday. The Social Democratic and liberal Reform parties are the only groups clearly in favor of EU membership. In contrast, the current ruling coalition—comprising ecologists, conservatives, and liberals—remains opposed.

Still, Iceland’s success with the four-day workweek underscores a powerful lesson: reducing work hours without sacrificing pay or productivity is not only feasible, but beneficial on multiple fronts. By prioritizing worker well-being, the country has moved toward a more humane and balanced model of labor. The benefits ripple beyond individuals to families and communities, showing that rethinking our relationship with work can yield meaningful improvements in quality of life.

Generation Z has played a crucial role in championing this shift. By advocating for work models that better align with mental health and personal well-being, this generation has helped set the stage for broader changes in how society views employment. Iceland’s achievements suggest that their vision for the future was anything but unrealistic. As the rest of the world watches, Iceland offers a blueprint for a sustainable and people-centered approach to work—one where the job adapts to human needs, rather than demanding that people bend themselves to fit outdated expectations.

In a world increasingly focused on finding a healthier work-life balance, Iceland stands as a shining example of what is possible when forward-thinking policy meets practical execution. As more nations explore this model, the conversation around how we work—and how much—is bound to evolve.

Air India Reroutes North America Flights via Mongolia Amid Pakistan Airspace Closure

Air India has started rerouting several North America-bound flights through Mongolian airspace to address the rising operational costs triggered by the ongoing closure of Pakistani airspace. This strategic move is primarily impacting flights departing from Delhi’s Indira Gandhi International Airport, especially those en route to destinations in the United States and Canada.

Among the affected routes are Air India flights to San Francisco and Vancouver. In some cases, these journeys now also include a technical halt in Kolkata. These adjustments are part of the airline’s efforts to maintain efficiency while coping with regulatory constraints and increasing fuel demands.

Currently owned by the Tata Group, Air India operates 71 flights each week to North America. Of these, 54 originate from New Delhi. Following Pakistan’s decision to bar Indian carriers from using its airspace on April 24, 2025, Air India was compelled to adopt new flight paths for its long-haul services to cities like Chicago, New York, Washington, San Francisco, Newark, Toronto, and Vancouver.

Flight tracking data from Flightradar24 has confirmed that flights AI174, traveling from San Francisco to Delhi, and AI186, flying from Vancouver to Delhi, have recently made use of Mongolian airspace. This adjustment mostly affects flights on the Pacific corridor and aims to avoid the need for detours through Europe, which are both time-consuming and costly.

The inclusion of Kolkata as a technical stop allows Air India to remain flexible while sidestepping the substantial costs associated with refueling or swapping crew at European airports. These strategic changes also help the airline comply with the Directorate General of Civil Aviation’s regulations on Flying Duty Time Limitation. This DGCA policy limits how long a flight crew can work continuously, which becomes especially significant on ultra-long-haul flights.

The repercussions of Pakistan’s airspace closure have rippled through Indian aviation operations. The trigger for this move was India’s retaliation following the terror attack in Pahalgam, which led to increased tension and the subsequent ban on Pakistani airlines using Indian airspace beginning April 30. With Pakistan’s reciprocal restrictions still in place, Indian carriers like Air India have had to adapt swiftly.

The longer routes resulting from the ban have caused a spike in fuel consumption and placed additional pressure on aircraft usage and crew scheduling. As per DGCA regulations, crew members are limited to a maximum of eight hours of continuous operation. For flights longer than 14 hours—such as those connecting Delhi with San Francisco—airlines are required to assign two separate crews. By making in-country stops, such as in Kolkata, Air India can seek extended duty approvals from the DGCA without violating the prescribed limits.

One of the key advantages of avoiding European stopovers is the reduction in landing charges and additional fuel burn, both of which can significantly impact an airline’s bottom line. These efficiency-driven decisions are vital for Air India to continue operating ultra-long-haul flights without compromising financial sustainability.

Campbell Wilson, Air India’s Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer, addressed the situation in an internal communication with employees dated May 2. In the memo, he confirmed the airline had made temporary adjustments to routes serving Europe and North America. He also noted that new technical stops had been introduced and highlighted the company’s ongoing efforts to reestablish direct flights by finding workable alternatives.

According to sources within the airline, Air India is also evaluating other Indian cities as potential domestic stopover hubs to avoid overseas layovers and keep international expenses down. Kolkata is one of the key cities being considered for such contingency planning.

The broader geopolitical tensions are central to this disruption. The closure of Pakistani airspace followed the April 22 attack in Pahalgam, which resulted in 26 deaths. In response, India barred Pakistani carriers from flying through its skies, beginning April 30. Although there have been some signs of reduced hostilities between the two nations, airspace closures are still in effect.

These political developments have immediate consequences for aviation, affecting both logistics and financial planning. Airlines are forced to act quickly, adjusting routes, reworking crew rosters, and seeking regulatory approvals while keeping service quality intact and costs under control.

Despite these challenges, Air India’s shift to alternative flight paths, particularly over Mongolia and through domestic waypoints like Kolkata, reflects the airline’s commitment to operational resilience. These strategies are not only helping the airline navigate through international airspace restrictions but also ensuring compliance with Indian aviation rules while maintaining customer service continuity.

The adaptation showcases how airlines like Air India must be nimble and resourceful when dealing with unexpected disruptions. The Mongolian corridor, while longer than the previously used Pakistani airspace, still allows the airline to manage long-haul operations without completely sacrificing efficiency or increasing layover durations unnecessarily.

Furthermore, the use of domestic technical stops plays a crucial role in minimizing delays, managing crew shifts, and preventing the need for costly overnight stays or logistical rearrangements at international airports. The airline’s ability to stay within regulatory frameworks while exploring creative alternatives shows how major carriers respond to geopolitical stress with calculated precision.

In summary, Air India’s decision to reroute some of its North America-bound flights through Mongolian airspace and incorporate technical stops like Kolkata is a proactive step in managing the fallout from the ongoing airspace restrictions imposed by Pakistan. As the airline works toward restoring direct operations to key international destinations, it continues to focus on operational flexibility, cost control, and compliance with Indian aviation laws.

As Campbell Wilson stated, “The airline has temporarily adjusted routes to Europe and North America,” and remains focused on “restoring direct operations by identifying viable alternatives.” With ongoing planning and adaptive strategies, Air India is attempting to ensure minimal disruption to passengers while staying competitive during an uncertain period for international aviation.

Bill Miller Favors Amazon Over Tesla, Citing Valuation and Strategic Strengths

Renowned value investor Bill Miller has established a formidable reputation over his decades-long career. During his tenure managing the Legg Mason Capital Management Value Trust fund, Miller achieved a remarkable feat by outperforming the benchmark S&P 500 index for 15 consecutive years between 1991 and 2005.

Today, Miller is a billionaire and continues his investment journey through the firm he founded, Miller Value Funds. Due to his impressive track record, market observers closely monitor his investment decisions. In a recent quarterly update from Patient Capital Management—where Miller is a minority owner and advisor—he shared his perspective on two of the most prominent names in the stock market today: Amazon and Tesla. Miller categorically views Amazon as a buy and Tesla as a sell.

Miller’s rationale for dismissing Tesla lies in its current valuation, which he believes is excessively inflated. Despite acknowledging Tesla’s innovation and success, he does not see it as an attractive investment at current prices. “They’re going to have to knock the cover off the ball in terms of self-driving cars and AI,” Miller stated, emphasizing the high expectations embedded in Tesla’s valuation.

Although Miller described Tesla as an “incredible company” and praised its CEO, Elon Musk, calling him a “genius,” he stressed that his investment philosophy is rooted in valuation. From a value investing standpoint, Tesla does not measure up. His concerns are not unfounded. So far in 2024, Tesla’s performance has been lackluster. The company reported just 337,000 deliveries in the first quarter—the lowest quarterly figure in more than two years. Additionally, the company’s dominance in the electric vehicle (EV) space is now being seriously challenged.

A major competitor, China’s BYD, has made significant inroads. In China, BYD controls over 30% of the market share, thanks to its ability to deliver affordable models and superior charging technology. Miller pointed out a stark difference in value: “Tesla’s charging $8,000 for their self-driving system, and BYD has a self-driving system in a $9,000 car. BYD’s cars, I think they’re just better.”

Tesla’s valuation appears to rest heavily on anticipated breakthroughs, particularly in autonomous driving. The company plans a Robotaxi demonstration in June, showcasing its unsupervised full self-driving (FSD) technology. Yet skepticism remains about the system’s readiness and the timeline Musk has proposed for its rollout. Even if the demonstration is successful, the competition is not standing still. Startups like Pony AI and Slate Auto, which is backed by Amazon founder Jeff Bezos, are also pushing into autonomous vehicle technology.

Given these dynamics, Miller’s skepticism is understandable. He believes Tesla’s market value is built too much on future ambitions, while overlooking current operational challenges in its EV business. I share this assessment, as it seems the market is pricing in a level of success for Tesla’s futuristic projects without fully accounting for mounting competition and recent performance issues.

In contrast, Miller maintains his bullish stance on Amazon, a company he has backed for many years. In fact, he once remarked that he was “the largest personal owner of Amazon whose last name isn’t Bezos.” His continued confidence in the tech and retail behemoth is driven by a combination of strong leadership, operational prowess, and strategic diversification.

One of Miller’s core reasons for favoring Amazon is his confidence in CEO Andy Jassy’s leadership. He is also optimistic about the company’s various divisions, including Amazon Web Services (AWS), logistics operations, and its newer ventures like satellite internet. Miller also dismissed investor concerns about Amazon’s dependence on Chinese imports.

Tensions between the U.S. and China have led to reciprocal tariffs, sparking fears about the impact on companies with supply chains tied to China. Analysts from Wedbush Securities have previously suggested that as much as 70% of goods sold through Amazon originate in China. However, Miller considers these fears overblown. Given Amazon’s unmatched scale and logistical efficiency, he believes the company is well-positioned to navigate these challenges.

Jassy has acknowledged the impact of rising tariffs but expressed confidence in Amazon’s ability to adapt. He noted that many third-party sellers might pass on the additional costs to consumers. Furthermore, the platform’s diversity of sellers gives Amazon a buffer—some sellers may absorb the costs in order to boost market share. This competitive internal dynamic provides Amazon with flexibility during turbulent trade scenarios.

“Amazon has revenue diversity from the likes of AWS and advertising streams that have been performing well,” Miller emphasized. The company is not solely dependent on product sales, which helps cushion the impact of any external shocks to its retail business. Assuming trade relations between the U.S. and China stabilize in the future, Miller considers Amazon’s current valuation attractive. The stock trades at about 30 times forward earnings, which is near its five-year low.

Even in a scenario where tariffs persist longer than expected, Miller expects Amazon to weather the storm. There could be some short-term pressure on earnings, but the company’s long-term trajectory remains strong. He views the present situation as an opportunity for investors to take advantage of a fundamentally solid company trading at a discount.

This perspective from Miller may resonate with investors who feel they have missed out on top-performing stocks in the past. For those with similar concerns, analysts are promoting what they call a “Double Down” opportunity—highlighting companies they believe are poised for major growth despite having already shown significant returns.

To underscore the power of such moments, they point to past examples. For instance, a $1,000 investment in Nvidia during a “Double Down” recommendation in 2009 would be worth $302,503 today. Likewise, the same amount invested in Apple during a 2008 alert would now be $37,640. And Netflix? A $1,000 investment during a 2004 recommendation would have grown to an astonishing $614,911.

Currently, the Stock Advisor service is offering similar alerts on three companies that it believes present such rare, potentially lucrative opportunities. These insights are available to subscribers and are being pitched as a time-sensitive opportunity unlikely to present itself again soon.

In summary, Bill Miller’s latest investment opinions highlight the strength of his valuation-based approach. While recognizing the innovation and potential of companies like Tesla, he maintains that valuation is critical and believes Tesla is priced too high based on uncertain future success. Meanwhile, his long-standing faith in Amazon reflects confidence in its leadership, diversified revenue streams, and strategic advantages, especially during volatile geopolitical times. Investors would do well to consider both the risks of overpaying for future growth and the rewards of backing companies with solid fundamentals trading at reasonable prices.

Two Kerala Hotels Among the World’s Top 10 in Tripadvisor’s 2025 Global Rankings

A memorable travel experience often starts with the right place to stay, and Tripadvisor’s latest announcement highlights just how significant a good hotel can be. The travel platform recently unveiled its annual list of the World’s 10 Best Hotels for 2025, offering insight into travelers’ most beloved destinations. Drawing from more than 1.6 million properties listed on their site, Tripadvisor analyzed millions of traveler reviews to determine which hotels were most highly rated across the globe. This year, two standout properties from India—both located in the scenic state of Kerala—have secured coveted spots in the top ten.

Tripadvisor’s 2025 rankings include two hotels from India, both situated in the picturesque coastal and hilly landscapes of Kerala, offering visitors a blend of traditional charm and modern luxury. Their inclusion in the list is not only a testament to exceptional hospitality but also showcases Kerala’s growing global appeal as a travel destination.

One of the Indian properties to make the list is the Gokulam Grand Turtle on the Beach. Ranked third globally, this five-star boutique hotel is located near the serene Hawa Beach in Kovalam. The hotel is a fusion of contemporary design and traditional Indian aesthetics, delivering a luxury experience that celebrates local culture. With its breathtaking sea-facing accommodations, it offers four types of rooms: Arabian Sea view rooms, Duplex rooms, Duplex suites, and Signature suites, each providing spectacular views and premium comfort.

The hotel is not just about luxurious rooms. It offers a range of wellness and leisure experiences, making it a complete destination for travelers. Guests can engage in yoga sessions, enjoy spa treatments, or simply relax and take in the stunning ocean scenery. Food enthusiasts are in for a treat as well. Gokulam Grand Turtle on the Beach has three dining options: Catamaran, which serves a mix of international cuisines; Centre Point Cafe, known for its freshly brewed coffee and delicious pastries; and WWW, a rooftop bar perfect for sipping cocktails as the sun sets over the Arabian Sea.

Its location is another major plus. The hotel is conveniently situated just 18 kilometers from the nearest airport and the bustling Poovar Market. According to TripAdvisor, room rates at the hotel start at Rs 7,270 for two people, offering a combination of affordability and luxury that appeals to both domestic and international travelers.

The second Indian entry on the list is Chandy’s Windy Woods, which is ranked ninth globally. Nestled on the gentle slopes of a hill in Munnar, this tranquil retreat is surrounded by lush greenery and mist-covered landscapes. Known for its peaceful atmosphere and natural beauty, the resort offers a calm escape from the noise of urban life.

The rooms at Chandy’s Windy Woods are designed to maximize the beauty of their surroundings, with large windows that frame sweeping views of the misty mountains and forests. The resort also features a temperature-controlled swimming pool and an on-site restaurant that serves a delicious mix of Indian and Chinese dishes. It caters to both relaxation seekers and those looking for enriching activities.

A standout feature of this resort is the ‘Enchanting Forest’ walk, a guided experience that winds through a beautifully designed trail. The path passes by waterfalls, arched stone bridges, intricately painted ceilings, and creatively constructed, nature-themed installations. Midway through the walk, visitors can stop at a quaint coffee shop styled like a traditional Kerala eatery, adding a touch of local flavor to the experience.

Located about 15 kilometers from the Munnar Bus Station, Chandy’s Windy Woods is an excellent choice for travelers looking for a secluded and serene getaway. TripAdvisor currently lists the average cost for a night’s stay for two people at around Rs 12,500, making it a premium yet worthwhile destination.

The top hotel in the world, according to Tripadvisor’s 2025 list, is Secrets Akumal Riviera Maya in Mexico. This adults-only resort is located in the heart of the Riviera Maya and offers an expansive luxury experience with 434 suites, several swimming pools, and a wide range of culinary choices. With six specialty restaurants and seven bars, it aims to provide guests with endless dining and entertainment options. Its location, offerings, and service have made it the number one choice for travelers this year.

Here is the full list of Tripadvisor’s World’s 10 Best Hotels for 2025:

  1. Secrets Akumal Riviera Maya, Mexico
  2. Grandvrio Ocean Resort Danang, Vietnam
  3. Gokulam Grand Turtle on the Beach, India
  4. Romance Istanbul Hotel, Turkiye
  5. Bucuti & Tara Beach Resort Aruba, Caribbean
  6. Ermin’s Hotel, Autograph Collection, United Kingdom
  7. Hyatt Zilara Cap Cana, Caribbean
  8. French Quarter Inn, United States
  9. Chandy’s Windy Woods, India
  10. Siyam World Maldives, Maldives

The presence of two Indian properties in the global top ten highlights the increasing recognition of India’s hospitality industry. It also reflects the growing popularity of Kerala as a global travel destination known for its serene beaches, misty hills, and welcoming atmosphere.

Both Gokulam Grand Turtle on the Beach and Chandy’s Windy Woods offer travelers more than just a place to sleep. They provide immersive experiences that combine natural beauty, local culture, and high-end service. From wellness and adventure to gourmet dining and peaceful retreats, these hotels cater to a wide range of preferences and make a strong case for India’s place on the global travel map.

According to Tripadvisor, these rankings are based entirely on traveler reviews and ratings from the past year. “Travelers’ Choice Best of the Best is our highest honor,” the site states. “The award takes into account the quality and quantity of traveler reviews and ratings, and ranks the very best accommodations, destinations, beaches, restaurants, and experiences in specific categories and geographic areas, as rated and reviewed by travelers.”

This acknowledgment from Tripadvisor is not only a win for the hotels themselves but also a proud moment for India’s tourism sector. As more international travelers seek unique and authentic experiences, the inclusion of these two Kerala properties on a globally respected platform sets a high benchmark and paves the way for continued growth in luxury and eco-tourism across the country.

With over a million hotels reviewed and only ten making the final cut, the fact that two of them are from India speaks volumes about the quality, service, and experience offered by these establishments. Their success serves as a reminder that when it comes to hospitality, India can compete with the best in the world—offering not only stunning settings and rich culture but also unparalleled warmth and service.

Vizhinjam Port Set to Transform Kerala into a Global Trade and Investment Hub

The inauguration of the Vizhinjam Deepwater Multipurpose Seaport and Kerala’s recognition as the easiest state in India to secure permits and approvals for launching new businesses mark a pivotal moment in the state’s economic journey. With these developments, Kerala is positioning itself as a highly attractive destination for investors and international traders.

Gautam Adani, whose company is at the helm of this first-of-its-kind deep-sea automated port in India, described the project as a monumental achievement. Speaking at the dedication ceremony, Adani said, “We sail towards a stronger, bolder India. This is a triumph of vision, resilience, and partnership.” Reflecting on the historic significance of the moment, he added, “Today, at Vizhinjam, history, destiny and possibility came together as a 30-year-old dream of Kerala became India’s gateway to the world.”

The Vizhinjam harbour is set to revolutionize the movement of international cargo in and out of Asia. The deepwater capabilities of the port allow for the docking of massive container ships that are typically unable to anchor at shallower ports. These large vessels can offload their cargo at Vizhinjam, where the containers will be sorted and reloaded onto smaller ships destined for various global locations. This system mirrors a postal distribution center, where bulk mail arrives at a central hub before being redirected to smaller destinations. A similar model is successfully employed at Dubai Port, making Vizhinjam a significant player in international shipping logistics.

Asia is home to approximately 1700 ports, including those on rivers, lakes, and coastlines. However, only a few of them qualify as deepwater ports. Among the most prominent are:

  1. Port of Shanghai, China, the largest, covering 3619 square kilometers with a depth of 57.4 feet
  2. Port of Kaohsiung, Taiwan – 27.8 kilometers long and 50 feet deep
  3. Port of Hong Kong – 278 square kilometers with a maximum depth of 55 feet
  4. Port of Tanjung Priok, Jakarta, Indonesia – 6 square kilometers, 46 feet deep
  5. Port of Tanjung Pelepas, Malaysia – 62 square kilometers, 62 feet deep
  6. Saigon Port, Vietnam – 2.6 square kilometers, 36 feet deep
  7. Jawaharlal Nehru Port, Mumbai – 44 feet deep
  8. Port of Singapore – 30 feet deep
  9. Port of Nagoya, Japan – 40 feet deep
  10. Busan Port, South Korea – 30 feet deep
  11. Port of Manila, Philippines – 36 feet deep
  12. Vizhinjam Port, Kerala – 3 kilometers long and 60 feet deep

Although Vizhinjam Port is expected to be fully operational only by 2028, it already boasts impressive specifications. With a towering height of 74 feet, the port is capable of accommodating some of the world’s largest container ships. This capability sets it apart and allows it to compete with major international ports in Asia.

This port project stands as a milestone achievement for both the Kerala state government and the central government of India. Despite facing significant opposition from political factions and environmental groups, the realization of the Vizhinjam port marks a new chapter in Kerala’s development. Prime Minister Narendra Modi, while inaugurating the port, highlighted its significance by stating, “On one hand, there is this big sea with so many opportunities and on the other hand, there is the beauty of nature; in between there is this Vizhinjam International Deepwater Multipurpose seaport, which is a symbol of new-age development.”

The port has been designed with a focus on container transshipment and is also equipped to handle multipurpose and break-bulk cargo. It represents the largest state-led investment in infrastructure in any region of India. The Government of Kerala is covering two-thirds of the project’s cost, demonstrating its commitment to transformative economic development. Chief Minister Pinarayi Vijayan emphasized this point, noting the significance of this investment as a landmark in Kerala’s development strategy.

According to the information published on the official Vizhinjam port website, the location of the port offers unique advantages. It is situated just 10 nautical miles from one of the busiest international shipping lanes, which connects Europe, the Persian Gulf, and the Far East. This strategic position grants the port direct access to key global trade routes, ensuring its potential as a powerful transportation hub for international maritime commerce.

In broader terms, the development of the Vizhinjam seaport is expected to catalyze Kerala’s economic progress. It aligns seamlessly with the Kerala government’s broader policies to attract investments in tourism and technology. By creating a conducive environment for investors and entrepreneurs, Kerala is effectively opening its doors to global trade and financial partnerships.

The port’s capabilities in container transshipment and logistical distribution will streamline international supply chains. It is poised to make Kerala a crucial node in the global maritime network, just as the Dubai Port functions as a central hub for cargo distribution across continents.

Furthermore, the success of the Vizhinjam port is likely to inspire confidence in both domestic and international investors, signaling that Kerala is ready for large-scale infrastructure projects and global business ventures. It sets a precedent for how state and central collaboration, along with private sector leadership, can lead to groundbreaking outcomes despite political and environmental hurdles.

With these developments, Kerala appears to be firmly on the path toward becoming a major economic power in the Indian Ocean region. The state’s efforts to facilitate easier business operations, attract tourism investments, and leverage its geographical advantages may soon transform its economy in ways never before imagined.

Ultimately, the launch of the Vizhinjam Deepwater Multipurpose Seaport is more than just an infrastructure milestone. It marks Kerala’s evolution into a forward-looking, globally connected region capable of competing with the world’s most efficient maritime logistics hubs. As the port steadily progresses towards full operational capacity by 2028, expectations are high for a brighter and more prosperous future for Kerala, one that is built on a foundation of strategic investments, visionary leadership, and global integration.

GOP’s Tax Bill Sparks Internal Rift as House Moderates Clash Over SALT Cap and Trump Priorities

The House Ways and Means Committee on Monday unveiled a more comprehensive version of its section of the Republicans’ extensive legislative package, dominated by priorities associated with President Donald Trump. This 389-page document sets the stage for an intense debate over the tax provisions embedded in the sweeping bill, which serves as the GOP’s legislative centerpiece.

Among the bill’s most anticipated components is the revision of the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap. The measure proposes raising the cap from $10,000 to $30,000 for both single and joint filers. However, this increased threshold would begin to phase out for higher income levels. Notably, this proposal falls short of the levels that some key stakeholders had earlier recommended.

Just prior to the bill’s release, a group of moderate Republicans representing high-tax blue states proposed that the SALT deduction cap should be elevated to $62,000 for single filers and $124,000 for joint filers. These lawmakers had rejected an earlier offer to raise the cap to $30,000, making it clear that they considered the figure insufficient.

These moderates were quick to voice their dissatisfaction with the latest proposal. Rep. Nick LaLota (R-N.Y.), a vocal advocate for increasing the SALT cap, made his stance clear, stating, “Still a hell no.”

The SALT deduction cap, originally implemented as part of the 2017 Trump tax cuts, remains one of the most divisive issues in the broader tax reform debate. Republicans from states like New York, New Jersey, and California have been campaigning to raise the cap, while fiscal conservatives, often referred to as deficit hawks, have strongly opposed such changes.

The full text of the legislation had been eagerly awaited since Friday night, when a partial version of the bill was made public. With the committee set to debate and potentially advance the bill during a meeting scheduled for Tuesday at 2:30 p.m. EDT — a session expected to extend into the night — all eyes are now on how the internal disputes will play out.

In addition to modifying the SALT deduction, the legislation includes several other tax-related initiatives that were part of Trump’s campaign promises. These include eliminating taxes on tips and overtime income — though these changes would sunset at the end of 2028 — and offering a temporary exemption on interest payments for car loans, subject to specific conditions.

Another major feature of the bill is the permanent extension of the 2017 income tax rate reductions. The tax rates defined in that law include marginal rates of 10 percent, 12 percent, 22 percent, 24 percent, 32 percent, 35 percent, and 37 percent.

Although some lawmakers had discussed letting the top tax rate expire — which would have caused the highest income bracket to revert to 39.6 percent — this provision was ultimately excluded from the bill. Conservative tax advocacy groups had strongly opposed any such increase, even though Trump reportedly considered it earlier in the week. According to sources, he lobbied against the rate hike in private discussions. Nevertheless, he offered a more ambiguous public stance. In a Truth Social post Friday morning, Trump said he would be “OKAY if they do” increase taxes on the wealthy, though he expressed reservations due to potential political consequences.

As the legislation takes shape, House Speaker Mike Johnson (R-La.) is determined to keep the process moving according to schedule. Johnson aims to pass the full legislative package by Memorial Day and appeared confident when asked about the deadline, saying, “Yes, I think we’re going to meet it.”

Meanwhile, Trump has taken to social media to urge GOP lawmakers to support the bill. On Monday morning, he posted on Truth Social, calling on Republicans to “UNIFY” behind the committee chairmen overseeing the markup process and described the legislation as “GREAT.” He concluded with, “We have no alternative, WE MUST WIN!”

The legislation also proposes increasing the deduction for pass-through businesses from 20 percent to 23 percent. These businesses include sole proprietorships, partnerships, S-corporations, and LLCs, which are typically taxed at the individual income level. Most American businesses fall into this category.

The National Association of Manufacturers (NAM) welcomed this provision. NAM CEO Jay Timmons commented, “For the 96% of manufacturers that are organized as pass-through businesses, this bill is more than policy—it’s a path to growth. It means the ability to buy equipment, hire workers, increase pay and expand operations with greater certainty and confidence.”

However, critics argue that the bill exemplifies a form of trickle-down economics. This theory posits that benefits provided to businesses and wealthy individuals will eventually reach ordinary workers and consumers — a claim often challenged by economists and progressives.

Amy Hanauer, director of the Institute on Taxation and Economic Policy, voiced her concerns, saying, “So far this costly bill appears to double down on trickle down, with huge tax cuts that will further enrich the rich and not much for the rest of us.”

Another provision in the bill temporarily increases the child tax credit to $2,500 through 2028. While that might appeal to a broader group of taxpayers, it is only one part of a larger package that may be contentious in both chambers of Congress.

The committee’s text also proposes a $4 trillion increase to the national debt ceiling — a component that could provoke strong opposition if left unchanged in the Senate. The Senate’s budget resolution has already laid out plans for a $5 trillion ceiling hike, signaling a possible clash ahead.

Several provisions in the bill target climate and renewable energy programs championed by Democrats in their 2022 Inflation Reduction Act. The GOP proposal would eliminate certain renewable energy incentives and drastically cut funding for the Department of Energy’s loan office, which supports the development of low-carbon energy technologies.

Additionally, the bill revokes a grant program designed to reduce air pollution and emissions in underserved communities, directly challenging climate justice initiatives. It also includes clawbacks for various Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) programs, including a $20 billion lending fund aimed at supporting environmentally friendly projects.

The bill also reinstates several business-friendly tax provisions from the 2017 Trump tax law that had since expired. These include immediate expensing for research and development, bonus depreciation, interest deductibility, and key components of the international tax regime. The latter has been a topic of global debate, with alternative proposals emerging from both the United Nations and the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD).

One notably unchanged aspect of the legislation is the preservation of the so-called carried interest loophole. This tax provision allows hedge fund and private equity managers to classify a portion of their earnings as capital gains, which are taxed at lower rates than regular income. Although Trump had criticized this loophole in the past, it remains untouched in the current bill.

As debate begins, the Republican Party faces the dual challenge of aligning internal factions while pushing forward a legislative agenda that remains closely tied to Trump’s economic vision. With deep divisions still unresolved, particularly over SALT and deficit spending, the coming days will determine whether the GOP can present a united front.

Virat Kohli Announces Shock Retirement from Test Cricket After 14-Year Career

Veteran Indian cricketer Virat Kohli has announced his immediate retirement from Test cricket, just ahead of India’s scheduled five-match tour of England in June. The unexpected decision marks the end of a remarkable red-ball career that lasted 14 years and featured numerous milestones and accolades.

Kohli made the announcement on Monday through his Instagram handle, sharing an emotional message that reflected on his journey in the longest format of the game. “It’s been 14 years since I first wore the baggy blue in Test cricket. Honestly, I never imagined the journey this format would take me on. It’s tested me, shaped me, and taught me lessons I’ll carry for life,” he wrote. He concluded the post with a simple but poignant sign-off: “#269, signing off.”

The 36-year-old cricketer from Delhi debuted in Test cricket on June 20, 2011, against the West Indies in Kingston. Since then, he has gone on to become one of the most celebrated Indian batters in the modern era, widely regarded for his consistency and intensity in the game. Over the course of 123 Test matches, Kohli accumulated 9,230 runs at an average of 46.85, placing him fourth on the list of highest Test run-scorers for India. He trails only behind cricketing legends Sachin Tendulkar (15,921 runs), Rahul Dravid (13,265), and Sunil Gavaskar (10,122).

During the decade from 2010 to 2019, Kohli stood out as India’s most prolific Test batter. His record during that period was exceptional—he scored 7,202 runs at an impressive average of 54.97, including 27 centuries, the most by any batter during that time frame. This era also marked Kohli’s rise to global prominence as a dominant force in world cricket.

However, Kohli’s performance dipped significantly following the COVID-19 pandemic. From 2020 onwards, he struggled to maintain his usual form, scoring only 2,028 runs across 68 innings. He managed just three centuries and nine fifties during this time, and his average plummeted to 30.72. Among the 24 Test batters who have scored at least 2,000 runs since 2020, Kohli holds the lowest average, a stark contrast to his earlier dominance.

Despite this late-career slump, Kohli’s overall contributions to Indian Test cricket remain substantial. In addition to his achievements as a batter, Kohli was also an extremely successful Test captain. After taking over the role from MS Dhoni in 2014, he led India for eight years and achieved a record 40 wins in 68 Test matches. This record makes him the most successful captain in India’s Test history. On the global stage, only Graeme Smith of South Africa (53 wins), Australia’s Ricky Ponting (48), and Steve Waugh (41) have led their sides to more Test victories.

As a captain, Kohli continued to shine with the bat. He scored 5,864 runs in 113 innings while leading the team—an achievement that places him fourth on the all-time list of most runs scored by a Test captain. His 20 centuries as a captain are second only to Graeme Smith’s 25, reinforcing Kohli’s reputation as a player who thrived under responsibility.

In 2024, Kohli began the Border-Gavaskar Trophy with promise, scoring a century against Australia in the opening Test in Perth. However, the series quickly turned difficult for him. He finished the tour with just 193 runs, as his vulnerability to deliveries outside the off stump became increasingly evident. In eight innings, Kohli was dismissed seven times to balls pitched in that channel, leading to repeated caught-behind dismissals.

Reflecting on the mental pressures he faced during the Australian tour, Kohli had spoken candidly at a recent event. “Once you start taking on the energy and the disappointment from the outside, then you start burdening yourself way more… And then you start thinking about things, like ‘I’ve got two or three days left on this tour, I need to make an impact now’. And you start getting more desperate. That’s something I’ve surely experienced in Australia as well,” he said.

He further elaborated on the emotional toll of the series and how it impacted his mindset. “Because I got a good score in the first Test. I thought, ‘right, let’s go’.There’s going to be another big series for me. It doesn’t turn out that way. For me, it’sjust about the acceptance of ‘okay fine, this is what happened. I’m going to be honest with myself. Where do I want to go? What are my energy levels like’,” he had remarked.

Kohli’s decision to retire from Test cricket at this point in time appears to be influenced by a combination of form, fatigue, and self-reflection. The psychological burden of not meeting his own high standards, particularly in a format that demands sustained mental resilience, may have played a key role in his choice to step away.

While the timing of his announcement—just weeks before India’s next Test assignment in England—might seem abrupt, Kohli’s legacy in red-ball cricket is firmly intact. From his aggressive batting style and impeccable cover drives to his passionate leadership on the field, Kohli has left a lasting impression on Indian cricket.

As India prepares for the future without one of its most iconic Test players, fans and fellow cricketers alike are expected to pay tribute to a career that combined talent, determination, and an unwavering commitment to excellence. Kohli’s influence on the current generation of Indian players, many of whom flourished under his leadership, is likely to remain for years to come.

With the curtains drawn on his Test career, Kohli now shifts his focus to the shorter formats of the game, where he continues to be a vital figure. The cricketing world will watch closely to see what the next chapter holds for one of the modern greats of the sport. But in the realm of Test cricket, Virat Kohli has well and truly signed off—leaving behind a record that will be remembered with admiration and respect.

Associated Press and FRONTLINE Receive 2025 Osborn Elliott Prize for South Korea Adoption Investigation

Asia Society has announced that the 2025 Osborn Elliott Prize for Excellence in Journalism on Asia will be awarded to The Associated Press and FRONTLINE, the investigative documentary series aired on PBS and produced by GBH in Boston. The honor is being bestowed for their collaborative project, South Korea’s Adoption Reckoning, which encompasses a series of investigative reports, an online interactive experience, and a documentary. This extensive work was led by journalists Kim Tong-Hyung and Claire Galofaro, with Lora Moftah serving as the director and producer.

The project sheds light on the long-standing practice of international adoptions from South Korea, a program that originated in the aftermath of the Korean War. Over time, more than 200,000 children were sent abroad, primarily to Europe and North America. Through years of meticulous document analysis and over 100 interviews with adoptees, the investigation exposed widespread fraud and systemic failures within the adoption system. Many parents had their children taken away without consent, while adoptees often spent their lives searching for the truth about their origins.

In a statement accompanying the announcement, the Osborn Elliott Prize Jury highlighted the profound impact of the investigation: “This tour de force of reporting by Associated Press reporters Kim Tong-Hyung and Claire Galofaro and FRONTLINE (PBS) documented the costs of a generations-long South Korean program of sending children abroad for adoption. Started in the years after the Korean war, the program eventually sent more than 200,000 children to new homes mostly in Europe and North America. Years of painstaking document review and interviews with more than 100 adoptees revealed systemwide fraud and wrongdoing in the program, which in turn imposed a lifetime emotional toll on parents whose children were taken from them, sometimes without consent, and on the adoptees themselves, many of whom were never told or could never find the truth about their origins.”

The investigation also brought attention to a serious issue involving adoptees in the United States. The report uncovered that many adopted individuals from South Korea and other nations were never granted U.S. citizenship due to legal oversights. These lapses have had life-altering consequences for some adoptees, leading to deportation threats and legal uncertainty. As the jury stated, “The AP also found that many U.S. adoptees—from South Korea and other countries—were left without citizenship because of legal lapses that Congress failed to fix.”

This reporting has already yielded tangible results. The exposure prompted the South Korean government to unseal records and initiate reviews of past adoption practices. Furthermore, it has encouraged families across the globe to reassess their own histories, prompting a broader conversation about transparency, identity, and justice. As the jury noted, “The work of these journalists has caused Seoul to open up records, countries to review past adoption practices, and families around the world to re-examine their personal histories.”

Asia Society will recognize the winners during a special event in New York on Tuesday, June 5. The Osborn Elliott Prize includes a $10,000 cash award and is presented annually by an independent panel to honor outstanding journalism on Asia produced in the previous year.

In discussing the range and quality of submissions for the 2025 Osborn Elliott Prize, the jury also gave special mention to an entry from Bloomberg News titled The Egg. This investigative piece examined the global trade in human eggs, which is part of the booming $35 billion fertility industry in which Asia plays a central role. The jury drew a compelling parallel between historic adoption trends and today’s fertility practices: “In particular, the Jury recognizes another powerful example of transnational reporting by Bloomberg News, whose reporters tracked the international commerce in human eggs, part of a $35 billion global fertility industry in which Asia plays a crucial role. In much the same way that wealthy countries once patronized Korea for babies, today wealthy families may acquire eggs or pay for surrogates from people in other countries.”

The selection of winners was made by a distinguished panel of judges. This year’s jury was chaired by Marcus Brauchli, managing partner of North Base Media and former top editor at both The Washington Post and The Wall Street Journal. Other jurors included Dorinda Elliott, Executive Director of the Fairbank Center for Chinese Studies at Harvard University and a former Newsweek journalist; Nisid Hajari, author, Bloomberg editorial board member, and past top editor at Newsweek; Zuraidah Ibrahim, Executive Managing Editor at the South China Morning Post; and Norman Pearlstine, a seasoned media executive and former senior editor at the Los Angeles Times, Time Inc., and The Wall Street Journal.

The Osborn Elliott Prize, affectionately known as the “Oz Prize,” commemorates the legacy of Osborn Elliott, a celebrated journalist, author, and editor-in-chief of Newsweek. Elliott was instrumental in advancing the concept of “civic journalism,” a form of reporting focused on addressing pressing public policy issues and engaging communities in the process. His enduring influence continues through this annual recognition of journalistic excellence in Asia-related reporting.

In recent years, the Oz Prize has recognized a diverse range of impactful journalism. In 2024, The Outlaw Ocean Project was honored for “China: The Superpower of Seafood,” an in-depth report on China’s dominance in the global seafood trade. In 2023, The Economist’s Sue-Lin Wong and David Rennie were awarded for their insightful reporting on China. The 2022 winners, Matthieu Aikins and Jim Huylebroek of The New York Times Magazine, were recognized for their powerful coverage titled “Inside the Fall of Kabul.” In 2021, Alice Su of the Los Angeles Times received the prize for her comprehensive reporting on China.

Additional information about the Osborn Elliott Prize and profiles of previous winners can be found at AsiaSociety.org/OzPrize.

This year’s winning project has not only revealed previously hidden truths but also sparked international reflection on the consequences of adoption practices, the need for legal reform, and the enduring quest for identity among those affected. The collaboration between The Associated Press and FRONTLINE stands as a powerful testament to the enduring value of investigative journalism in uncovering injustice and prompting change.

India Embraces Biometric E-Passports, Ushering in a New Era of Secure Global Travel

India has formally entered the league of over 120 countries, including the United States, Canada, Mexico, Brazil, France, Italy, and Japan, by implementing chip-based biometric e-passports. This significant development is a major milestone in modernizing India’s international travel framework, with the objective of enhancing border security, curbing identity fraud, and accelerating the immigration process for Indian passport holders.

The introduction of biometric e-passports signifies a substantial advancement in Indian passport technology. The nationwide implementation began in April 2024 under the revamped Passport Seva Programme 2.0. Initial pilot programs were launched in strategic cities including Nagpur, Bhubaneswar, Jammu, Goa, Shimla, Raipur, Amritsar, Jaipur, Chennai, Hyderabad, Surat, and Ranchi. The government expects a full-scale rollout of the program to be completed by mid-2025.

These cutting-edge e-passports incorporate a Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) chip and an antenna embedded in the back cover. This chip securely holds the passport holder’s biometric and personal data, such as facial photographs, fingerprints, full name, date of birth, and passport number. All the stored information is encrypted and shielded by international security protocols like Basic Access Control (BAC), Passive Authentication (PA), and Extended Access Control (EAC).

Biometric e-passports have become the global benchmark for secure and efficient travel. The embedded chip enables real-time verification of traveler identity at immigration checkpoints. Automated and contactless border controls through e-gates make the process much faster and eliminate the need for manual document inspections. For travelers, this means shorter wait times and a more seamless transit experience.

India’s adoption of e-passports brings it in alignment with security and travel standards set by the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO). This alignment places Indian citizens on par with travelers from technologically advanced countries, thereby enhancing India’s global standing and credibility.

India’s move toward biometric passports is consistent with a broader global pattern. A look at how different regions have approached this transition underscores the scale of the shift.

In the Americas, the United States has been using biometric passports since 2007, featuring both facial and fingerprint data. Canada followed in 2013, incorporating support for automated border kiosks. Mexico implemented its e-passport system in 2021 to reinforce border security. Other countries in South America—such as Brazil, Argentina, Chile, Colombia, and Peru—adopted biometric passports between 2010 and 2016. These are all ICAO-compliant and widely accepted across the globe.

In Europe, nations like France, Italy, the United Kingdom, and Germany were early adopters between 2005 and 2006, integrating their passport systems with Schengen e-gates. Ukraine and Russia also have fully biometric passports with integration into digital identification frameworks.

Asian countries including Japan, China, and South Korea have had operational biometric passport systems since the mid-2000s, with ongoing enhancements. South Asian neighbors such as Bangladesh, Pakistan, and Nepal also run active e-passport programs. Malaysia, notable for being a pioneer, introduced biometric passports as early as 1998 and upgraded them to meet ICAO standards by 2010. Other countries such as Saudi Arabia, Singapore, and Indonesia are fully integrated into global border security systems.

Africa has also made notable strides. Nations like Nigeria, Kenya, South Africa, and Rwanda have introduced biometric passports that conform with both regional and global regulatory frameworks. In Oceania, Australia and New Zealand were among the first to adopt e-passports and have integrated them seamlessly into their intelligent border control systems.

With India now joining this global cohort, Indian citizens can benefit from quicker and more secure entry into countries that offer visa-on-arrival or use e-gate systems. This reinforces India’s standing in the international travel domain and boosts the mobility of its citizens.

Applying for these e-passports remains a user-friendly experience. Citizens must apply through the Passport Seva Portal, schedule an appointment at a nearby Passport Seva Kendra or Post Office Passport Seva Kendra, and provide biometric data during their appointment.

All chip-enabled biometric passports are manufactured and embedded with chips at the India Security Press in Nashik. By keeping production domestic, the Indian government reinforces its “Make in India” initiative and strengthens national control over sensitive personal data, enhancing the country’s data sovereignty.

The upgrade to biometric passports carries immense importance, especially in a post-pandemic world. With more than 1.5 billion international arrivals recorded in 2023, nations are increasingly moving to biometric technologies to efficiently and securely manage the growing volume of travelers.

Traditional machine-readable passports are vulnerable to counterfeiting and unauthorized alterations. In contrast, biometric e-passports provide an advanced level of protection through the integration of biometric authentication and encrypted data storage, thereby making identity theft virtually impossible and improving the immigration process.

Looking ahead, India’s e-passport project forms just one part of a larger strategy to digitize global mobility. The future may bring innovations such as mobile passport wallets, blockchain-based identity verification systems, and seamless integration with existing digital tools like DigiLocker and Aadhaar. Additionally, digital visas might soon be stored directly on the chip embedded in the passport.

These emerging technologies have the potential to eliminate the need for physical documents entirely, setting the stage for a completely contactless and intelligent travel experience. The goal is to streamline travel, maximize security, and reduce human error and fraud.

The rollout of biometric chip-based passports signifies India’s move into the realm of the most technologically progressive nations in global travel. This leap not only fortifies India’s international borders but also empowers its citizens by facilitating faster, safer, and smarter global mobility.

As biometric verification systems become the global norm, India is not merely adapting to existing standards. Instead, it is helping define the future of international travel..With the launch of chip-enabled biometric passports, India joins the world’s most advanced nations in reshaping the future of travel. This digital leap not only secures India’s borders but also places its citizens at the forefront of a global, tech-driven transformation in mobility. As biometric systems become the new normal, India is not just keeping pace—but helping set the standard for what comes next.

Ceasefire in South Asia: A Fragile Peace Amid Escalating Tensions and Religious Reflections

Following rising military aggression and increasing tensions between India and Pakistan, a ceasefire facilitated by the United States was announced on Saturday, May 10. This development came at a crucial moment, as the intensity of the situation had reached a dangerous high.

The escalation was triggered by a deadly terrorist attack in Indian-administered Kashmir late last month. What followed was a rapid intensification of hostilities: both nations launched missiles deep into each other’s territory, accompanied by drone assaults on military and civilian sites. As global fears of a full-scale war between the two nuclear-armed nations grew, the Trump administration stepped in, providing both countries with a path to de-escalation through diplomatic engagement.

The United States government succeeded in brokering a truce between India and Pakistan, securing a mutual commitment from both nations to engage in dialogue aimed at addressing their longstanding and deep-rooted conflicts. This ceasefire is not just timely—it is critical. Experts have long warned that the greatest risk of nuclear warfare exists in South Asia, largely because of the turbulent history between India and Pakistan, their nuclear capabilities, and the likelihood that one side may miscalculate the other’s intent and strike preemptively. In this context, negotiations are not optional luxuries but vital imperatives.

However, despite the ceasefire announcement, shelling has continued in the Kashmir and Punjab regions. While imperfect and tenuous, this ceasefire remains essential to preserving any semblance of peace.

For individuals with ancestral roots in both India and Pakistan dating back to the 13th century, the current state of conflict is personally devastating. This war has stirred deep sorrow for someone who holds immense love for the people on both sides of the border. “This conflict, which is happening about 7,000 miles away, has impacted my religion, as a Sikh, and my emotional and historical connections to Pakistan and India,” the author writes. India has a Hindu majority, while Pakistan’s population is predominantly Muslim. Yet, both countries are home to diverse religious minorities including Sikhs, Christians, Jains, Ahmadiyyas, and Buddhists.

So, how can people of faith contribute to lasting peace in South Asia? The author believes the answer lies in the hands of the faithful themselves.

Firstly, it’s important to acknowledge that the war was initiated not by the general populations of Pakistan and India, but by their respective governments and armed forces. Moving forward, people of faith need to actively resist what the author describes as the “patriotism of hate.” This term refers to the government-fueled belief that loving one’s country necessitates hatred toward the other’s people and religion. As the author explains, “Patriotism of hate is a term used to describe the narrative that to love India, you must hate Pakistan and its Muslim citizens, and to love Pakistan, you must hate India and its Hindu citizens.” This toxic mindset, legitimized through religious and nationalistic fervor, must be dismantled. In India, Hindus and Sikhs must confront Hindutva-driven nationalism, while in Pakistan, Muslims must reject the religious chauvinism that fuels animosity toward India.

Secondly, there is a dire need to stop the reckless calls for further warfare. Certain segments of Hindus and Muslims who urge their governments to go beyond border skirmishes and fully invade the opposing nation are, in effect, jeopardizing future generations. “I call on them to end this ‘olympics of suffering’ — a term used to describe the efforts to portray your suffering as worse than the other’s.” This attitude, rooted in comparative victimhood, only reinforces the cycle of violence. What is required instead is a greater sense of empathy—particularly among Indian Hindus and Pakistani Muslims—so that the pain and suffering on both sides are acknowledged and understood.

The third point the author emphasizes is the need for a shift in perspective among Indians. Based on extensive travels in both countries, the author has found that while Pakistani citizens often separate their criticism of India’s government from their feelings toward Indian people, many Indians do not make the same distinction when it comes to Pakistan. “In my observation, Indians are less likely to make a distinction between Pakistani people and the Pakistani government — both are conflated as enemies of India.” This lack of nuance hinders the possibility of reconciliation. “Without this change, a one-handed handshake between India and Pakistan is bound to fail.”

As a Sikh in the diaspora, the recent conflict placed the author in a painful religious dilemma. With sacred sites under threat on both sides of the border—Amritsar’s Darbar Sahib in India targeted by Pakistani attacks, and Pakistan’s Nankana Sahib hit by Indian strikes—the question of loyalty became especially agonizing.

The Sikh faith, founded by Guru Nanak in 1469 at Nankana Sahib in present-day Pakistan, is historically and spiritually tied to both India and Pakistan. Guru Nanak lived and died in what is now Pakistan, while the Fifth Guru, Guru Arjan Sahib, established the Darbar Sahib (Golden Temple) in Amritsar, India, in the 16th century. The 1947 Partition carved this spiritual geography in two, compelling many Sikhs to relocate from Pakistan to India and leaving behind over 250 Sikh religious sites, including Nankana Sahib and Kartarpur Sahib. While Indian Sikhs have had limited access to these places, members of the Sikh diaspora from the West now enjoy greater religious freedom to visit them.

So, how does the Sikh faith guide its followers in such a conflicted time? The Sikh scripture, Siri Guru Granth Sahib, contains a verse: “Recognize as brave the one who struggles for the weak and helpless.” This line offers clarity in the face of conflict.

Given the calculated military offensives initiated by both India and Pakistan, driven largely by domestic political agendas, neither nation can be considered weak or defenseless. India now possesses a significantly larger economy than Pakistan. But what makes this standoff particularly dangerous is that both are nuclear powers. In fact, one of the attacks that led to U.S. intervention struck alarmingly close to a nuclear site.

So who are the weak and helpless? The ordinary people of India and Pakistan. “The weak and helpless in this war are the people of India and Pakistan — and that is who I am standing up for.” In the face of such peril, it is these citizens—caught in the crossfire of nationalism and political maneuvering—who deserve protection and advocacy.

It is now up to the people of both nations to convert this fragile ceasefire into enduring peace. By rejecting divisive ideologies, embracing mutual compassion, and pursuing interfaith solidarity, the citizens of India and Pakistan can move toward a more hopeful and harmonious future.

Arizona State University Celebrates Record Number of Indian Graduates in Spring Commencement

This spring, Arizona State University (ASU) celebrated a major milestone by awarding degrees to 1,800 students from India, making it one of the largest graduating groups of Indian nationals in the institution’s history. These students were part of ASU’s largest-ever spring graduating class, which surpassed 21,000 students in total. Among these were more than 3,000 international students, reflecting the university’s growing global appeal and commitment to diversity in higher education.

India continues to be ASU’s top source of international students. The university currently enrolls around 7,000 students from India, with the majority pursuing graduate programs. This significant presence underscores the strong academic and cultural ties between ASU and India and highlights the university’s role as a leading destination for Indian students seeking advanced education in the United States.

One of the standout Indian graduates this spring was Omkaar Shenoy, a computer science student from Kerala. During his time at ASU, Shenoy made notable contributions to the university community by applying his programming skills at the Office of Media Relations. His work helped improve operational efficiency, showcasing how international students like him enrich the university beyond academics. Shenoy earned his degree from the Ira A. Fulton Schools of Engineering and is preparing to begin his professional journey with Aramark, a hospitality company based in Philadelphia.

Reflecting on his experience, Shenoy credited the university for supporting his career aspirations and helping him build a versatile skill set. “ASU was very helpful in terms of giving me the resources to find this job,” he said. “The university also gave me a great foundation in coding and a broader skill set in media and sciences, which allowed me to explore my creative side.”

Another Indian student, Ana Girish, completed her degree in aerospace engineering with a focus on astronautics. Her academic achievements have already translated into a promising career, as she has been hired as an associate product engineer by Solestial, a startup based in Arizona that specializes in developing solar panels for use in space. Girish’s accomplishment is a testament to the rigorous education and professional preparation offered by ASU’s engineering programs, as well as to the increasing role Indian students are playing in emerging technologies.

ASU President Michael Crow recently visited India and emphasized the university’s continued dedication to strengthening ties with the country. He expressed optimism about the growing number of Indian students choosing ASU for their education and reaffirmed the institution’s commitment to their success.

“ASU is a place that is deeply committed to the students who come here,” Crow said. “We are expecting more students from India than ever, and we are ready and excited to welcome students who are eager to learn and succeed.”

To celebrate its international community and recognize their contributions, ASU hosted an International Student Celebration on May 10, just ahead of its main commencement ceremonies. This event served as a platform to honor the diverse cultural and academic impact of students from around the world, particularly those from India whose presence continues to grow on campus.

ASU’s strong relationship with India is not limited to its current student body. Over the years, the university has built a vast and vibrant network of Indian alumni, now numbering more than 20,000. This extensive alumni base highlights the enduring academic connections ASU has cultivated with India and reflects the long-term impact Indian students have had on the university and beyond.

As ASU continues to expand its international reach, the rising number of Indian students and alumni stands as a testament to the university’s global reputation and inclusive academic environment. The support structures in place, from career development to academic mentoring, play a critical role in helping international students achieve success both during their studies and in their professional lives.

The increasing enrollment of Indian students also reflects broader global trends in international education, where U.S. universities remain among the most sought-after destinations for advanced study. For Indian students in particular, institutions like ASU offer a unique combination of high-quality education, practical training opportunities, and access to cutting-edge research, especially in fields like engineering, computer science, and space technologies.

Omkaar Shenoy’s journey from Kerala to Philadelphia, and Ana Girish’s transition from ASU to an aerospace startup, are just two examples of the opportunities ASU provides to its Indian student community. These success stories highlight how the university not only prepares students academically but also equips them with the skills, confidence, and resources needed to thrive in today’s competitive global job market.

The presence of more than 7,000 Indian students at ASU today, combined with its rapidly expanding alumni network, shows no signs of slowing down. ASU’s leadership remains committed to enhancing this relationship, providing Indian students with a welcoming and supportive academic home in the U.S.

As President Michael Crow remarked during his visit to India, “We are expecting more students from India than ever, and we are ready and excited to welcome students who are eager to learn and succeed.” These words reflect ASU’s broader mission of inclusivity and its dedication to preparing students from around the world to be leaders in their fields.

The university’s efforts to honor international students through events like the International Student Celebration not only acknowledge academic success but also foster a sense of belonging and appreciation for the cultural diversity that enriches campus life. These events serve as a reminder of the essential role international students play in shaping the university’s global identity.

With over 20,000 Indian alumni already making their mark around the world and thousands more currently enrolled, Arizona State University continues to be a beacon for academic excellence and opportunity for Indian students. Whether through groundbreaking work in aerospace, impactful coding contributions, or future innovations, ASU’s Indian graduates are leaving a lasting impression — one that will inspire future generations to follow in their footsteps.

In celebrating this year’s achievements, ASU has once again demonstrated its enduring commitment to empowering students from India and around the globe to reach their full potential and make a meaningful difference in the world.

Pope Leo XIV Urges Release of Jailed Journalists, Defends Free Speech in Historic First Public Address

Pope Leo XIV made a powerful appeal on Monday for the release of journalists imprisoned around the world, stressing the vital importance of free speech and a free press. Addressing thousands of media professionals gathered in Rome to cover his historic election as the first American pope, Leo underscored his commitment to press freedom during his first meeting with members of the general public.

The newly elected pontiff, a 69-year-old Augustinian missionary, received a warm standing ovation as he entered the Vatican auditorium. His appearance marked his initial public engagement following the 24-hour conclave that resulted in his election last week.

In his remarks, Pope Leo emphasized the moral responsibility of journalists to use their words to promote peace, oppose violence, and amplify the voices of the marginalized. Speaking with clarity and conviction, he expressed solidarity with reporters who have been jailed for their efforts to uncover and share the truth.

“The church recognises in these witnesses — I am thinking of those who report on war even at the cost of their lives — the courage of those who defend dignity, justice and the right of people to be informed, because only informed individuals can make free choices,” he stated, earning renewed applause from the crowd.

He added, “The suffering of these imprisoned journalists challenges the conscience of nations and the international community, calling on all of us to safeguard the precious gift of free speech and of the press.”

Leo began his speech with a few words in English, injecting a touch of humor by joking that the audience’s response at the end of his address would mean more than the initial ovation he received upon arrival. He then transitioned to Italian to convey his main message, expressing appreciation for the press’s coverage of the papal transition.

He urged the assembled journalists to embrace their role as communicators of peace, emphasizing the immense power of words in shaping the world. “Peace begins with each one of us: in the way we look at others, listen to others and speak about others,” he said. “In this sense, the way we communicate is of fundamental importance: we must say ‘no’ to the war of words and images, we must reject the paradigm of war.”

The Pope’s words carried a strong appeal for ethical journalism and the peaceful use of media in a time when conflict and misinformation continue to threaten societal stability. He highlighted the importance of communication that builds understanding rather than division.

Following his brief but impactful address, Pope Leo took time to interact with those seated near the front. He greeted several journalists personally and walked down the central aisle of the audience hall, shaking hands with many attendees. He signed autographs and even posed for selfies, offering a down-to-earth touch to the otherwise formal occasion.

Some journalists later shared snippets of their private conversations with the pope, revealing that discussions are underway for Leo to visit Turkey. The planned trip would commemorate the 1700th anniversary of the Council of Nicea, the first ecumenical council in Christianity and a significant milestone in Catholic-Orthodox relations.

There were also moments of light-hearted interaction. A few reporters offered to play tennis with the pope or organize a charity doubles match. Known for being an avid tennis player, Leo responded with a laugh, “But we can’t invite Sinner,” a joking reference to Jannik Sinner, the world’s top-ranked tennis player who was competing nearby at the Italian Open.

The event echoed a similar gathering in 2013 when Pope Francis addressed journalists following his election as the first Latin American pope. At that time, Francis explained his choice of name, inspired by St. Francis of Assisi, and shared his vision for “a church which is poor and for the poor!”

Over the course of his 12-year papacy, Pope Francis frequently spoke about the importance of journalism and its essential role in society. As recently as January, Francis made his own appeal for the release of imprisoned journalists during a Holy Year event focused on the media.

Pope Leo’s message on Monday reinforced that tradition, but with a renewed urgency and personal touch shaped by his background as a missionary and his American roots. His call for ethical journalism and protection of press freedom resonated deeply in a room filled with professionals who often risk their safety to report the truth.

The audience hall was packed with some 6,000 journalists who had traveled to Rome from around the globe to cover Leo’s unexpected election. Many in attendance viewed the pontiff’s address as a bold and welcome affirmation of the importance of their work at a time when journalists face increasing threats, censorship, and persecution in many countries.

By focusing on the theme of peaceful communication and the plight of imprisoned reporters, Pope Leo drew a clear line connecting the Church’s values with the need for transparency, justice, and access to information. His remarks were widely seen as a call to action not only for political leaders and the international community, but also for media organizations and individuals who shape public discourse.

In a time marked by war, political instability, and digital misinformation, Leo’s message served as both a blessing and a challenge. The Pope urged journalists not just to report on the world’s problems but to serve as beacons of integrity and compassion in their storytelling.

This historic first public appearance offered a glimpse of Pope Leo XIV’s priorities and leadership style. Grounded in faith but attentive to the challenges of the modern world, he used his platform to champion a free and ethical press, appealing to both conscience and courage.

As the Vatican prepares for the potential trip to Turkey and Leo begins to shape the direction of his papacy, Monday’s speech stands as a strong opening chapter. It reminded the world that the Church remains committed to truth, justice, and the people who fight to uphold them.

With warmth, humor, and unwavering resolve, Pope Leo XIV has made it clear that his pontificate will stand firmly in defense of the freedom of speech and the press—a message that, like the journalists he addressed, will echo far beyond the walls of the Vatican.

India’s Total Fertility Rate Holds Steady at 2.0, Reports Show Demographic Shifts

India’s Total Fertility Rate (TFR), which represents the average number of children a woman is expected to have during her lifetime, remained unchanged at 2.0 in 2021, mirroring the figure from the previous year, according to the latest Sample Registration System (SRS) report released by the Registrar General of India (RGI) on May 7.

The findings of the report show significant demographic patterns across Indian states and reveal trends such as the aging of the population and delays in the average age of marriage. Notably, Bihar stood out for having the highest fertility rate in the country at 3.0, while the national capital Delhi and the state of West Bengal reported the lowest fertility rates, both standing at 1.4.

The SRS report also noted a significant demographic shift over the past five decades. The share of India’s population within the 0-14 age bracket has steadily declined from 41.2% in 1971 to 24.8% in 2021. Conversely, the proportion of the working-age population, defined as those between 15 to 59 years, has grown markedly during the same period. “Proportion of the economically active population between 15-59 years has increased from 53.4% to 66.2% during the same period,” the report stated.

India’s elderly population has also seen a notable increase. The share of the population aged 65 and above rose from 5.3% to 5.9%, and those aged 60 and above grew from 6% to 9% over the same time frame. These changes suggest the country is undergoing a demographic transition marked by an aging population and a shrinking youth cohort.

In this context, Kerala emerged as the state with the highest proportion of elderly people. According to the report, 14.4% of Kerala’s population is aged 60 and above. Tamil Nadu followed with 12.9%, and Himachal Pradesh with 12.3%. On the opposite end of the spectrum, Bihar had the smallest proportion of elderly citizens, with only 6.9% of its population being aged 60 or more. Assam and Delhi were also at the lower end, with 7% and 7.1% respectively in this age group.

In terms of social changes, the report documented a considerable increase in the average age at which women are getting married. It found that the mean age at effective marriage for females has gone up from 19.3 years in 1990 to 22.5 years in 2021. This shift suggests improvements in women’s education, employment opportunities, and growing awareness about reproductive health and family planning.

With the national census typically conducted every ten years, the SRS plays a vital role in filling the information gap in the interim. It stands as the largest demographic survey in India and is tasked with providing annual estimates of fertility and mortality statistics at both state and national levels. For this particular edition of the survey, data was collected from 8,842 sample units spread across all Indian states, encompassing approximately 84 lakh people.

While presenting the interim budget for 2024, Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman had announced the establishment of a high-level committee to explore the challenges associated with “fast population growth and demographic changes.” This statement seemed to imply that the country was still experiencing a rapid rise in population. However, the data from the SRS paints a more nuanced picture, indicating that the population growth may not be as steep as previously assumed. As the Census—delayed since 2021—has not yet been conducted (the last one being in 2011), a fuller understanding of these trends is still awaited.

The report also highlights that India has achieved replacement-level fertility, a crucial demographic milestone where a population exactly replaces itself from one generation to the next. Replacement-level TFR is usually pegged at 2.1. This rate has now been reached or even fallen below in numerous states.

“It is noteworthy that the replacement level TFR, viz. 2.1, has been attained at the national level, along with Delhi 1.4, West Bengal 1.4, Tamil Nadu 1.5, Andhra Pradesh 1.5, Jammu and Kashmir 1.5, Kerala 1.5, Maharashtra 1.5, Punjab 1.5, Himachal Pradesh 1.6, Telangana 1.6, Karnataka 1.6, Odisha 1.8, Uttarakhand 1.8, Gujarat 2.0, Haryana 2.0 and Assam 2.1,” the report stated.

The implications of these findings are multifold. On the one hand, a lower TFR aligns with aspirations for a smaller and more manageable population, which can reduce stress on resources and infrastructure. On the other hand, continued declines in fertility—especially below the replacement level—can pose long-term challenges, such as labor shortages and increasing dependency ratios due to a growing elderly population.

States like Bihar, with a TFR still significantly above replacement level, may need to focus on educational and reproductive health initiatives, while others with below-replacement rates may eventually confront issues tied to workforce shrinkage and elderly care.

Furthermore, the variations in elderly population proportions across states point to uneven aging processes in the country. States like Kerala and Tamil Nadu, with larger elderly populations, may face increased demand for healthcare services, age-friendly infrastructure, and social security programs. In contrast, states like Bihar and Assam, which still have a relatively young demographic, might focus more on education, job creation, and economic development.

Meanwhile, the rising mean age at marriage for females highlights evolving social norms and potentially positive trends in gender equality. Delaying marriage often correlates with better health outcomes for both mothers and children, as well as greater female participation in higher education and the labor market.

In conclusion, the latest SRS data underscores that India’s population dynamics are undergoing a significant transformation. While the overall fertility rate remains stable, the country is seeing a demographic shift characterized by declining youth populations, growing working-age groups, and an expanding elderly segment. These findings suggest that population-related policy planning will need to be tailored to the unique challenges and opportunities facing each state. The upcoming national census, whenever it occurs, will be critical in providing a complete and updated picture of these ongoing changes.

Pope Leo XIV Urges Peace in Ukraine and Gaza in First Sunday Blessing as Pontiff

In his first Sunday noon blessing as the newly elected pope, Leo XIV called for a sincere and equitable resolution to the war in Ukraine and demanded an immediate ceasefire in Gaza. His address also included symbolic acts pointing to a message of unity in a deeply divided Catholic Church.

“I, too, address the world’s great powers by repeating the ever-present call ‘never again war,’” Leo declared to an estimated 100,000 people gathered in St. Peter’s Square. The appearance marked his return to the central loggia of St. Peter’s Basilica, where he had first introduced himself to the world on Thursday evening following his historic election as the first pope from the United States. Like then, his focus remained centered on peace.

Continuing a long-standing papal tradition, Leo delivered the Sunday blessing at noon. However, he introduced a notable change. Rather than speaking from the window of the Apostolic Palace, which faces one side of the piazza, he stood at the heart of the basilica, symbolically placing himself at the center of both the Church and the faithful.

Part of this was due to necessity, as Leo did not gain access to the papal apartments until later that day. The apartments had been sealed since the death of Pope Francis and were only reopened on Sunday.

Another unique touch came when Leo chose to sing the Regina Caeli prayer, a Latin hymn traditionally said during the Easter season. Previous popes had typically recited it, but Leo’s decision to sing it evoked memories of the traditional Latin Mass, a liturgical style often appreciated by conservative Catholics.

Those who felt alienated by Pope Francis’ modern reforms and relaxed approach to liturgy have been watching Leo for signs of a return to tradition. Some were encouraged on Thursday evening when he wore the formal red papal cape that Francis had declined during his papacy. Leo furthered that impression during a Saturday visit to a Marian shrine south of Rome, where he donned a richly embroidered papal stole, knelt at the altar in reverence, and appeared with priests wearing long cassocks typically favored by traditionalists.

Aldo Maria Valli, a conservative Italian journalist and blogger, expressed appreciation for these gestures. Urging fellow traditionalists to remain hopeful, he wrote, “Don’t shoot Leo,” emphasizing that he liked much of what he had observed so far.

On Sunday, however, Leo appeared in the simple white cassock of the papacy and switched back to a modest silver pectoral cross. On Thursday, he had worn a more elaborate cross that contained relics of St. Augustine and St. Monica, gifted to him by his Augustinian religious order.

In addressing global crises, Leo quoted his predecessor Pope Francis, who once described the current state of the world as a “third world war in pieces.” Referring to the ongoing war in Ukraine, Leo stated, “I carry in my heart the sufferings of the beloved Ukrainian people. Let everything possible be done to achieve genuine, just and lasting peace as soon as possible.”

Before becoming pope, Leo—then Bishop Robert Prevost in Chiclayo, Peru—had criticized Russia’s 2022 invasion of Ukraine in strong terms. In a clip from a Peruvian television interview recently recirculating in Italian media, Prevost referred to the war as “an imperialist invasion in which Russia wants to conquer territory for reasons of power given Ukraine’s strategic location.”

On Sunday, Leo also addressed the violence in Gaza, urging a ceasefire and calling for urgent aid to civilians. “Humanitarian relief must be provided to the exhausted civilian population and all hostages be freed,” he said.

In a lighter moment, Leo acknowledged that Sunday marked Mother’s Day in many countries, extending heartfelt wishes to all mothers, “including those in heaven.” The crowd responded with cheers and music as the bells of St. Peter’s rang out across the square, where marching bands had gathered for a special Jubilee celebration.

Among the thousands present was Angela Gentile from Bari, who had arrived three hours early to secure a good spot. Though initially disappointed that another non-Italian pope had been elected, she was moved by Leo’s appearance at the central balcony. “What’s good for the Holy Spirit works for me,” she said. “I have trust.”

More than 50 pilgrims from Houston, Texas, were also in attendance, proudly waving three large American flags. They were already in Rome for a previously arranged Holy Year pilgrimage and were thrilled to witness such a historic moment. “Words cannot express my admiration and gratitude to God,” said the Rev. Dominic Nguyen, who led the Vietnamese American group. He expressed hope that Pope Leo would appreciate not only the sight of the Stars and Stripes but also flags from Peru and other countries, symbolizing the global nature of the Church.

Later that day, Pope Leo held a private Mass near the tomb of St. Peter and prayed in the grottoes beneath the basilica, pausing at the tombs of several past popes. His stops included figures from across the ideological spectrum: Pope Paul VI, associated with the reforms of the Second Vatican Council, as well as more conservative popes like Pius XII and Benedict XVI.

The Mass was a private, intimate affair attended by the head of Leo’s Augustinian order and his brother, John, who sat in the pews. During his homily, Leo pointed out that the Church was celebrating the World Day of Prayer for Vocations. He highlighted the issue of declining religious vocations—a concern raised by cardinals during pre-conclave discussions—and offered encouragement to clergy to lead by example.

“Living the joy of the Gospel, not discouraging others, but rather looking for ways to encourage young people to hear the voice of the Lord and to follow it and to serve in the church,” he said.

Pope Leo also took part in the ceremonial unsealing of the papal apartments, which had been closed following the death of Pope Francis on April 21. It remains uncertain whether Leo will move into the traditional papal quarters or continue Pope Francis’ practice of residing elsewhere. Francis had chosen to live in the Domus Santa Marta, a Vatican hotel, instead of the Apostolic Palace and gradually took over its second floor for his work and living arrangements.

Until now, Leo has been sleeping in his former Vatican apartment, located in a nearby palazzo. His agenda for the coming week is full, with several audiences scheduled ahead of his official installation Mass next Sunday.

At 69, Leo becomes the 267th pope and the first American to hold the position, stepping into the role with a clear call for peace and a tone that blends tradition with global inclusivity.

India: A Leading Destination for Global Remote Hiring

India has increasingly become a favored destination for sourcing global talent. Employers across the world are turning to Indian professionals for a multitude of reasons. If you’re considering hiring from India, it’s important to understand the unique factors that make Indian talent so appealing and how to streamline the hiring process.

This article explores why India is a top location for recruiting skilled professionals and what strategies can help employers during the recruitment journey.

Indian Talent and Remote Work: An Overview

The appeal of the Indian talent pool for global remote roles lies in several key elements such as affordability, specialized skills, and cultural adaptability.

Let’stake a look at some important statistics that showcase India’s potential as a talent hub:

India is home to the world’s second-largest English-speaking population, with over 220 million individuals proficient in the language.

The Indian IT sector is on track to have 11 million professionals by 2025, positioning it as the largest IT workforce worldwide.

The freelance and remote work industry in India is expanding at a rapid pace, expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 21.3%, and projected to hit $55 billion by 2027.

When it comes to skills, Indian professionals stand out in several domains, including software development, IT support, data analysis, content creation, and digital marketing. Known for their strong technical foundation and problem-solving capabilities, Indian workers also tend to be quick learners who adapt easily to new technologies and work setups.

Top 9 Reasons Employers Hire Indian Professionals

There are numerous compelling reasons employers choose to hire from India. These range from the country’s robust educational infrastructure to economic benefits and adaptability.

  1. A Vast and Skilled Workforce

India boasts one of the largest and youngest labor forces in the world. This broad talent base spans a wide range of disciplines and includes specialized skills in areas like engineering, finance, IT, and healthcare.

  1. Solid Educational Background

STEM education plays a major role in India’s academic landscape. Each year, a significant number of graduates emerge with degrees in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics. Additionally, “English is a primary language of instruction from school to higher education,” making communication with international clients smooth and efficient.

  1. Cost Efficiency

Hiring Indian professionals often comes with a cost advantage. “Due to differences in the cost of living and economic factors, employers can often hire skilled Indian professionals at more competitive wages compared to local hires in Western countries.” Companies also save on overhead, since remote employment eliminates the need for office space and related costs.

  1. Global Market Acumen

Many Indian employees are well-versed in working with international clients. They understand the dynamics of global markets and adapt quickly to different work cultures. India’s history as a major outsourcing hub has helped build this global awareness. “India’s long-standing role as a leading outsourcing destination means its workforce is familiar with the demands and expectations of foreign employers.”

  1. High-Level IT and Technical Proficiency

India’s reputation as a tech powerhouse is well-earned. The country is globally recognized for its contributions to software development and IT innovation. “Indian professionals are increasingly recognized for their innovative and creative problem-solving abilities in technical fields.”

  1. Work Hour Flexibility

Indian employees often accommodate employers in various time zones. This flexibility enables companies to maintain 24/7 business operations and customer service support.

  1. Consistent Quality and Work Ethic

Employers frequently commend Indian workers for their dedication and high standards. “Indian professionals are known for their powerful work ethic, dedication, and commitment to quality.” They also invest in continuous learning, which keeps their skills updated and relevant.

  1. Strengthening Digital Infrastructure

India is rapidly advancing in the area of digital connectivity, which supports efficient remote work. Investments in broadband, cloud technologies, and cybersecurity have significantly enhanced remote capabilities.

  1. Cultural Compatibility

Thanks to exposure to global media and multicultural experiences, Indian professionals tend to fit well into international corporate environments. “Exposure to diverse cultures and global media makes many Indian professionals culturally compatible with international workplaces.”

Steps to Hiring Indian Employees Remotely

Hiring from India remotely requires a strategic approach. Employers need to manage not only the talent search but also legal and compliance-related aspects. Here’s how to go about it:

Define the Job Role Clearly

Start by writing a precise job description that outlines the responsibilities, required qualifications, and necessary time zone overlaps.

Use Various Sourcing Platforms

Platforms like LinkedIn are ideal for posting jobs and finding candidates. For freelance or short-term roles, employers can turn to sites like Freelancer, Upwork, or Toptal. Additionally, recruitment firms that specialize in remote hiring or have Indian operations can provide further assistance.

Understand Legal and Tax Frameworks

It’s crucial to be aware of Indian employment laws, especially when hiring contractors or freelancers. Employers must also consider tax regulations for both themselves and their Indian hires, covering areas such as payroll and withholding requirements.

Screening and Interviews

After resume screening, employers should conduct virtual interviews to evaluate communication abilities, professional experience, and cultural compatibility. For technical roles, skill-based assessments may be helpful.

Digital Onboarding and Training

A structured digital onboarding process will help new hires acclimate to the company’s tools, systems, and culture. Training sessions are equally essential for a seamless transition.

Regular Communication and Team Integration

Employers should use communication tools such as Zoom, Slack, or Microsoft Teams to maintain regular interaction. Including the new hire in virtual team meetings encourages better integration into the organization.

“To find and work with people from India, you need to know how to hire them remotely,” and using specialized platforms can greatly simplify this task.

Simplifying Hiring with Global Squirrels

Global Squirrels is a software-as-a-service (SaaS) solution designed to streamline remote hiring from India. The platform provides access to a vast pool of professionals across various sectors, allowing employers to choose candidates that best meet their organizational needs.

In addition to hiring, Global Squirrels supports payroll management—an essential part of remote employment. “Payroll is the second important measure for remote hiring; picking the right people is the first step to take.”

The system handles everything from tax and compensation calculations to benefits tracking and compliance with international labor laws, helping employers maintain legal and operational integrity.

Advantages of Using Global Squirrels for Hiring from India

Employers benefit in multiple ways when they opt for Global Squirrels:

  • Access to a large and diverse talent pool
  • No need to establish a local entity for hiring
  • Elimination of high agency fees; only a license fee per hire is required
  • Assistance with legal compliance
  • Flexibility to hire both full-time employees and contractors

Zelenskiy Open to Meeting Putin in Turkey After Trump Urges Immediate Talks

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskiy expressed his readiness to hold direct talks with Russian President Vladimir Putin in Turkey on Thursday. This announcement came shortly after U.S. President Donald Trump publicly urged Zelenskiy to accept Putin’s proposal for negotiations without delay.

Zelenskiy’s willingness to meet his Russian counterpart marked a significant development after an intense 48-hour period in which European leaders had joined Ukraine in calling for a 30-day ceasefire to begin Monday. However, instead of agreeing to the proposed truce, Putin countered with an offer to engage in direct Ukraine-Russia talks—the first such encounter since the early months following Russia’s full-scale invasion in 2022.

Despite the offer, it remains uncertain whether Putin intends to participate in the talks in person. The two leaders have not met face-to-face since December 2019, and both have publicly displayed disdain for each other.

“I will be waiting for Putin in Türkiye on Thursday. Personally,” Zelenskiy stated on X. He added, “I hope that this time the Russians will not look for excuses.”

Zelenskiy’s chief of staff, Andriy Yermak, also took to Telegram, writing, “What about Putin? Is he afraid? We’ll see.”

The Ukrainian leader’s response followed a televised message from Putin, broadcast late at night on Sunday. Notably, the timing coincided with prime-time evening hours in the United States. During the broadcast, the Russian president proposed holding direct negotiations in Istanbul on Thursday, May 15.

Putin’s proposal came just hours after key European nations had gathered in Kyiv on Saturday to press for an unconditional 30-day ceasefire. They warned that failure to comply could result in a new wave of “massive” sanctions. Trump’s Ukraine envoy, Keith Kellogg, backed that position.

Zelenskiy had also voiced support for peace talks—on the condition that Russia would agree to the ceasefire. But Trump took a different stance, bypassing the truce and pushing for immediate negotiations instead.

“President Putin of Russia doesn’t want to have a Cease Fire Agreement with Ukraine, but rather wants to meet on Thursday, in Turkey, to negotiate a possible end to the BLOODBATH. Ukraine should agree to this, IMMEDIATELY,” Trump wrote on his social media platform, Truth Social.

He added, “At least they will be able to determine whether or not a deal is possible, and if it is not, European leaders, and the U.S., will know where everything stands, and can proceed accordingly!”

Both Kyiv and Moscow have been vying for Trump’s favor. For Ukraine, securing Trump’s support is critical in hopes of maintaining or expanding military assistance from the United States—aid that had been consistently supplied under President Joe Biden. On the other hand, Moscow sees a possible opportunity to negotiate an easing of Western sanctions and re-establish ties with the world’s largest economy.

Russia’s invasion of Ukraine began in February 2022, plunging the region into one of the deadliest and most consequential military conflicts since the Cold War. Hundreds of thousands of soldiers have died, and the standoff has brought relations between Russia and the West to their lowest point since the 1962 Cuban Missile Crisis.

Despite suffering heavy losses, Russian forces have been gradually advancing. Yet, President Putin has shown little interest in compromise. In his latest address, he advocated for “direct negotiations without any preconditions.”

However, shortly after his statement, Kremlin aide Yuri Ushakov clarified that any such negotiations must take into account both the now-defunct 2022 draft peace framework and the current realities on the battlefield.

This phrasing is often interpreted to mean that Ukraine would have to accept a permanently neutral status in exchange for security guarantees and acknowledge Russian control over significant territories that Moscow has seized.

Ukrainian officials have long rejected the 2022 draft terms, arguing that accepting them would be equivalent to surrender.

Meanwhile, Putin dismissed the ceasefire proposal as an “ultimatum” from Western European and Ukrainian leaders. According to Russia’s foreign ministry, any talks must first address the fundamental causes of the war before a ceasefire can be seriously discussed.

Trump, who has frequently presented himself as a global dealmaker and vowed to end the war swiftly if elected again, reacted positively to Putin’s proposal. He declared it “A potentially great day for Russia and Ukraine!”

Even though Russia has not formally committed to the ceasefire that European nations proposed, Zelenskiy said Ukraine’s plan to implement it on Monday remained intact.

“We await a full and lasting ceasefire, starting from tomorrow, to provide the necessary basis for diplomacy,” Zelenskiy posted on X.

In his nightly address to the nation, Zelenskiy emphasized that Ukraine was still awaiting an official response from Russia. He warned that if Russian troops ignored the truce, Ukrainian forces would retaliate accordingly.

The U.S. embassy in Kyiv, anticipating a potentially volatile situation, issued a public advisory last Friday. It warned of a “potentially significant” Russian airstrike in the days ahead, heightening concerns of escalating violence despite the diplomatic overtures.

Whether this tentative opening will lead to substantive negotiations remains uncertain. While Trump’s public call may influence momentum, both Kyiv and Moscow appear to have fundamentally different interpretations of what the talks should achieve and under what conditions. With deep-rooted distrust and no mutual concessions yet on the table, the road to peace remains fraught with challenges.

Trump Adviser Says Ending Due Process for Immigrants Is Under Consideration

Stephen Miller, a senior adviser to President Donald Trump, told reporters on Friday that the administration was actively exploring the possibility of eliminating due process protections for undocumented immigrants in the country.

Speaking outside the White House, Miller said, “The Constitution is clear, and that, of course, is the supreme law of the land, that the privilege of the writ of habeas corpus can be suspended at a time of invasion. So I would say that’s an action we’re actively looking at.”

He added that much would depend on how the judicial system responds. “A lot of it depends on whether the courts do the right thing or not,” he said, without elaborating on what specific court actions would be considered the “right thing.”

The White House did not immediately offer clarification on Miller’s statements. It remained unclear whether he was referring to a particular group of undocumented immigrants or to all individuals who had entered the United States without authorization. The administration also declined to explain what Miller meant by calling on courts to “do the right thing.”

Miller continued his criticism of the judiciary, asserting that courts had overstepped their bounds in immigration cases. He said, “The courts aren’t just at war with the executive branch; the courts are at war, these radical rogue judges, with the legislative branch as well too. So all of that will inform the choices the president ultimately makes.”

Trump has frequently expressed his irritation with the legal protections granted to immigrants, arguing that constitutional due process provisions were obstructing his immigration agenda. In an interview that aired on NBC News’ “Meet the Press,” Trump voiced his frustration bluntly: “I was elected to get them the hell out of here, and the courts are holding me from doing it.”

During the interview, host Kristen Welker cited the Fifth Amendment of the U.S. Constitution, which states that “no person” shall be “deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law.” She also noted that the Supreme Court has long upheld that noncitizens are entitled to certain fundamental rights. However, Trump responded by saying the protections were burdensome and slow.

“I don’t know. It seems — it might say that, but if you’re talking about that, then we’d have to have a million or 2 million or 3 million trials,” he said. Trump also claimed that many of those the administration was targeting for deportation included “murderers” and “drug dealers.”

Welker pressed further, asking Trump whether he believed he was required to uphold the Constitution. Trump responded ambiguously: “I don’t know. I have to respond by saying, again, I have brilliant lawyers that work for me, and they are going to obviously follow what the Supreme Court said.”

There is a clause in the U.S. Constitution that allows for the suspension of habeas corpus during times of rebellion or invasion. Specifically, it states: “The Privilege of the Writ of Habeas Corpus shall not be suspended, unless when in Cases of Rebellion or Invasion the public Safety may require it.”

Trump previously asserted that the country was facing an invasion in March when he invoked the Alien Enemies Act to transfer suspected members of the Venezuelan gang Tren de Aragua to a prison facility in El Salvador. That act, which has rarely been used, permits the president to detain nationals of hostile countries during times of conflict.

In the related presidential proclamation, the administration claimed the gang “is perpetrating, attempting, and threatening an invasion or predatory incursion against the territory of the United States.” However, federal judges in three separate states disagreed. They ruled that the criminal activities of the Tren de Aragua gang did not meet the legal definition of an invasion.

To date, the Supreme Court has not issued a definitive ruling on whether the gang’s activities qualify as an invasion. However, the court recently ruled that individuals targeted for deportation are still entitled to due process under the law. In that decision, the justices stated, “AEA detainees must receive notice after the date of this order that they are subject to removal under the Act. The notice must be afforded within a reasonable time and in such a manner as will allow them to actually seek habeas relief in the proper venue before such removal occurs.”

Legal scholars have noted the extraordinary nature of suspending habeas corpus. In an essay for the National Constitution Center, then-judge and current Supreme Court Justice Amy Coney Barrett, along with attorney Neal Katyal, wrote, “A suspension is temporary, but the power it confers is extraordinary. When a suspension is in effect, the president, typically acting through subordinates, can imprison people indefinitely without any judicial check.”

Their essay explained that habeas corpus, a fundamental protection against arbitrary imprisonment, has been suspended only four times in U.S. history. One of the most significant examples occurred during the Civil War when President Abraham Lincoln suspended the writ throughout the country. The most recent instance took place in Hawaii following the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor in 1941.

Miller’s comments, and Trump’s willingness to consider sweeping action against undocumented immigrants, reflect a broader theme within their immigration policy: that traditional constitutional safeguards should not impede what they see as urgent action to secure the country’s borders. Though such proposals are almost certain to face legal challenges, they continue to generate intense debate over the limits of executive authority and the rights of noncitizens within the U.S. legal system.

Whether the Trump team would be able to suspend habeas corpus during peacetime remains legally uncertain. But their interest in invoking that constitutional provision, based on a perceived invasion, shows a growing determination to test the boundaries of presidential power in immigration enforcement.

The coming months are likely to see this constitutional debate intensify, especially as courts continue to push back on executive attempts to bypass due process requirements. Meanwhile, critics argue that efforts to weaken these protections could undermine the rule of law. Still, for Trump and Miller, the goal remains unchanged: speeding up mass deportations by removing legal barriers.

Ceasefire Brings Fleeting Relief as India-Pakistan Tensions Persist in Kashmir

The fragile peace that followed a recently declared ceasefire between India and Pakistan was short-lived in Kashmir. While there was initial hope that hostilities would subside, renewed violence quickly shattered those expectations, leading to mass displacement and deepened uncertainty along the disputed border region.

In the Indian-administered section of Kashmir, tens of thousands of residents were forced to evacuate last week following intense shelling and drone assaults attributed to Pakistan. The ceasefire, announced on Saturday, aimed to de-escalate what has been one of the most serious military stand-offs between the two nuclear-armed nations in decades. Yet by Sunday, only a few displaced families had ventured back to their homes.

“We will go back only after complete calm prevails,” said Basharat Ahmed, a resident of Poonch district. “It doesn’t take much time for the two countries to start fighting on the border.” His caution reflects a broader sentiment of mistrust and fear that continues to grip communities near the heavily fortified Line of Control (LoC), the de facto boundary dividing Kashmir between India and Pakistan.

The ceasefire, meant to halt escalating violence, quickly appeared to unravel. Within hours of the agreement, both sides accused each other of breaching the deal. Indian authorities reported that since Wednesday, shelling from the Pakistani side had resulted in the deaths of at least 23 individuals and left many others injured. Hundreds of homes were either severely damaged or entirely destroyed during the attacks.

In Baramulla, a family that had taken refuge in a government-run college tried to return to their home in the Uri sector, which lies close to the LoC. However, Indian soldiers at a checkpoint stopped them without providing a reason, forcing them to return to the college for shelter.

“Our joy around the ceasefire just vanished,” said Bashir Ahmed, head of the family. His experience highlights the unpredictability of life near the conflict zone, where ceasefires often provide only temporary respite from the cycle of violence.

Along the LoC, both Indian and Pakistani soldiers stand guard, with watchtowers positioned just hundreds of meters apart. In certain areas, the opposing troops are close enough to acknowledge each other with a wave, underlining how thin and delicate the buffer between peace and war remains.

Tensions between the two countries surged last month following a brutal attack on tourists in Kashmir. India blamed Pakistan for supporting the assault, which left 26 men—mostly Indian Hindus—dead. Pakistan, however, denied any involvement in the massacre.

The incident further inflamed hostilities, prompting both nations to expel each other’s diplomats and nationals. Borders and airspace were shut down, while both sides engaged in missile strikes, drone warfare, and relentless artillery shelling.

On Sunday, India claimed that missile strikes it conducted inside Pakistani territory the previous week had resulted in the deaths of at least 100 militants, including several high-ranking figures. Such claims have only heightened the state of alert on both sides of the LoC.

Meanwhile, civilians caught in the crossfire continue to suffer immensely. In Pakistani-administered Kashmir, fear of Indian retaliation prompted residents to flee en masse. Although some began returning after the ceasefire was announced, many discovered that their homes and businesses had been reduced to ruins, rendering them unsafe or uninhabitable. The loss of personal belongings added to their despair, and most are now left wondering whether the truce will last—and who will help them rebuild their shattered lives.

One such resident, Abdul Shakoor from the town of Chinari, recalled fleeing with his family on Wednesday. “Many people in other cities who support war don’t realize who suffers the most when conflict breaks out or when two armies exchange fire,” said Shakoor. “It’s the people living near the border who pay the highest price.” He and his family escaped by crossing open fields and walking nearly 10 kilometers to seek refuge at a relative’s house.

Despite his skepticism, Shakoor expressed hope that both countries would eventually prioritize diplomacy over violence. “In the end, even after war, it all comes back to dialogue,” he said. His words echo the long-standing belief among many Kashmiris that meaningful and lasting peace can only be achieved through negotiation, not conflict.

The Neelum Valley, known for its scenic beauty and proximity to the LoC, bears visible scars from the recent hostilities. Nestled amidst verdant landscapes and flowing rivers, the valley is also among the first places to suffer when tensions rise between India and Pakistan. In some locations, military posts of both nations are clearly visible across the river, underscoring the valley’s vulnerability during cross-border exchanges.

On the night before the ceasefire was announced, residents of Neelum Valley were jolted awake by the wail of warning sirens. Among them was Fatima Bibi, who immediately rushed with her family into a bunker as the area came under heavy fire.

“It was a terrifying night,” Bibi recalled. “Both sides were firing at each other’s posts. We heard nonstop explosions, and there was a deafening blast as shells started landing in our village.” A shell struck the courtyard of her home, shattering windows and damaging walls.

Now, like many others, Bibi is thankful for the ceasefire. “Given how tense things had become, many people could have died if a war had broken out,” she said. But her gratitude is tempered by the knowledge that ceasefires in the region often falter, and the danger could return at any time.

For the residents of Kashmir—on both sides of the LoC—the ceasefire is not a solution, but a pause. The shadow of renewed violence looms large, and the fear of losing lives, homes, and livelihoods remains ever-present. While governments exchange accusations and carry out retaliatory strikes, the human cost continues to mount, borne primarily by those who live closest to the border.

Until there is a sustained commitment to peace and open dialogue, the people of Kashmir will likely remain trapped in this tragic cycle, hoping each ceasefire might finally be the one that holds.

“The Untold Story of Indian Music in America” Released

BOSTON (May 10, 2025) — In a historic first for Indian American cultural storytelling, The Mishra Group Studios has officially released its much-anticipated documentary, “The Untold Story of Indian Music in America”, now available for streaming on YouTube.

The film is now available for global audiences and marks the first-ever comprehensive cinematic chronicle of the 70-year journey of Indian classical music in the United States.

This deeply researched and emotionally resonant film captures how Indian music—rooted in millennia-old traditions—has taken root, adapted, and blossomed across the American landscape, thanks to the quiet dedication of musicians, teachers, students, and communities nationwide.

“This documentary is a cinematic celebration of identity, perseverance, and artistic excellence,” said Vandana Sharma, the film’s producer. “For the first time, we are shining a light on a community that built a parallel world of music in basements, temples, concert halls, and classrooms—often with no spotlight, just pure passion.”

A 70-Year Cultural Symphony

“The Untold Story of Indian Music in America” traces the genre’s arc from its first known Indian classical concert in New York in 1955 to today’s rich and diverse Indian-American musical ecosystem. The film explores both Hindustani and Carnatic traditions, and how they evolved in dialogue with American audiences and artists—often in uncharted cultural territory.

“The inspiration came from witnessing a Kathak Manch Pravesh in Boston, where every accompanying musician was born and trained in the U.S.,” said Upendra Mishra, Executive Producer and founder of The Mishra Group Studios. “It was a profound moment—a signal that Indian classical music hadn’t just migrated here, it had matured here.”

The documentary features rare archival footage, first-person accounts, and exclusive interviews with maestros and cultural pioneers, making it a visual and emotional archive of a history never before documented on film.

A Broader Cultural Movement

The film’s release follows on the heels of other groundbreaking cultural initiatives, including the Symphony Masala concert by Symphony New Hampshire (SNH) in 2023, which featured award-winning Indian-American singer Anuradha Palakurthi-Juju performing Bollywood music with a full Western symphony orchestra—an unprecedented musical fusion.

“This is probably the first such concert in the United States,” Palakurthi-Juju said at the time, adding that the event “was a special honor for the larger Indian community in the Greater Boston area.” Her achievement highlights the growing sophistication and integration of Indian musical forms into American cultural institutions.

The documentary draws from this same spirit of innovation and cross-cultural collaboration, showing how Indian music has transcended traditional boundaries to find new expressions—without losing its soul.

“Our story is not just about music,” Sharma added. “It’s about identity, heritage, and the ability of a community to carry a living tradition across oceans, generations, and genres.”

KEY DETAILS:

Title: The Untold Story of Indian Music in America

Released by: The Mishra Group Studios

Release Date: May 10, 2025

Producer: Vandana Sharma

Executive Producer: Upendra Mishra

Editor: Anastasia Bogushevsky

Cinematography: Radhika Mishra

Watch Now: Available on YouTube

Trailer Available At: Available on YouTube

A Call to Watch, Reflect, and Celebrate

As audiences around the world increasingly seek authentic and underrepresented cultural narratives, The Untold Story of Indian Music in America offers both a tribute and a testimony. It celebrates a musical journey that is as much about resilience and community as it is about ragas and rhythms.

“We hope this film inspires pride, sparks conversation, and most importantly, preserves a legacy that deserves to be seen and heard,” said Mishra.

Now streaming worldwide—don’t miss the documentary that gives voice to a generation, and music to a movement.

AAPI Legislative Day Highlights Healthcare, Insurance, Immigration Issues on Capitol Hill “Action Needed to Improve Patients Access and Outcomes”

(Washington, DC: May 11, 2025) The American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI) presented to the United States lawmakers some of the major concerns of the Indian-American community, particularly those affecting the physicians fraternity during the annual Legislative Day on Capitol Hill, Washington, D.C., on May 7-8, 2025.

Dr. Satheesh Kathula, President of AAPI said, “Healthcare continues to be the center of the nation’s focus, especially with changes in policies on Immigration, Medicare/Medicaid, and Medical Education. AAPI’s annual Legislative Day has become a vital part of AAPI’s growing influence and has its united voice heard in the corridors of power.”

“AAPI has been seeking to collectively shape the best health care for the people of US, with the physician at the helm, caring for the medically underserved as we have done for several decades when physicians of Indian origin came to the US in larger numbers,” said Dr. Deepak Kumar, Chair of AAPI Legislative Affairs Committee.

Lobby Day 1Dr. Kathula along with other AAPI leaders presented before the lawmakers, key issues that affect the delivery of healthcare in the issues in the US.  “Fixing Medicare reimbursement cuts, reforming prior authorization processes, addressing scope of practice concerns, fast-tracking green cards for H-1B visa holders, securing equitable Telemedicine payments, and proposing amendments to the Stark Law” were some of the issues AAPI highlighted in their meetings with the lawmakers.

Attended by several Congressmen and Senators from both the major political parties, the event held at the Rayburn House Office Building on Capitol Hill, Washington, DC had dozens of AAPI members from across the nation, who during the interactive sessions with the lawmakers shared their concerns with the current healthcare delivery system and for the need to bring about the much-needed changes.

In a show of support for AAPI, Indian American House members, Reps. Ami Bera, D-California, Raja Krishnamoorthi, D-Illinois, Rep. Suhas Subramanyam, D-Virginia, and Sri Thanedar, D-Michigan were among those who addressed the AAPI delegates and listened to their concerns and promised support.

Some of the other lawmakers who addressed Legislative Day included: Rep. Rich McCormick from GA; Rep. Frank Mrvan from Indiana, and Rep. Dave Taylor from OH. AAPI delegates met with Sen. John Boozman from AR, Sen. Bernie Moreno (OH), and Sen. Jon Ossoff from GA. All of them expressed their appreciation for AAPI for their advocacy and contributions to the US healthcare and promised to take on the issues affecting the healthcare system and work toward creating an efficient system that serves the needs of the patients and physicians.

AAPI addressed critical issues for physicians before lawmakers.  The legislators responded positively, and we areLobby Day 3 encouraged by the momentum. AAPI’s advocacy on these critical topics will remain ongoing,” Dr. Vidya Kora, Co-Chair of AAPI Legislative Affairs Committee.

AAPI’s lobbying efforts on some of the issues affecting the broader Indian American community, particularly in the context of the Indo-Pak tensions, sought the support from the lawmakers to stand with India as it works with the larger world community to root out terrorism from the face of the earth.

“AAPI is once again in the forefront in bringing many burning health care issues facing the community at large and bringing this to the Capitol and to the US Congress,” said Dr. Sudhir Parikh, Co-Chair of AAPI Legislative Affairs Committee. Dr. Parikh expressed appreciation to all “AAPI colleagues who attended this event and ensured that our concerns and needs are heard by our lawmakers and ensure that they act on them.”

“AAPI Legislative Day has been a flagship annual event that rekindles and renews our energy in bringing up the issues that we need to bring to the attention of national policy makers and leaders of the US Congress on Capitol Hill,” said Dr. Amit Chakrabarty, president-elect of AAPI. “AAPI continues to discover her potential to be a player in shaping the healthcare of each patient with a focus on health maintenance rather than disease intervention.”

“It is a tradition for nearly four decades, which has brought many important transformations in National Healthcare policies that have helped Physicians of Indian Origin. Now, it is the need of the day to renew our friendship with new leadership and brief the Congressional leadership on issues that are important to us,” Dr. Hetal Gor, AAPI BOT Chair-Elect, said.

Dr. Meher Medavaram, Vice President of AAPI said pointed out: “The US is currently experiencing a physician shortage, which will be exacerbated by retiring baby boomers, affecting thousands of patients’ access to a physician, and ultimately the health care they need. In advocating for critical reforms in healthcare, AAPI’s role has come to be recognized as vital among members and among lawmakers. ”

AAPI members told the lawmakers how important it was to increase the number of residency positions to address the upcoming physician shortage. This includes providing opportunities for all qualified doctors of Indian origin to secure residency slots and the opportunity to become fully trained to practice medicine.

Dr. Soumya Neravetla, Treasurer-Elect of AAPI said, “Through Legislative Day, we are building a strong foundation for future advocacy and legislative successes at both the federal and state level. The presence of several lawmakers from both parties is a testament to the strength of AAPI’s reputation as strong leaders, with our physicians proudly serving as health care providers in all 50 states.”

The AAPI delegation also met with His Excellency Vinay Kwatra, the Indian Ambassador to the U.S., to brief him on AAPI’s initiatives in India and explore avenues for future collaboration with the Indian government. They took this opportunity to strongly condemn the recent terrorist attacks in Pahalgam, extending our deepest condolences to the families of the victims and reaffirming our full support to the Indian government in its efforts to bring the perpetrators to justice.

The growing influence of doctors of Indian heritage is evident, as increasingly physicians of Indian origin hold critical positions in healthcare, academic, research, and administrative positions across the nation. With their hard work, dedication, compassion, and skills, they have thus carved an enviable niche in the American medical community.

“To be a player in crafting the delivery of health care most efficiently and to strive for equality in health globally, the annual Legislative Day was a perfect way to impact Healthcare policy and programs most effectively. Come and join us on Capitol Hill,” Dr. Kathula said.

Dr. Klathula expressed his heartfelt thanks go to the Legislative Committee, Executive Committee, Board of Trustees, and all AAPI members and leaders who traveled from across the country to participate and contribute to the success of this important event.

“Your dedication and commitment continue to strengthen our voice on Capitol Hill,” Dr. Kathula said. “We had a very fruitful discussion, and we are very hopeful that Congress will act on the issues raised in our white paper,” Dr. Kathula, summarized the daylong event and the impact it has for the future of the growing Indian American community, healthcare providers and the healthcare delivery. For more information on AAPI and its programs and initiatives, please visit:  www.aapiusa.org

Tense Calm After India-Pakistan Ceasefire Amid Violations, Blackouts, and Global Diplomacy

Just hours after India and Pakistan agreed to an immediate ceasefire to halt military engagements along the Line of Control and the international border, renewed violations and continued hostilities have raised doubts over the sustainability of the truce. On Saturday night, Indian Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri urged Pakistan to address repeated border violations and warned that India’s armed forces, maintaining high vigilance, were delivering “appropriate and adequate responses” to any breaches of the understanding.

The situation quickly deteriorated after the announcement. Explosions and sirens were reported in multiple locations including Srinagar and Anantnag in Jammu and Kashmir, Barmer in Rajasthan, and Kutch in Gujarat. These incidents were accompanied by power blackouts in Punjab cities such as Amritsar, Ferozepur, Pathankot, and Barnala, with officials describing the measures as “precautionary.” In Gujarat’s Kutch, State Minister for Home Harsh Sanghavi cited drone sightings as the cause for a complete blackout and urged citizens not to panic.

Jammu and Kashmir Chief Minister Omar Abdullah voiced concern over the violations, writing on X, “What the hell just happened to the ceasefire? Explosions heard across Srinagar!!!” Such reactions reflect a widespread sense of unease and disbelief in the truce’s credibility.

While the ceasefire was formally described by both nations as a mutual agreement, U.S. President Donald Trump claimed early credit, stating that he would work with India and Pakistan toward resolving the long-standing Kashmir issue. In a post on Truth Social, Trump praised the leadership of both countries, saying, “I am very proud of the strong and unwaveringly powerful leadership of India and Pakistan… Millions of good and innocent people could have died!” He added that he intends to “substantially” boost trade with both nations and to “work with you both to see if, after a ‘thousand years,’ a solution can be arrived at concerning Kashmir.”

Despite Trump’s framing, India has firmly stated that the ceasefire was a bilateral decision, denying any third-party mediation. However, the U.S. State Department referred to the agreement as a “US-brokered ceasefire,” underscoring the role of diplomatic outreach over the prior 48 hours by top U.S. officials including Secretary of State and National Security Advisor Marco Rubio. Rubio revealed that he and Vice President Vance had spoken to Prime Ministers Narendra Modi and Shehbaz Sharif, India’s External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar, Pakistan’s Chief of Army Staff Asim Munir, and both countries’ National Security Advisors.

Pakistan’s Deputy Prime Minister and Foreign Minister Ishaq Dar announced on X that the two nations had agreed to a ceasefire “with immediate effect.” He emphasized Pakistan’s commitment to regional peace without compromising sovereignty—a pointed reference to India’s earlier airstrikes deep inside Pakistani territory targeting alleged terror bases.

From Delhi’s standpoint, the ceasefire was not just a tactical pause but also a signal of red lines. Indian sources emphasized that any future act of terrorism would be viewed as an act of war. Measures such as suspension of the Indus Water Treaty, previously used as diplomatic leverage, remain in abeyance. India claims it had achieved strategic superiority by defending itself against drone and missile attacks, despite incurring losses among civilians, infrastructure, and military personnel.

On the ground in Jammu province, reporter Arun Sharma noted that the ceasefire understanding appeared to be holding along both the international border and the LoC, with no reported drone activity. Nevertheless, a tense calm prevailed, with many residents voluntarily switching off lights amid lingering fear of attacks.

Further complicating the narrative, India’s External Affairs Minister Jaishankar reiterated that terrorism in any form would not be tolerated. “India has consistently maintained a firm and uncompromising stance against terrorism in all its forms and manifestations. It will continue to do so,” he posted on X. His statement was a clear signal that while India may have paused hostilities, it remains ready to respond to provocations.

Meanwhile, Congress MP Shashi Tharoor posted a poetic yet pointed dig at Pakistan’s reliability, writing in Hindi, “Uski fitrat hai mukar jaane ki… uske vaade par yakeen kaise karu?” or “It’s their nature to turn back on their word. How do I trust their promise?” He used the hashtag “ceasefire violated,” reflecting widespread skepticism in Indian political circles.

Internationally, the ceasefire attracted attention from key global players. Jaishankar and NSA Ajit Doval reportedly held talks with ministers from China, Saudi Arabia, and the European Union. The Chinese Foreign Ministry confirmed that State Councillor Wang Yi spoke with Doval and expressed hope that both countries would manage their differences through dialogue. Wang condemned the terrorist attack in Pahalgam that triggered the recent escalation and emphasized China’s support for peace and stability in South Asia. “Peace and stability in the Asian region is hard-won and deserves to be cherished,” said Wang.

The uneasy calm also spread to migrant communities in India. In Gujarat’s Bhuj region, migrant workers scrambled to return to their home states after hearing delayed reports of the ceasefire. Highways echoed scenes reminiscent of the 2020 COVID-19 lockdown as workers boarded trucks and buses, fearing further escalation. Patrol units continued enforcing blackout orders into the evening, even as ceasefire news made its slow way to remote villages.

In Jammu and Kashmir’s Rajouri district, fresh shelling was reported within hours of the truce. The Sunderbani and Nowshera sectors saw renewed firing Saturday night, with six casualties, including a JKAS officer and a BSF sub-inspector. Sirens blared in Udhampur, leading to another round of blackouts and panic among civilians. Earlier that day, the BSF destroyed a terrorist launch pad in Pakistan’s Sialkot district, even as Pakistan reportedly targeted civilian areas with artillery and loitering munitions.

The fragile ceasefire now sits precariously between diplomatic optimism and ground-level volatility. With major world powers watching closely and domestic pressures mounting in both India and Pakistan, the coming days will test whether this truce can evolve into lasting peace or merely remain a brief pause in long-standing hostilities.

Congress Rejects Trump’s Kashmir Mediation Remark, Calls Conflict a Modern One, Not a ‘Biblical’ Crisis

Following U.S. President Donald Trump’s remarks offering to mediate on the Kashmir issue, Indian opposition party leaders have pushed back strongly, rejecting any suggestion of international intervention. Congress MP Manish Tewari was direct in his response, emphasizing that the Kashmir dispute is not an ancient, biblical-era conflict, but a contemporary issue that dates back just 78 years.

“Someone in the US establishment needs to seriously educate their President that Kashmir is not a biblical 1000-year-old conflict,” Tewari wrote in a post on X (formerly Twitter). He traced the genesis of the issue to October 22, 1947, when Pakistan invaded the then-independent princely state of Jammu & Kashmir. Maharaja Hari Singh formally acceded to India on October 26, 1947, ceding the territory in full, including areas currently under Pakistani control. Tewari questioned why this “simple fact” was difficult to grasp.

Congress leader Jairam Ramesh also criticized the Trump administration’s comments, especially a reference made by U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio regarding the possibility of using a “neutral forum” to mediate between India and Pakistan. Ramesh raised key questions in response: “Have we abandoned the Shimla Agreement? Have we opened the door for third-party mediation?”

In a press statement, Ramesh called on the Indian government to convene an all-party meeting chaired by Prime Minister Narendra Modi to discuss a range of issues including “Operation Sindoor,” the Pahalgam terror attack, and the recently announced ceasefire between India and Pakistan. He also advocated for a special session of Parliament to allow a comprehensive discussion on these developments.

Meanwhile, U.S. President Donald Trump, in a social media post, lauded both India and Pakistan for agreeing to a ceasefire. “I am very proud of the strong and unwaveringly powerful leadership of India and Pakistan for having the strength, wisdom, and fortitude to fully know and understand that it was time to stop the current aggression,” he stated. Trump claimed millions of innocent people could have died had the hostilities continued. He added, “While not even discussed, I am going to increase trade, substantially, with both of these great Nations,” and expressed willingness to work with both sides on a long-term solution for Kashmir.

The U.S. President’s framing of the Kashmir issue as a “thousand-year” conflict, however, appeared to undermine his credibility in the eyes of Indian lawmakers, who view the statement as historically inaccurate and diplomatically inappropriate.

Security developments on the ground also played into the larger narrative. The Sri Guru Ram Das Jee International Airport in Amritsar was placed under heightened security on Sunday. Authorities restricted access to the gurdwara located within the airport premises, sparking concerns among devotees. However, Assistant Commissioner of Police (Airport), Yadwinder Singh, assured the public that there was no drone activity and urged against spreading unverified rumours. “The situation is peaceful… there is adequate security,” he said.

Despite the tensions, the situation in areas like Srinagar, Akhnoor, Rajouri, and Poonch remained calm. No reports of drones, shelling, or cross-border firing were received during the night of May 10-11. Nevertheless, Amritsar District authorities maintained a red alert, advising residents to stay indoors and avoid windows or balconies. The alert followed intense shelling from across the border a day earlier.

Political reactions in Jammu and Kashmir to the ceasefire were largely positive. Leaders across the spectrum, including Mehbooba Mufti of the People’s Democratic Party, National Conference president Farooq Abdullah, and Hurriyat chairman Mirwaiz Umar Farooq, welcomed the pause in hostilities. They called it a necessary step toward meaningful peace and political dialogue.

“Terrorism is unacceptable, but it should not dictate when India and Pakistan go to war,” said Mufti, adding that a political resolution is the only viable path forward. Mirwaiz remarked that “better sense has prevailed,” while Abdullah emphasized the toll the conflict has taken on border communities. “Our people have borne the brunt of this deteriorating situation. This pause will offer them some much-needed relief,” he said.

The Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), on the other hand, held a ‘Tiranga Yatra’ in Bengaluru to express support for the Indian armed forces following Operation Sindoor — a retaliatory strike on nine terrorist sites in Pakistan and Pakistan-occupied Kashmir in response to the April 22 Pahalgam attack. Union Minister Shobha Karandlaje led the rally, urging citizens to remain united in support of the military and government.

“India is fighting terrorism. Pakistan sent terrorists to Pahalgam. Innocent people were killed after being asked about their religion. Our jawans retaliated. We must stand united with the country,” she said. The BJP Minority Morcha also launched a nationwide campaign titled “Nagrik Tiranga Yatra for National Security” to bolster public support under the broader “Operation Sindoor” initiative.

As the military dimension grabbed attention, the Maharashtra government began focusing on its under-resourced civil defence force. Following nationwide mock drills, the state’s civil defence directorate announced new efforts to revamp the agency, including introducing a civil defence course in the University of Mumbai’s engineering curriculum from the upcoming academic year. “Students who wish to serve the nation while pursuing their education will get an opportunity through this course,” said Director Prabhat Kumar.

Meanwhile, divergent opinions about the ceasefire emerged on social media and among analysts. Foreign affairs expert Brahma Chellaney questioned whether Prime Minister Modi had decided against pursuing Operation Sindoor to its “logical conclusion” — ending Pakistan’s decades-long strategy of cross-border proxy warfare. Some critics argued that the ceasefire prematurely let Pakistan off the hook following the Pahalgam attack.

Congress leader Sachin Pilot, however, praised the Indian military for what he called a “precise and adequate” strike on terror camps. Speaking to The Times of India, Pilot emphasized that the response avoided civilian casualties and directly targeted terrorists. He also reminded that Pakistan has a history of harbouring terrorists, citing Osama bin Laden’s hiding in Abbottabad and the activities of Masood Azhar and Hafiz Saeed.

As tensions ease and the public digests a flurry of official statements, military operations, and international commentary, the road ahead remains uncertain. With diplomacy back on the table and domestic voices urging a mix of vigilance and political dialogue, India’s next moves — both at the border and on the global stage — will be closely watched.

Scorching Summer Ahead: Old Farmer’s Almanac Predicts Intense Heat and Regional Extremes for 2025

The Old Farmer’s Almanac has just unveiled its long-range weather forecast for the summer of 2025, and it promises a dramatic season across much of the United States. This trusted annual publication, which has been around since 1792, is relied upon for its insights into weather, farming, gardening, and even recipes. As vacationers, gardeners, and event planners look toward summer travel, beach days, and key holidays like the Fourth of July and Labor Day, the latest forecast offers plenty to think about.

The Old Farmer’s Almanac bases its predictions on three key scientific principles: solar science, climatology, and meteorology. Thanks to this unique combination, it has guided generations of farmers, gardeners, outdoors enthusiasts, and travelers for over two centuries. The publication boasts an impressive 80% accuracy rate for its weather forecasts, making it a widely trusted source.

The outlook for the summer months of June, July, and August in 2025 can be summed up in one word: hot. According to the Almanac, Americans should prepare for “a scorcher of a summer.” Much of the country is expected to experience hot and dry conditions, with a few regional exceptions. The forecast warns that the extreme heat experienced during the summer of 2024 could return and possibly be matched—or even surpassed—in 2025.

The highest temperatures are expected to occur gradually as the summer progresses, with the most intense heat likely to arrive in July and August. As for precipitation, most of the western half of the U.S. is expected to see slightly below-average rainfall, although the country overall should experience typical precipitation levels.

Given the vastness of the United States, the Almanac divides the country into 18 separate regions for a more precise weather outlook. For areas not specifically mentioned, a hot and dry summer is the general expectation. However, several regions will face unique weather challenges that differ from the national trend.

In the Northeast, which includes Maine, Vermont, New Hampshire, western Massachusetts, and eastern New York, the summer is expected to be especially humid due to higher-than-average precipitation levels. This combination of heat and moisture is likely to result in a muggy season for the region.

Southern Florida is one of the rare areas expecting cooler and wetter conditions. Region 5, which covers this part of the state, is forecasted to experience a “cool, rainy summer with hurricane potential from mid-July to late August.” The possibility of hurricanes adds an extra layer of concern for residents and travelers alike.

The Lower Lakes region, comprising Michigan, eastern Illinois, northern Indiana, and northern Ohio, is anticipated to receive more rain than usual this summer. This increase in precipitation is expected to keep the area somewhat cooler and wetter than other parts of the country.

Similarly, the Ohio Valley—including southern Illinois, southern Indiana, southern Ohio, Kentucky, and the western half of West Virginia—is forecasted to see above-average rainfall. This pattern suggests a wetter summer for Region 7, despite the rising temperatures across the rest of the country.

The Deep South, encompassing Arkansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama, and Tennessee, is expected to face some of the most intense heat of the season. According to the forecast, this area will see “extreme, record-breaking heat” throughout the summer, which could put strain on energy systems and health resources.

The Heartland, made up of Iowa, Missouri, eastern Kansas, and eastern Nebraska, is also predicted to have a sweltering summer. The Almanac reports that this area will experience temperatures “averaging four degrees higher than usual and rainfall totals lower than normal.” This could result in drought-like conditions if the heat persists over an extended period.

Even more intense conditions are expected in Region 11, which includes Texas and Oklahoma. The Almanac states this will be “the hottest region in the country this summer,” with temperatures forecasted to reach four degrees above normal and limited rainfall. The most concerning period will be early August, which is identified as the peak risk time for hurricanes in the area.

While many areas will be suffering under extreme heat, the northern Intermountain region—covering eastern Washington, eastern Oregon, Idaho, western Montana, and western Colorado—is forecasted to experience cooler-than-average temperatures along with average rainfall. This might come as a welcome relief for residents accustomed to hotter, drier summers.

Meanwhile, the Desert Southwest, which stretches from southern California to western Texas, is bracing for much hotter than usual conditions. The Almanac notes that this region is “anticipated to experience significantly warmer temperatures than usual, ushering in opportunities for record-breaking heat.” Given the arid nature of the region, this prediction could have serious implications for water conservation and wildfire risks.

In contrast to much of the country, the Pacific Northwest—which includes western Washington and Oregon—is expected to be cooler than average. However, like the rest of the nation, this region is also forecasted to receive less rainfall than usual, potentially increasing wildfire risk despite the milder temperatures.

Alaska’s weather will vary significantly by region. The northern half is forecasted to be drier than usual, while the southern half is likely to see more rainfall. Still, overall, the state is expected to be cooler than average this summer, which may help counterbalance some of the climate extremes seen elsewhere.

Finally, Hawaii is predicted to have a wet, rainy summer. The smaller islands are expected to experience cooler-than-normal conditions, whereas the Big Island is forecasted to be hotter. This contrast within the same state highlights how varied the summer of 2025 may be, even in tropical regions.

In summary, while some parts of the country may escape the worst of the summer heat, the general consensus from the Old Farmer’s Almanac is that Americans should brace themselves for another intense season. With phrases like “a scorcher of a summer,” “record-breaking heat,” and “hurricane potential,” the 2025 forecast is a reminder of the increasing variability and extremity of seasonal weather patterns. Whether you’re planning a summer vacation, working outdoors, or just trying to stay cool at home, these predictions provide a valuable tool for preparation.

PSL 2025 Relocation to UAE in Doubt as ECB Likely to Decline PCB Request Amid Rising India-Pakistan Tensions

The Pakistan Cricket Board’s (PCB) initiative to move the remaining matches of the 2025 Pakistan Super League (PSL) to the United Arab Emirates (UAE) seems to be losing momentum, as the Emirates Cricket Board (ECB) is reportedly inclined to reject the proposal. According to a report by PTI, this development arises at a time of increasing military tensions between India and Pakistan, following the terror attack in Pahalgam and ensuing cross-border retaliations.

Initially, the PCB had declared its decision to shift the last eight matches of the PSL season—including the playoffs and final—from Pakistan to the UAE. These games were originally scheduled to be played in Rawalpindi, Multan, and Lahore. However, insiders from the ECB have indicated the board’s reluctance to accommodate this shift, citing concerns related to regional instability and the potential political consequences of supporting Pakistan under such circumstances.

The PTI report quoted a source familiar with the ECB’s stance, stating that the board is “unlikely to approve” the PCB’s request. The source attributed this stance to fears that the ECB could be seen as siding with Pakistan during a delicate period of increased hostility between the two neighboring nations. “Security concerns potentially emanating from the rising tension between India and Pakistan,” were noted as a primary reason for the ECB’s hesitance.

The ECB is reportedly mindful of the sensitive regional dynamics and the broader implications of holding a Pakistani tournament on Emirati soil during a time of political volatility. One source explained to PTI that “a tournament like the PSL, held amid such tense circumstances, could vitiate harmony, pose security risks and stir unnecessary friction between communities.”

The UAE is home to a large and diverse South Asian population, including significant numbers of both Indian and Pakistani nationals. With emotions running high due to the current geopolitical situation, authorities in the Emirates are wary that hosting matches involving Pakistani teams may risk inciting unrest among communities. The source further added that, “community safety and preserving social harmony are vital priorities that may be affected by hosting a high-profile tournament like this at a time like now.”

Adding another layer to the complexity is the ECB’s longstanding partnership with the Board of Control for Cricket in India (BCCI). Over the years, the ECB has hosted multiple Indian Premier League (IPL) matches, facilitated the Indian segment of the 2021 T20 World Cup, and staged several of India’s matches in ICC tournaments. These arrangements have contributed to a strong and mutually beneficial relationship between the two cricketing bodies.

With the International Cricket Council (ICC) headquartered in Dubai, and its current chairman being former BCCI secretary Jay Shah, the ECB is particularly conscious of its alignment with Indian cricket. There is concern within the board that accommodating the PCB’s request could strain these vital ties with Indian authorities and cricket administrators. Supporting Pakistan’s PSL at this juncture might inadvertently be interpreted as a political statement, which the ECB appears keen to avoid.

The PCB’s relocation plans were announced earlier today, indicating that the final eight matches of the 2025 PSL, including the knockout rounds, would now be played in the UAE. Despite this announcement, no official venues or dates have been disclosed, adding to the prevailing uncertainty about whether these fixtures will materialize abroad. The ambiguity is further compounded by recent developments in Pakistan itself.

Last Thursday, a prominent PSL match between Peshawar Zalmi and Karachi Kings, scheduled to be held in Rawalpindi, was abruptly called off due to security fears. This cancellation heightened the sense of instability surrounding the league and prompted the PCB to explore options for shifting the remaining matches overseas, with the UAE being the first choice due to its historical support for hosting international cricket, particularly during crises.

Yet, given the broader context—rising military confrontations, diplomatic tensions, and communal sensitivities—the UAE may be compelled to step back from involvement in this year’s edition of the PSL. While the PCB has not publicly commented on any resistance from the ECB, it now finds itself in a precarious position, having announced a relocation without securing firm commitments from the host nation.

Should the ECB officially decline the proposal, the PCB will likely need to reassess its plans rapidly. It may be forced to either seek another neutral venue or attempt to resume matches in Pakistan under tighter security protocols—though the latter option could draw criticism or pose further safety risks.

The PSL has long sought to position itself as a globally recognized tournament, and over the years, matches held in Pakistan have symbolized the return of top-level cricket to the country after years of isolation due to terrorism threats. However, the recent deterioration in Indo-Pak relations is once again casting a shadow over Pakistan’s efforts to maintain its sporting calendar without disruptions.

As things stand, the fate of the final eight PSL 2025 matches remains undecided. While the PCB’s intent to safeguard the tournament by shifting it abroad is clear, the geopolitical reality may soon force a rethink. The Emirates, balancing its internal community stability and external diplomatic relationships, especially with India, appears to be treading carefully.

Unless alternative solutions emerge quickly, the PCB may face a logistical and reputational setback. With no confirmed venue, mounting security concerns, and waning external support, the PSL could be looking at a turbulent conclusion to its 2025 season. The situation is evolving, but the ECB’s growing reservations point toward an eventual refusal to serve as host—leaving the PCB scrambling for options amid a fraught regional climate.

Bharat Launches Precision Strikes on Pakistan in Response to Aggression

In a decisive counteroffensive, Bharat carried out a coordinated assault late Wednesday night, launching strikes from its aircraft carrier INS Vikrant. This action led to the destruction of several Pakistani fighter jets and targeted over ten strategic locations across multiple Pakistani cities. The operation was in direct response to Islamabad’s ongoing hostilities, including missile strikes on Bharatiya cities just hours before the retaliation.

Defense officials confirmed that the offensive from INS Vikrant was part of a larger tri-service military operation that integrated the efforts of the Army, Navy, and Air Force. Among the destroyed aircraft were modern F-16s and JF-17s, which were part of Pakistan’s advanced aerial fleet.

Heavy bombardments were reported in major cities including Lahore, Islamabad, Sialkot, Karachi, Rawalpindi, and Peshawar. Visual footage from the ground shows intense flames and thick clouds of smoke consuming parts of these urban areas. Widespread fear and chaos have taken hold of the Pakistani public, as the Bharatiya strikes continue into the early hours.

Adding to the internal turmoil, the political party associated with Imran Khan has mobilized on the streets in protest against the Shahbaz Sharif government. In an unexpected diplomatic turn, the United States issued a stern warning to Pakistan. A spokesperson from the White House cautioned Pakistan to halt its aggressive behavior in the Asian region, stressing the importance of peace and stability.

Amidst the escalating conflict, sightings of Turkish ships and aircraft have been reported in Pakistani territory, further adding to the uncertainty of the situation.

Bharat also successfully dismantled Pakistan’s air defense infrastructure and intercepted all incoming projectiles targeting its cities. On the night of May 7, Pakistan attempted to attack 15 key sites near Bharat’s border areas. In response, Bharat retaliated with overwhelming force. Pakistani drones and missiles were intercepted mid-air by Bharat’s sophisticated air defense systems. Numerous incoming missiles were neutralized over Jammu and Udhampur, while cross-border shelling remains ongoing. By 12:45 AM IST, Bharat had already struck over ten significant Pakistani urban centers, causing extensive destruction.

This sharp escalation comes in the aftermath of Pakistan’s failed offensive on May 7, when it sought to strike 15 Bharatiya cities. These efforts were effectively countered by Bharat’s S-400 Sudarshan missile defense systems. Although Pakistan’s Defence Minister Khawaja Asif had previously assured that his country would not provoke conflict, Bharat remained on high alert. Renewed Pakistani attacks on the evening of May 8 triggered Bharat’s forceful countermeasures. It is widely acknowledged that Pakistan has suffered a complete erosion of credibility on the global stage.

In the wake of these events, Bharat’s National Security Advisor Ajit Doval met with Prime Minister Narendra Modi to conduct a high-level security assessment. Concurrently, Home Minister Amit Shah ordered paramilitary deployments to sensitive regions. On the diplomatic front, External Affairs Minister Dr. S. Jaishankar established communication with global counterparts, including U.S. Senator Marco Rubio, providing detailed information regarding Pakistan’s provocations. “As world aware that Pakistan has provoked Bharat due to his mischievous activities since yesterday night,” emphasized the Bharatiya diplomatic outreach.

Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri addressed the media on the evening of May 8, confirming the toll inflicted by Pakistani shelling in Jammu and Kashmir. “Three civilians were killed near a gurdwara in Poonch, and 59 others injured in border villages,” he said. These civilian casualties have intensified calls within Bharat for a firm and sustained response.

Meanwhile, instability has gripped Pakistan’s military and political leadership. Sources indicate that several top-ranking officers are attempting to flee the country. Prime Minister Shahbaz Sharif is reportedly taking refuge in a military bunker, as the corridors of power in Islamabad descend into panic.

Despite the intensity of the strikes, Bharat has maintained that its military response is calculated and restrained. A government official reiterated that the operations are “calibrated, precise, and non-escalatory,” with the sole objective of neutralizing terror threats and military aggression originating from Pakistani territory.

Bharat’s strikes have drawn global attention for their scale, coordination, and rapid execution. The involvement of INS Vikrant, Bharat’s indigenously-built aircraft carrier, signifies a strategic shift in the country’s maritime and aerial capabilities. Defense analysts have observed that this may mark a new chapter in regional deterrence, signaling Bharat’s preparedness to retaliate against any breach of its sovereignty.

Pakistan’s internal political divide has only widened in the aftermath of these events. With Imran Khan’s party staging protests and Prime Minister Shahbaz Sharif under intense scrutiny, the civilian government appears increasingly fragile. The opposition has seized upon the government’s handling of security and diplomatic affairs, accusing it of dragging the country into a crisis through reckless decision-making.

Simultaneously, the appearance of Turkish military assets within Pakistani airspace and waters has sparked speculation regarding Ankara’s potential role in the unfolding conflict. While Türkiye has not issued any formal statement, international observers are closely monitoring these developments to assess any broader geopolitical implications.

The United States’ firm warning to Pakistan underscores rising global concern over the instability in South Asia. “White House spokesperson in a statement warned Pakistan to control themselves,” the report noted. The diplomatic message was clear: further escalation will not be tolerated, and peace in the region must be preserved.

Even as the situation remains fluid, Bharat has demonstrated its capacity to act swiftly and decisively in the face of unprovoked aggression. Its military operations reflect a doctrine that prioritizes national security while avoiding unnecessary escalation. The fact that Pakistan’s attempted strikes were thwarted and responded to with precision indicates a high level of preparedness and coordination across Bharat’s defense forces.

While the coming days will likely reveal more details about the extent of the damage and the geopolitical repercussions, it is evident that Bharat’s message has been delivered unequivocally. The response was neither impulsive nor indiscriminate—it was a measured show of strength aimed at restoring deterrence and regional stability.

In the current climate, all eyes remain on diplomatic efforts to de-escalate tensions. However, Bharat has made it clear that any future provocations will be met with similar resolve. As one defense official succinctly put it, “Our aim is not war, but peace through strength.”

Robert Prevost Becomes First American Pope, Takes Name Leo XIV

In a surprising and historic decision that stunned the global Catholic community, the College of Cardinals elected Robert Francis Prevost as the 267th pope on Thursday, May 8. At age 69, Prevost, a native of Chicago, became the first American citizen ever chosen as the bishop of Rome. He selected the papal name Pope Leo XIV, aligning himself with the legacy of Pope Leo XIII, a 19th-century leader remembered for embracing the modern world and placing Catholic social teachings at the heart of the Church’s mission.

Stepping onto the balcony of St. Peter’s Basilica to greet a jubilant crowd, Pope Leo XIV addressed the faithful with a message of peace. “Peace be with you all!” he proclaimed. Recognizing the Easter season, he added, “I would like this greeting of peace to reach all people, in the entire world.”

As he mentioned his predecessor, Pope Francis, who passed away on April 21, the crowd responded with loud cheers. The new pontiff reminded them of their shared faith, saying, “We are all in the hands of God. Hence, without fear, united hand in hand with God and with each other, we go forward. We are disciples of Christ. Christ precedes us!”

The election of an American pope was particularly emotional for many U.S. Catholics who witnessed the moment in person. “It feels surreal,” said Corinne Bernhard, a Chicago native in the crowd at St. Peter’s Square. Miles Redwine, a Catholic visitor from Chester, Texas, expressed disbelief, saying, “I would’ve never thought in a million years that it would’ve been an American.” His travel companion, Marie Clack, shared her emotional reaction: “I almost started crying, full body chills.”

Before his elevation to the papacy, Prevost served as the prior general of the Order of St. Augustine from 2001 to 2013, making him the only representative of the ancient religious order in the conclave. During his leadership, he traveled extensively, gaining valuable insights into the spiritual and administrative needs of the diverse regions where the Augustinians operate.

Although he studied at Villanova University and the Catholic Theological Union in Chicago, Prevost spent most of his priesthood abroad. From 2015 to 2023, he served as the archbishop of Chiclayo in Peru, a country where he also holds citizenship. This international experience contributed to his reputation as a pastor with a broad and empathetic worldview.

Reactions to his election echoed across his alma mater. “Bells are ringing. People are in shock or in various stages of excitement. Tears have been shed,” said Jaisy Joseph, an assistant professor of systematic and constructive theology at Villanova University. Joseph recalled meeting Prevost with a group of Villanova students last October, where his Augustinian values were evident. “It’s about friendship. It’s about community,” she explained. “We felt that warmth. We felt that he was really present to the individuals that were in front of him, and so I think that’s part of his formation.”

Prevost brings to the papacy not only pastoral wisdom but also a deep understanding of church law. He holds a degree in canon law from the Pontifical College of St. Thomas Aquinas in Rome, equipping him well for the complex legal and procedural responsibilities of the pontiff.

His career in Rome began when Pope Francis appointed him president of the Pontifical Commission for Latin America and later as the head of the Dicastery for Bishops, one of the Vatican’s most powerful offices. As the head of this dicastery, Prevost was responsible for evaluating and appointing bishops globally. He succeeded Cardinal Marc Ouellet, a more conservative figure, in this role.

Francis elevated Prevost to cardinal in September 2023 and, just two years later, promoted him to cardinal-bishop, the highest rank within the College of Cardinals. Under his leadership, the Dicastery for Bishops reflected a more progressive tone, including the groundbreaking move of appointing women to help in the selection process for bishops.

Though he maintained a low public profile while in Rome, Prevost’s rare comments have revealed a progressive vision of church leadership. In an interview with Vatican News, he stated, “The authority we have is to serve, to accompany priests, to be pastors and teachers,” distancing himself from hierarchical models of leadership that he believes no longer resonate. He further noted that bishops can be “preoccupied with teaching doctrine,” risking neglect of the core messages of the Gospels.

His swift election by the conclave indicated a remarkable level of consensus among the cardinals, despite perceptions of ideological divisions. In recent years, Pope Francis’ leadership style had sparked debate, particularly among conservative factions within the church. However, with 80 percent of the College of Cardinals appointed by Francis, the body was primed to choose someone aligned with his inclusive and socially engaged vision of Catholicism.

In his Vatican News interview, Prevost addressed these internal divisions, emphasizing the need for unity: “We bishops especially must accelerate this movement towards unity, towards communion in the church.”

His role in controversial church decisions also hints at a willingness to confront internal tensions. In 2023, he reportedly played a role in the removal of U.S. Bishop Joseph Strickland, a vocal critic of Pope Francis known for opposing COVID-19 vaccines. That year, Prevost met with Francis and Archbishop Christophe Pierre, the papal nuncio to the United States. Observers speculated that the conversation involved the process of encouraging Strickland’s resignation. Strickland, who maintained strong support among some right-wing American Catholics, refused to resign but was removed two months later.

As Pope Leo XIV, Prevost enters the papacy during a time of transformation and challenge for the Catholic Church. His background — rooted in theological education, global ministry, and administrative leadership — reflects both continuity with Pope Francis and a personal pastoral style shaped by humility and service.

His commitment to building bridges within the Church, prioritizing community, and emphasizing the core messages of the Gospel suggests that his papacy may continue many of the themes introduced by his predecessor, while also forging a unique path grounded in his Augustinian roots.

With the eyes of the Catholic world now on Pope Leo XIV, many will be watching to see how the first American pontiff navigates the responsibilities of spiritual leadership in an era marked by both division and hope.

Old Rivalry in a New Global Landscape

A long-standing conflict between India and Pakistan is once again drawing global attention after a fresh episode of military confrontation, hinting at the possibility of a new flashpoint emerging amid shifting global alliances and economic interests.

India carried out missile strikes on nine terrorist camps located in Pakistan, describing the action as a direct response to the recent killing of 26 civilians in the Pahalgam region of Kashmir. The Indian government maintains that these operations were carefully targeted and avoided any escalation. “Our actions have been focused, measured and non-escalatory in nature,” it said in a statement issued late Tuesday, emphasizing that no Pakistani military sites were attacked during Operation Sindoor. However, Pakistan has denied any connection to the attack in Pahalgam.

The situation quickly escalated with cross-border artillery exchanges following India’s strikes. Pakistan’s Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif condemned the Indian military operation and warned that his country would respond firmly. He posted on social media that Pakistan would act “decisively” against the “cowardly attacks.” Further intensifying the standoff, Pakistan’s Defense Minister Khawaja Asif claimed on Wednesday morning that Pakistan had shot down Indian planes. As of 8:30 a.m. in New Delhi, India had not officially responded to that allegation.

Both nations, despite the exchange of fire, have insisted that they do not wish to let the hostilities spiral into a broader conflict. Their allies are echoing the same sentiment. US President Donald Trump commented at an unrelated press briefing, “They’ve been fighting for a long time. I just hope it ends very quickly.”

The impact of these developments is already being felt in India’s financial markets. Stocks and the rupee are expected to be affected, and several airports in northern India were closed early Wednesday as a precautionary measure.

Although India and Pakistan have previously gone to war three times since gaining independence, more recent conflicts—including those in 2001, 2016, and 2019—have seen both sides step back before the situation could evolve into full-scale warfare. However, several new factors could influence the trajectory of this current conflict.

The nature of the April 22 terrorist attack, which deliberately targeted civilians—specifically Hindu men—in Jammu and Kashmir, marks a sharp departure from previous assaults. It came at a time when the region was beginning to show signs of economic renewal. The attack also coincided with a high-profile diplomatic visit by US Vice President JD Vance, who was in India to reaffirm the strategic bond between the two countries.

In a significant policy shift, India responded by halting a long-standing Himalayan river-water sharing treaty with Pakistan. On Monday, Pakistan accused India of restricting river flows as part of this retaliation. This adds another layer to the tensions, especially given the importance of water resources in the region.

Meanwhile, Pakistan’s internal political dynamics are also contributing to the strain. Army Chief General Asim Munir has adopted a more aggressive tone in recent weeks, possibly to rally domestic support amid the country’s ongoing recovery from a severe economic crisis. Pakistan’s influence on the global stage has diminished following the US military withdrawal from Afghanistan, prompting its leadership to adopt more nationalist rhetoric.

Adding to the geopolitical complexity is China’s involvement. China has invested over $55 billion in a strategic economic corridor that runs through Pakistan, part of its larger Belt and Road Initiative. This project is one of Beijing’s most ambitious undertakings, particularly crucial in light of its strained relations with India over territorial and trade issues. Following the Pahalgam attack, China called for calm between India and Pakistan. At the same time, it reaffirmed its strong ties with Islamabad, stating that it was “Pakistan’s ironclad friend and all-weather strategic cooperative partner” and that it “fully understands Pakistan’s legitimate security concerns.”

Beyond regional rivalries, the conflict is unfolding at a time when India is in the midst of delicate negotiations with the United States over a trade agreement. India aims to maintain its favorable export access to the American market and capitalize on global supply chain realignments brought about by the US-China trade dispute. These talks hold major economic significance for New Delhi and further highlight the high-stakes nature of this current episode of India-Pakistan tension.

Therefore, while the conflict between these nuclear-armed neighbors is rooted in a long history of territorial and religious disputes, the current confrontation needs to be understood in the framework of evolving global geopolitics. Unlike previous flare-ups, this one is influenced by broader strategic interests, including those of global powers like the US and China.

The global order today is markedly different from what it was during past India-Pakistan clashes. The rivalry now plays out in a world where the US and China are engaged in a new form of cold war, and their stakes in South Asia have deepened considerably. Both India and Pakistan are no longer just regional actors; they are players in a much larger geopolitical game involving trade, diplomacy, and strategic alliances.

In this transformed context, even localized violence risks triggering broader implications. Economic, military, and diplomatic moves in South Asia are now watched with heightened sensitivity by international stakeholders. Each development has the potential to affect markets, shift alliances, and influence global policy calculations.

While history has shown that India and Pakistan are capable of backing down before reaching the brink of war, the stakes have changed. Strategic partnerships, economic investments, and superpower rivalries now intersect with the old animosities of the subcontinent. How this new round of tension unfolds will not only affect the lives of millions in the region but also reverberate across the global stage.

The world will be watching closely as both nations decide how far they’re willing to go—and whether they can step back from the edge, as they’ve managed to do in the past. But the evolving landscape suggests that peace will not come from military restraint alone. It will also depend on diplomatic agility, economic foresight, and a recognition that in today’s interconnected world, old conflicts can have far-reaching consequences.

India Warns of Measured Response to Terrorism, Cautions Pakistan Against Escalation

India will continue to respond in a “measured” and calculated manner to terrorist attacks against its citizens and territory, but it will not tolerate any moves by Pakistan to escalate military conflict, External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar told U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio during a phone call on Thursday night. The conversation came amid growing tension following cross-border hostilities between India and Pakistan.

During the call, Jaishankar expressed appreciation for the United States’ commitment to cooperate in the global fight against terrorism. He said India’s actions were aimed at maintaining stability and ensuring that terrorism is countered firmly but responsibly.

“Underlined India’s targeted and measured response to cross-border terrorism. Will firmly counter any attempts at escalation,” Jaishankar stated in a post on social media platform X following the discussion with Rubio.

On a separate call with Pakistani Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif, Rubio stressed the need for “immediate de-escalation” of military tension, according to a U.S. State Department spokesperson. The appeal from the U.S. came at a time when tensions were rapidly rising between the two nuclear-armed neighbors.

The conversation between Jaishankar and Rubio occurred just hours before Pakistan launched a wave of missile and drone strikes aimed at Indian military sites. The strikes targeted regions including Jammu and Kashmir, Punjab, Rajasthan, and Gujarat, representing one of the most coordinated aerial attacks in recent years. These assaults were met with strong defensive responses from the Indian military.

Most of the incoming projectiles were neutralized by Indian air defense systems, preventing what could have been extensive damage and casualties. Despite the successful interception, the attacks triggered panic, prompting air raid sirens and blackouts in several areas close to the border, including the union territory of Chandigarh, which lies only 244 kilometers from the national capital, Delhi.

In one of the more intense exchanges, eight missiles were fired by Pakistan at military positions in Jammu and Kashmir alone. Fortunately, all were intercepted before causing any damage, according to official sources. In Punjab, Pathankot, which lies just 30 kilometers from the Pakistani border, experienced a full-scale blackout in anticipation of further attacks.

Local residents posted dramatic footage on social media, capturing the frightening spectacle of Pakistani missiles blazing through the night sky and exploding mid-air as they were intercepted by Indian defense systems. These videos showed the tense atmosphere along the border and the high level of alertness maintained by Indian forces.

According to defense sources, at least one Pakistani fighter jet was reportedly shot down during the incident. The aircraft, identified as a supersonic F-16, was believed to be part of the strike mission targeting Indian facilities.

This latest wave of Pakistani attacks came just one day after another barrage of missiles was launched late Wednesday and early Thursday. That earlier offensive targeted Indian military installations in 15 cities, including Amritsar, Ludhiana, Jalandhar, and Srinagar. In response, India’s air defense network, primarily the Russian-manufactured S-400 system, successfully intercepted and neutralized the incoming threats.

In retaliation, India deployed its Israeli-made HARPY drones to conduct strikes on Pakistani air defense systems. These drones reportedly hit targets in Lahore and other strategic locations, significantly weakening Pakistan’s ability to protect its airspace and making it vulnerable to potential future counterstrikes.

The ongoing escalation follows India’s execution of precision strikes on terrorist camps located both in Pakistan and in Pakistan-occupied Kashmir (PoK). These strikes, carried out by Indian armed forces, were launched under the codename “Operation Sindoor.” The coordinated military action took place early Wednesday morning and was completed within a 25-minute window starting at 1:05 a.m.

During the operation, Indian forces unleashed a powerful assault using a range of advanced weaponry, including HAMMER smart bombs and SCALP missiles. A total of 24 munitions were deployed, targeting nine terror sites—four in Pakistan and five in PoK. These sites, identified as headquarters and training facilities for terrorist organizations, were completely destroyed in the operation.

Defence Minister Rajnath Singh reported that more than 100 terrorists were killed during the strikes, marking one of the deadliest counterterror operations conducted by India in recent years.

Operation Sindoor was a direct response to the April 22 terrorist attack in Pahalgam, located in the southern part of Kashmir. That brutal assault was carried out by four militants belonging to The Resistance Front, a known proxy group of the Lashkar-e-Taiba terrorist organization.

The attackers opened fire in the Baisaran Valley, a well-known tourist destination located less than 70 kilometers from Srinagar, killing 26 people. Many of the victims were civilians, adding to the sense of outrage across the country and triggering an urgent response from Indian authorities.

The horrifying incident in Pahalgam had drawn strong condemnation from Indian leaders, including Prime Minister Narendra Modi. Following the attack, Modi vowed that India would retaliate and hold the perpetrators accountable for the loss of innocent lives. “Those who are responsible for this cowardly attack will not be spared,” he said in a statement soon after the incident.

The Indian government’s firm stance on dealing with cross-border terrorism has now manifested in a series of military actions aimed at dismantling terrorist infrastructure and sending a clear signal to those providing safe haven to such groups.

As the situation evolves, the international community, particularly the United States, has been closely monitoring developments. The Biden administration has emphasized the importance of restraint and de-escalation while also expressing support for India’s right to self-defense.

At the same time, New Delhi has communicated that it remains committed to regional stability but will not shy away from responding to any threat to its sovereignty. Jaishankar’s message to Secretary Rubio reinforces India’s position: it seeks peace, but not at the cost of its national security.

The coming days will be crucial as diplomatic and military channels remain active. With the U.S. urging both sides to reduce tensions, attention now shifts to whether Pakistan will heed the warning or continue with provocative actions.

Meanwhile, India has reaffirmed that it will continue to act decisively against terrorism while avoiding unnecessary escalation. This balance between assertiveness and restraint underscores New Delhi’s strategy of safeguarding its interests without plunging the region into wider conflict.

Indian American Lawmakers Respond to India’s Retaliatory Strikes Against Terror Camps

Two Indian American members of the U.S. Congress expressed strong reactions on Wednesday to India’s retaliatory strikes targeting terror camps located in Pakistan and the region of Pakistan-occupied Kashmir. The strikes followed a deadly terror attack that took place in Pahalgam last month, which claimed the lives of 26 civilians in Jammu and Kashmir on April 22. While one lawmaker gave his full support to India’s counterterrorism action, the other emphasized the importance of addressing terrorism without allowing it to justify political suppression within Pakistan.

Congressman Raja Krishnamoorthi of Illinois urged for a balanced response to the heightened regional tensions. He underscored the importance of tackling terrorism while simultaneously safeguarding democratic principles in Pakistan. “In the wake of last month’s horrific terrorist attack in Pahalgam, the need to combat terrorism and prevent future violence has become even more urgent,” he said. However, Krishnamoorthi warned that the crisis should not be used by Pakistan’s government as a justification for further democratic erosion. “At the same time, Pakistan must release former Prime Minister Imran Khan and ensure free and fair elections that uphold democratic values. The current situation should not be used as a pretext to further undermine democracy.”

Krishnamoorthi, who has already declared his intention to run for the U.S. Senate in 2026, has consistently supported the promotion of democratic values and human rights across South Asia. His recent statements align with his broader political stance, which favors strengthening democratic institutions and preventing authoritarian overreach in countries facing internal and external threats.

In support of his cautionary approach, Krishnamoorthi cited remarks by U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio, who also encouraged de-escalation in the wake of the strikes. Rubio reaffirmed the Biden administration’s focus on closely observing the situation and engaging with both Indian and Pakistani officials in order to seek a diplomatic resolution. Rubio reiterated President Joe Biden’s earlier appeal for restraint, calling for cooler heads to prevail during this volatile period.

Meanwhile, Michigan Representative Shri Thanedar took a more forceful position in support of India’s actions, firmly backing the country’s right to defend itself. Thanedar strongly condemned terrorism and said India was justified in carrying out its counterterrorism strikes. “Terrorism cannot be tolerated, and it cannot go unanswered,” he said. “India has the right to defend its people, and I stand firmly with our ally in its efforts to dismantle these extremist networks.”

Thanedar further advocated for stronger strategic ties between the United States and India in the face of mutual security challenges. “The United States should always stand with our allies against terrorism. This is a time for deeper U.S.-India cooperation to protect innocent lives and defend the principles of democracy, human rights, and religious freedom,” he said. Thanedar’s stance reflects a growing consensus among several U.S. lawmakers who view India as a vital ally in the global fight against extremism.

Both Krishnamoorthi and Thanedar belong to the Democratic Party and are part of the informal “Samosa Caucus” in Congress, a group composed of Indian American lawmakers. Other members of this group include Ami Bera of California, Ro Khanna of California, and Pramila Jayapal of Washington. Together, they represent a rising wave of Indian American political voices on Capitol Hill, often bringing South Asian perspectives into American legislative discourse.

The reactions from these lawmakers come as India’s military operation, codenamed Operation Sindoor, continues to draw international attention. The mission, aimed at targeting and dismantling terrorist training camps and infrastructure, has elicited a range of responses from the global community. Some international leaders have echoed calls for calm and diplomatic engagement, while others have acknowledged India’s right to self-defense in the aftermath of what is being described as one of the deadliest attacks in Jammu and Kashmir in recent years.

While the situation on the ground remains tense, the broader conversation in Washington highlights a dual concern: the need to combat terrorism effectively and the imperative to uphold democratic values across the region. Krishnamoorthi’s remarks about the release of former Pakistani Prime Minister Imran Khan underline the ongoing scrutiny of Pakistan’s internal political environment. The former leader has remained in detention amid a wider crackdown on opposition figures, raising alarms among international watchdogs and democracy advocates.

Secretary of State Marco Rubio’s involvement adds a significant layer of diplomatic engagement to the crisis. His comments are in line with the Biden administration’s broader strategy of maintaining regional stability while discouraging escalatory actions by either side. Rubio’s reassurance that the U.S. will continue to monitor developments and maintain open lines of communication with New Delhi and Islamabad suggests Washington’s intention to play a stabilizing role.

Meanwhile, Thanedar’s unequivocal support for India underscores the growing alignment between Indian and American strategic interests, particularly in the fight against terrorism. His reference to the need for deepened cooperation on issues such as human rights and religious freedom indicates a willingness among some U.S. lawmakers to not only support India militarily but also to encourage the country’s leadership to maintain its democratic credentials even during times of conflict.

In the domestic political context, both lawmakers’ statements serve to reinforce their individual political profiles. Krishnamoorthi’s Senate ambitions likely inform his more measured approach, seeking to balance foreign policy firmness with advocacy for democratic norms. Thanedar’s strong backing of India resonates with his constituents, many of whom see India as a vital partner in global security and as a bulwark against regional instability.

As Operation Sindoor unfolds, the spotlight remains fixed on how India and Pakistan will navigate this latest flashpoint. The stakes are high, not just for the two countries involved but also for international allies like the United States, which must balance its relationships with both nations while promoting peace and democratic governance. The divided responses of Krishnamoorthi and Thanedar reflect the complexity of the situation—combining a shared condemnation of terrorism with diverging perspectives on the best path forward.

Ultimately, both lawmakers have voiced their concern about the violence and the broader implications for democracy and human rights. As Krishnamoorthi warned, “The current situation should not be used as a pretext to further undermine democracy.” And as Thanedar insisted, “Terrorism cannot be tolerated, and it cannot go unanswered.” These two positions, though framed differently, together underscore the challenge of responding to terror while protecting democratic principles in a deeply volatile region.

Bill Gates Plans to Donate $200 Billion and Close Gates Foundation by 2045

When Bill and Melinda French Gates launched the Gates Foundation in 2000, their vision was for it to continue functioning for decades after their passing, using their remaining fortune to fund charitable efforts. However, Bill Gates has now revised that timeline, deciding not to delay the disbursement of his wealth. The billionaire and Microsoft co-founder announced on Thursday that he intends to give away “virtually all” of his wealth — which he estimates at around $200 billion — within the next 20 years. The foundation, according to this plan, will cease operations on December 31, 2045.

Gates’ announcement comes at a time when the Trump administration is working to significantly cut back on funding for health care, foreign aid, and other public assistance programs — the very areas the Gates Foundation has prioritized. This development has prompted concern that critical progress on research and various humanitarian initiatives could be jeopardized.

With the foundation’s work now taking on greater urgency, Gates explained that he aims to step up efforts to advance global health and equity initiatives. In a blog post published Thursday morning, he expressed his hope that this new commitment will inspire fellow billionaires to follow suit. Gates has long championed philanthropy and was instrumental in launching the Giving Pledge in 2010, along with his former wife Melinda French Gates and Warren Buffett. The pledge urges wealthy individuals to commit to donating the majority of their fortunes to philanthropic causes either during their lives or through their wills. Since its inception, more than 240 individuals have signed on.

“People will say a lot of things about me when I die, but I am determined that ‘he died rich’ will not be one of them,” Gates wrote. “There are too many urgent problems to solve for me to hold onto resources that could be used to help people.”

The Gates Foundation, recognized as one of the world’s largest philanthropic entities, has already distributed more than $100 billion since its founding. Its work has included funding the development of vaccines, diagnostic technologies, and treatment delivery systems targeting global health issues. While Gates had already increased the scale of his giving in recent years — particularly in response to the COVID-19 pandemic — Thursday’s announcement marked a notable acceleration. The Gates Foundation described the decision as the “largest philanthropic commitment in modern history.”

Over the next two decades, the foundation will concentrate on three primary goals: eliminating preventable deaths among mothers and infants, eradicating fatal infectious diseases, and helping hundreds of millions escape poverty. These targets reflect the foundation’s ongoing commitment to tackling some of the most critical and deep-rooted global challenges.

In making the announcement, the foundation expressed concern over what it sees as stagnant trends in global health. Speaking to the Financial Times, Gates went further, sharply criticizing Elon Musk, saying the Tesla CEO was “killing the world’s poorest children” due to his involvement with the Department of Government Efficiency, which has overseen cuts to U.S. foreign aid programs. At a New York event on Thursday that unveiled the new philanthropic strategy, Gates disclosed that he had met with President Trump in February to personally voice his objections, especially concerning proposed cuts to USAID.

The event featured appearances by notable figures including billionaire Mike Bloomberg and musician Jon Batiste, along with other key philanthropic partners. Gates Foundation CEO Mark Suzman addressed the gathering, warning that the current climate presents immense obstacles. “We are facing, literally, the toughest political and economic headwinds to our agenda since we were established,” Suzman stated. He cautioned that “much of (our) amazing progress is at risk.”

Despite these challenges, Gates sounded an optimistic note in his blog post, suggesting that technological advancements could supercharge philanthropic efforts. Specifically, he pointed to breakthroughs in artificial intelligence as a promising avenue. He believes AI, in conjunction with his increased giving, could accelerate solutions to some of the world’s most pressing problems.

According to Bloomberg’s Billionaires Index, Gates currently has a net worth of $108 billion, ranking him as the fifth richest person globally. However, he expects his net worth to decline by 99% by 2045, as the foundation distributes an estimated $200 billion during that period. This amount will be drawn from the foundation’s existing $77 billion endowment and his personal fortune. It will also include proceeds from his ongoing business ventures, such as TerraPower, a nuclear energy company he founded.

Melinda French Gates stepped away from the Gates Foundation last year, following her 2021 divorce from Gates. In 2022, she publicly stated that she would not donate the bulk of her wealth through the Gates Foundation. Her departure marked a turning point for the organization, which had previously been a shared philanthropic endeavor.

Gates’ announcement coincides with Microsoft celebrating the 50th anniversary of its founding — a company that played a central role in building his fortune. Reflecting on this milestone, Gates wrote, “It feels right that I celebrate the milestone by committing to give away the resources I earned through the company.”

By setting a firm deadline to give away the bulk of his wealth and eventually close the Gates Foundation, Gates is making a bold and definitive shift in his approach to philanthropy. His plan not only accelerates the foundation’s work but also raises the bar for other billionaires who may be considering their own legacies. Whether others follow his lead remains to be seen, but Gates has made his position clear: the time to act is now.

Billionaires Buffett and Gates Reveal Their Secret to Success: Focus

Two of the world’s most successful billionaires, Warren Buffett and Bill Gates, once participated in a simple yet revealing exercise at a gathering. Each was asked to write down a single word that they believed summed up the secret to their success. Interestingly, both independently chose the same word: focus.

Bill Gates shared more insight into this during a 2016 interview with Charlie Rose, where he highlighted the value of passion and early dedication. “The thing you do obsessively between age 13 and 18, that’s the thing you have the most chance of being world-class at,” Gates explained. For him, that passion was computer programming. His deep interest in coding paid off, as it eventually led him to co-found Microsoft and become a millionaire in his twenties. Today, Gates is the seventh richest person globally, boasting a net worth of about $127 billion, according to the Forbes real-time billionaires index.

Warren Buffett, too, showed a focused interest early on. In a CNBC interview, Buffett reflected on his youth, saying, “Well, I was pretty interested in investments.” That interest was already present when he was just 11 years old. In 1942, he used his life savings of $114.75 to purchase three shares of Cities Service, an oil and gas company now known as Citgo.

His early obsession turned into a lifelong journey in finance, making him one of the most celebrated investors in history. Now 94, Buffett recently announced his retirement as CEO of Berkshire Hathaway during the company’s annual shareholder meeting in May. Berkshire Hathaway owns a broad range of well-known companies, including Geico, Duracell, and Dairy Queen. As of now, Buffett stands as the fifth wealthiest person on Earth, with a net worth of approximately $160 billion.

Buffett also once recounted a moment when Gates’s father invited a group of prominent men to write down one word that defined their path to success. Both Buffett and Gates again wrote down the word “focus,” without knowing the other had done the same. “He was focused on software, I was focused on investments,” Buffett said. “It gave me a big advantage to start very young — there’s no question about it.”

Even if you’re no longer in your teenage years, Buffett and Gates’s stories suggest it’s not too late to apply the principle of focus to build wealth. There are three strategies inspired by their journeys that could help you do just that.

Start Early and Stay Focused

The importance of starting early in investing cannot be overstated. It is a cornerstone principle for both Gates and Buffett. Buffett has often discussed the power of compound interest, which allows wealth to grow faster as you earn interest on both your initial investment and the interest it has already generated.

In 1999, at a Berkshire Hathaway shareholders meeting, Buffett vividly illustrated this idea. “We started building this little snowball on top of a very long hill,” he said. “The trick is to have a very long hill, either start very young or live to be very old.”

There are various ways to begin your investment journey. You might choose to buy individual stocks or low-cost index funds through a brokerage account. Alternatively, you could invest using tax-advantaged accounts like a 401(k) plan, if your employer offers one, or an individual retirement account (IRA).

Staying focused once you begin investing is equally crucial. Even small, regular investments—such as putting aside spare change—can build significant wealth over time. The longer your money has to grow, the greater your returns could be.

Focus on Quality and Value

Buffett is widely known for his commitment to value investing. This method involves identifying stocks that are priced below their true worth and holding onto them for the long haul. He typically seeks out businesses with strong, consistent earnings, healthy cash flow, and low levels of debt.

His preference for long-term investment in high-quality companies is evident in his substantial, enduring stakes in firms like Coca-Cola and American Express. As he wrote in his 1996 letter to shareholders: “If you aren’t willing to own a stock for 10 years, don’t even think about owning it for 10 minutes.”

One of the most prominent examples of Buffett’s value investing philosophy is Berkshire Hathaway’s stake in Apple. As of now, Apple represents about 28% of the conglomerate’s entire stock portfolio. At the 2023 Berkshire Hathaway shareholders meeting, Buffett said of Apple, “It just happens to be [a] better business than any we own,” praising the company’s outstanding financial performance.

Focus on Learning and Improving

No investment journey is without its missteps, and even legendary investors like Buffett have faced their share of regrets. At the 1997 Berkshire Hathaway meeting, Buffett admitted to “mistakes of omission,” referring to missed opportunities to invest in excellent companies.

His long-time business partner, the late Charlie Munger, who passed away in 2023, also addressed the importance of recognizing rare investment opportunities. He remarked, “Most people get very few, what I call, no-brainer opportunities, where it’s just so damned obvious that this is going to work.” Munger emphasized the need for both courage and intelligence when those rare chances appear. “I think people have to learn to have the courage and the intelligence to step up in a major way when those rare opportunities come by,” he said.

Of course, not everyone is well-versed in the complexities of investing. Fortunately, help is available. You might choose to work with a professional financial adviser who can offer tailored guidance based on your financial goals. Alternatively, modern investing apps and platforms can help automate the process, making it easier for beginners to take that first step.

In summary, the shared philosophy of Buffett and Gates highlights how the principle of focus—especially when applied early and consistently—can yield extraordinary results. Whether it’s choosing the right assets, learning from past errors, or staying the course through market ups and downs, staying focused might just be the clearest path to building wealth over time.

Shah Rukh Khan’s Met Gala Debut Sparks Global Reactions Amid Starstruck Fans and Media Confusion

It was a monumental evening for South Asian and Indian fans on May 5 as the iconic blue carpet unfurled across the steps of the Metropolitan Museum of Art in New York City for the Met Gala. The much-anticipated event saw the possible debut of one of the most recognized and admired stars globally—Shah Rukh Khan. This marked a significant cultural moment, with Khan’s name drawing massive buzz across South Asian communities and global fan circles.

Often referred to as “King Khan” by his admirers, Shah Rukh Khan was slated to attend the Met Gala for the first time, making his entrance in collaboration with renowned Indian designer Sabyasachi Mukherjee. Dressed entirely in black, Khan’s ensemble featured an elegant “floor-length elongated coat in Tasmanian superfine wool with monogrammed, Japanese horn buttons,” paired with a crepe de chine silk shirt and finely tailored superfine wool trousers, as described by the designer himself.

Fans were visibly eager to catch a glimpse of the Bollywood legend, with crowds gathering outside the Mandarin Oriental Hotel on New York City’s Upper West Side—just a couple of miles from the venue. Many waited for hours, hoping for a selfie or even a fleeting wave from the superstar.

However, the celebratory spirit among fans took a downturn when it became apparent that some members of the American media seemed unfamiliar with Khan. This disconnect led to frustration among his supporters, who expected more recognition for someone they consider a global icon.

Just before entering the blue carpet, Shah Rukh Khan participated in a live interview with Vogue’s livestream co-hosts, Ego Nwodim and Teyana Taylor. The interaction quickly went viral—but not for reasons fans hoped.

When asked by Nwodim how it felt to make history as the first male Bollywood actor to attend the Met Gala, Khan responded modestly: “I don’t know about history, but I’m extremely nervous.”

He went on to credit his designer for encouraging his appearance at the prestigious event, saying, “Sabyasachi, who convinced me to come here. I’ve not done too many red carpets. I’m very shy. For me it’s the first time, but looking at you both, it’s wonderful to be here.”

Asked what aspect of the evening he was most excited about, Khan sweetly answered that he was doing it for his children. “My little kids who are very excited about Met,” he said with a smile.

Mukherjee, who joined the interview mid-conversation, took a moment to explain the significance of Khan’s presence on the carpet. “Shah Rukh Khan is probably one of the most famous men in the world, and his fan following is legendary,” the designer stated. “We nearly had a stampede outside the hotel when he came out.”

Emphasizing the importance of representation, Mukherjee added, “When you get a man like this on the red carpet, especially when it’s Black dandy, I think representation is the most important thing. We wanted to represent Shah Rukh Khan as Shah Rukh Khan and nobody else.”

In reaction, Nwodim responded supportively: “Well Sabya, I think you did your thing.”

But even with that acknowledgment, viewers were quick to pick up on the hosts’ unfamiliarity with Khan, and many fans voiced their displeasure online. Social media platforms lit up with comments criticizing the livestream interview for seemingly lacking context about Khan’s fame and accomplishments.

A particularly viral reaction came from content creator Jeremy Franco, whose Instagram video gathered more than five million views. “They didn’t know who Shah Rukh Khan is?!?!” he exclaimed in disbelief. In the same video, Franco emphasized just how privileged the event was to host Khan, saying, “The carpet was lucky he walked on it!”

Responding to the backlash, a Vogue representative later told The New York Times that Nwodim had, during the livestream, referenced Khan as the first male Bollywood star to attend the Met Gala, acknowledging its significance. The spokesperson also stressed that any perceived slight, including the brief cutaway from another Indian artist Diljit Dosanjh, “was certainly not intentional.” Vogue did not immediately respond to follow-up inquiries from USA TODAY.

For those unfamiliar with Shah Rukh Khan, the numbers and accolades speak for themselves. At 59 years old, he is one of Bollywood’s biggest stars, having acted in over 80 films across nearly 30 years. While he began his career with notable anti-hero portrayals, Khan became widely beloved for his performances in romantic dramas and family films like “Dilwale Dulhania Le Jayenge (DDLJ),” “Kabhi Khushi Kabhie Gham,” “Devdas,” “Kal Ho Na Ho,” and “Veer Zaara.”

In fact, a statue commemorating Khan and his DDLJ co-star Kajol was scheduled to be unveiled in Leicester Square in London on May 7 to mark the 30th anniversary of the iconic film. However, The Standard reported that the event has been postponed due to increasing tensions between India and Pakistan.

Throughout his career, Khan has collected a plethora of honors—not only for his acting talent but also for his contributions to social causes. He received the Padma Shri, one of India’s highest civilian honors, in 2005. The French government recognized him with the Ordre des Arts et des Lettres in 2007 and the prestigious Legion of Honour in 2014. In 2018, he was awarded the Crystal Award by the World Economic Forum for his advocacy of children’s and women’s rights in India.

In 2023, Time magazine named him among the world’s most influential people. According to a 2015 Forbes estimate, Khan’s earnings ranked him as possibly the most financially successful movie star in the world. More recently, Esquire Australia placed him as the fourth richest actor globally, coming in just behind Arnold Schwarzenegger, Dwayne “The Rock” Johnson, and Tom Cruise.

Outside the realm of film, Khan is an accomplished entrepreneur. He owns the successful production company Red Chillies Entertainment and co-owns the Kolkata Knight Riders, an Indian Premier League team that clinched the IPL 2024 title.

Interestingly, despite his global fame and massive influence, Khan has yet to make his Hollywood debut. This detail, for many, only underscores the extent of his popularity and success achieved purely through Bollywood and regional media.

Shah Rukh Khan’s Met Gala appearance may have been his first, but judging by the reaction from fans, designers, and even critics, it is likely to be remembered for years to come—not only as a fashion moment, but as a cultural milestone.

Supercomputer Predicts Earth’s Demise, But Humanity Has a Billion Years Left

It may sound like the plot of a sci-fi thriller, but scientists have employed a supercomputer to forecast the eventual end of life on Earth. Despite the dramatic nature of the prediction, there’s no immediate cause for panic—the forecasted apocalypse is still a billion years away.

In an article published in April 2025 by LaGrada, it was revealed that a team of scientists utilized a powerful supercomputer to assess the long-term survivability of Earth. Their findings were unsettling: “Survival on planet Earth will be impossible in about 1 billion years, when conditions become too extreme for life as we know it.”

On May 6, 2025, BGR added more detail to the revelation, stating that researchers affiliated with NASA and Japan’s Toho University collaborated to use the supercomputer in order to pinpoint the timeline for the extinction of all life on Earth. According to their study, life on this planet will meet its end due to the sun’s gradual expansion and intensifying heat. BGR reported, “Scientists with NASA and Japan’s Toho University used the computer to determine ‘when all life will end’ on Earth. They determined that the sun will end life on Earth around the year 1,000,002,021 because it is expanding.”

The scientists concluded that the sun will eventually increase in temperature to a point that makes the planet uninhabitable. As reported by BGR, “its output will continue to increase, gradually heating the planet beyond the threshold of life.” Over time, the sun’s rising energy output will disrupt the delicate climate balance, transforming Earth into a place where life can no longer thrive.

While the concept of a boiling Earth may seem extreme, researchers have been studying Earth’s long-term habitability for many years. The idea that the sun will ultimately spell doom for life on Earth is not new, but recent technological advances have enabled scientists to produce more precise predictions. The supercomputer used by NASA and Toho University allowed researchers to simulate various long-term climate and solar scenarios to understand how the planet’s conditions will evolve over immense spans of time.

The potential demise of Earth’s biosphere has also been examined from another angle: the planet’s declining oxygen levels. A study published in 2021 in the journal Nature Geoscience, conducted by Kazumi Ozaki and Christopher T. Reinhard, explored the eventual reduction of atmospheric oxygen and what it could mean for life on Earth.

Their research suggests that our oxygen-rich atmosphere—a vital condition for sustaining complex organisms—won’t last forever. The paper stated, “Earth’s modern atmosphere is highly oxygenated and is a remotely detectable signal of its surface biosphere.” This oxygen-rich state is currently a reliable marker for identifying life, not just on Earth, but potentially on other Earth-like planets in the cosmos.

However, Ozaki and Reinhard emphasized that this state is temporary. They wrote, “the lifespan of oxygen-based biosignatures in Earth’s atmosphere remains uncertain, particularly for the distant future.” To explore this, they developed a combined biogeochemistry and climate model to estimate how long Earth will maintain its current oxygen-rich conditions.

The findings are sobering. Eventually, Earth’s oxygen levels will fall below the threshold needed to support complex life forms, leading to a planet dominated by microbial life—if any. The researchers also highlighted that the transience of atmospheric oxygen has major consequences for the ongoing search for extraterrestrial life. They noted, “Having enough oxygen in the atmosphere is not a ‘permanent’ state for a planet,” adding that this insight has “important implications for the search for life on Earth-like planets beyond our Solar System (for example, habitable planets with abundant liquid water at the surface, exposed silicate crust and a biosphere with oxygenic photosynthesis).”

The supercomputer’s prediction and Ozaki and Reinhard’s atmospheric research collectively suggest that Earth’s habitability has an expiration date, even if it’s far in the future. The combination of the sun’s evolution and the eventual decline in atmospheric oxygen paint a detailed, if unsettling, portrait of our planet’s final chapters.

Nevertheless, scientists stress that the end isn’t coming anytime soon. With about a billion years left before conditions become completely inhospitable, humanity still has a significant window to address shorter-term challenges and explore long-term survival options, including space exploration and planetary colonization.

This timeline also reinforces the importance of understanding planetary conditions when searching for life beyond our solar system. The presence of oxygen in an exoplanet’s atmosphere may indicate life, but only if observed during a specific and relatively brief window of time in that planet’s evolution. This insight could shape how future missions, telescopes, and research programs are designed.

In summary, while the idea of Earth becoming uninhabitable may seem bleak, the timeline offers some comfort. As BGR emphasized, “They determined that the sun will end life on Earth around the year 1,000,002,021 because it is expanding.” And as the researchers noted, “its output will continue to increase, gradually heating the planet beyond the threshold of life.”

At the same time, Ozaki and Reinhard’s 2021 study highlights that even before solar expansion makes Earth unlivable, the depletion of oxygen in the atmosphere could already lead to a world where advanced life cannot persist. Their warning that Earth’s oxygen-rich atmosphere is not a permanent feature serves as a reminder of the fragile conditions that support life.

So while doomsday isn’t right around the corner, these scientific insights give us a glimpse into Earth’s very distant future—and perhaps into the fate of other life-bearing planets throughout the universe.

Raja Krishnamoorthi Enters U.S. Senate Race, Could Become Second Indian American Elected to the Chamber

Democratic Representative Raja Krishnamoorthi has officially launched his campaign for the U.S. Senate, announcing his bid on Wednesday. If successful, he would become only the second Indian American ever elected to the Senate, joining Vice President Kamala Harris in the history books.

“I’ve made it my mission to fight for families like the ones I grew up with—people who just want a chance to work hard and realize their dreams,” Krishnamoorthi said in a video released as part of his campaign announcement. His campaign will formally begin with a series of public events scheduled to take place across Illinois starting Friday.

Krishnamoorthi currently serves as a U.S. Representative for Illinois and is looking to fill the Senate seat being vacated by long-serving Democrat Senator Dick Durbin. Durbin’s seat, located in a deeply Democratic-leaning state, presents a favorable opportunity for Krishnamoorthi to continue his political ascent on a broader platform.

The Congressman’s journey began in New Delhi, India, where he was born before relocating to the United States with his family at the age of three. His early experiences as an immigrant in America have played a pivotal role in shaping his political identity. After earning a law degree, Krishnamoorthi made his first significant political mark by working as Policy Director for Barack Obama’s successful Senate campaign. His involvement in Obama’s rise provided him with critical experience in national politics and helped position him for his own eventual run for office.

Krishnamoorthi was elected to the House of Representatives in 2016. He gained national attention not only for his legislative work but also for his role in creating a cultural and political identity for Indian Americans in Congress. That same year, he coined the term “Samosa Caucus” to refer to the then-small group of Indian American lawmakers in Congress. At the time, the group included Reps. Ami Bera, Ro Khanna, and Pramila Jayapal, all of whom shared a similar heritage and political outlook.

Since its informal founding, the Samosa Caucus has grown to include newer members like Shri Thanedar and Suhas Subramanyam. It represents not just a symbolic coalition of Indian American legislators but also a growing political force advocating for issues related to immigrant communities, economic equality, and global diplomacy, particularly between the U.S. and India.

If Krishnamoorthi wins the Senate seat, he will follow in the footsteps of Kamala Harris, who became the first Indian American elected to the U.S. Senate when she won her seat in California in 2016. That year was a landmark moment for Indian American representation in politics. Alongside Harris, Krishnamoorthi, Khanna, and Jayapal were elected to the House, solidifying a significant moment for the Indian American community in U.S. governance. Harris briefly participated in the Samosa Caucus before she stepped down from the Senate to run for Vice President on Joe Biden’s ticket.

The historical resonance of Krishnamoorthi’s candidacy is expected to be a key component of his campaign narrative. His life story—from a young immigrant arriving in the United States to a rising figure in national politics—reflects the broader American dream. He is likely to emphasize his legislative accomplishments, advocacy for working families, and dedication to expanding economic opportunities for all Americans.

Over the years, Krishnamoorthi has built a reputation as a pragmatic and effective legislator. He has supported legislation focusing on workforce development, national security, and public health, while also pushing for stronger oversight and transparency in government. His work has made him a recognizable figure not just within Illinois but on the national stage as well.

In his campaign video, Krishnamoorthi highlighted the values that have driven his public service. “I’ve made it my mission to fight for families like the ones I grew up with—people who just want a chance to work hard and realize their dreams,” he said, underscoring a message that is likely to resonate with working-class voters, immigrants, and minority communities throughout Illinois and beyond.

Krishnamoorthi’s campaign is also expected to reflect his long-standing commitment to issues like education, job creation, and economic fairness. His personal background and professional experience offer him a unique vantage point from which to address complex policy challenges and advocate for inclusive growth.

As he embarks on his Senate campaign, Krishnamoorthi is expected to draw on his deep ties to the Illinois electorate, his fundraising network, and the support of the growing South Asian American political community. His candidacy not only marks a pivotal moment in his own career but also adds to the increasing visibility of Indian Americans in American politics.

His supporters view his Senate bid as a natural next step for a politician who has spent years building a solid legislative track record and a strong presence in both local and national political circles. With Senator Durbin stepping down, Krishnamoorthi’s move has been seen as both strategic and timely.

The race for the Illinois Senate seat is likely to draw considerable attention, particularly given Krishnamoorthi’s potential to break another barrier for Indian Americans in the U.S. government. As one of the most prominent South Asian voices in Congress, his campaign will serve as a litmus test for the evolving role of minority communities in American politics.

In addition to promoting his legislative accomplishments, Krishnamoorthi is expected to emphasize his background as an immigrant and his understanding of the American middle class’s struggles. His campaign will likely focus on building a more equitable economy and securing opportunities for future generations, all while maintaining his consistent support for democratic values and civil liberties.

His announcement video and upcoming campaign events across Illinois mark the beginning of what could be a significant chapter in U.S. political history. If elected, Raja Krishnamoorthi would not only continue his own political journey but also help further diversify the upper chamber of Congress.

As he takes the first steps in his Senate bid, Krishnamoorthi’s story is poised to inspire a wide range of voters who see in him a reflection of their own aspirations and challenges. His campaign will likely underscore how a child who arrived in America from New Delhi at age three can rise to help shape the nation’s future from one of its highest legislative offices.

Rohit Sharma Bids Adieu to Test Cricket After 12 Glorious Years, Tributes Pour In

The cricketing world came together on Wednesday to pay emotional tributes to Indian captain Rohit Sharma, who announced his retirement from Test cricket. The 38-year-old cricketer, known for his stylish batting and composed captaincy, has brought down the curtain on a remarkable 12-year-long journey in the longest format of the game.

One of the earliest tributes came from the Mumbai Cricket Association (MCA), a body that played an instrumental role in Rohit’s rise through the ranks. The MCA, which proudly watched the Mumbai-born player evolve from a promising youngster into a stalwart of Indian cricket, expressed its admiration through a heartfelt social media post. “Mumbai cha Raja (The King of Mumbai) hangs up his Test whites,” the MCA declared. “From pulling fast bowlers into the stands to leading with calm authority — Rohit Sharma’s Test journey was worth every watch, every roar, every rise.”

The Board of Control for Cricket in India (BCCI) followed closely with a touching message, describing Rohit’s departure as the “end of an era in whites.” In its tribute, the board confirmed that while he will no longer feature in Tests, he will continue to lead the Indian side in One Day Internationals. “Thank you, Captain. We are proud of you, Hitman,” the BCCI posted, referring to Rohit by his well-known nickname.

Within hours, tributes started pouring in from current and former cricketers who shared their experiences and appreciation for Rohit’s contributions to Indian cricket. Wicketkeeper-batter Rishabh Pant emphasized the emotional and lasting influence Rohit has had on the team. “Your presence and impact will echo in that dressing room forever. Much love, @rohitsharma45 bhai,” Pant wrote on Instagram, reflecting the close bond between the players.

Young Test cricketer Dhruv Jurel, who earned his Test cap during the 2024 series against England under Rohit’s leadership, expressed his gratitude and respect. “Always my first skipper, Happy Retirement Rohit Bhaiya,” Jurel shared, underlining the role Rohit played in mentoring younger players stepping into the challenging format.

Rohit wraps up his Test career with impressive numbers: 4,301 runs from 67 matches at an average of 40.57. His record includes 12 centuries and 18 half-centuries, cementing his place as a dependable top-order batter. After Virat Kohli stepped down in 2022, Rohit took over the reins as Test captain and led India in 24 matches, securing 12 wins and enduring 9 losses. One of his key assignments as skipper included leading the side in the 2023 World Test Championship final against Australia.

Former all-rounder Irfan Pathan reminisced about Rohit’s exceptional performance during the 2021 Test series in England, widely considered a turning point in his red-ball career. “Congratulations @ImRo45 on your Test career. The 2021 series in England will be remembered for your heroics. Go well in your next phase,” Pathan said, pointing to the consistency and flair Rohit displayed on foreign soil.

Ex-wicketkeeper Parthiv Patel echoed the general sentiment of a generation witnessing the exit of a cricketing icon. He termed the moment the “end of an era,” praising Rohit for displaying “grit, grace, and leadership” in a format that tests the very core of a cricketer’s abilities. Patel’s words underscored how Rohit managed to blend elegance with effectiveness in the most traditional form of the game.

Adding his voice to the chorus of admiration, spinner Amit Mishra described Rohit’s career as “legendary,” and acknowledged the pride he brought to the country through his performances. “Congratulations on a legendary Test career, @ImRo45. You’ve made India proud. All the best for your ODI journey,” Mishra posted, highlighting how Rohit’s journey continues in other formats.

Rohit’s Indian Premier League franchise, the Mumbai Indians, also joined in to pay tribute to their long-serving captain. Rohit has been one of the most successful leaders in IPL history and has become synonymous with the Mumbai-based team. Recognizing his contributions in Tests, the franchise wrote, “Cap 280, Jersey 45, Bowing out from Test cricket. It was a privilege watching you in India whites, Ro!” The statement reflected the pride and affection the team and fans have long held for him.

Rohit Sharma’s Test retirement marks the conclusion of a chapter that saw him evolve into one of the finest players in Indian cricket. His approach at the crease—marked by elegant stroke play, timing, and effortless six-hitting—won him admiration from fans and experts alike. Yet it was not just his batting but also his temperament and calm leadership that stood out, especially in pressure situations.

As he moves away from the Test format, the respect and love shown by his peers, cricketing bodies, and fans across the globe demonstrate the profound impact he has had on the sport. He departs with his legacy firmly intact—a cricketer who brought poise, passion, and leadership to a demanding format, while also nurturing the next generation of Indian cricket.

Rohit Sharma’s journey in Tests may be over, but the echoes of his cover drives, patient centuries, and unflinching decisions as captain will continue to inspire young cricketers for years to come. His contribution has not only been in runs and wins, but in the way he carried the spirit of Indian cricket forward—quietly, gracefully, and with an unwavering commitment to the game.

Missile Strikes Disrupt Air Travel: Over 300 Flights Cancelled, 21 Airports Affected Across North and West India

Air travel across northern and western India faced a massive disruption following missile strikes carried out by the Indian armed forces on terror targets located in Pakistan and Pakistan-occupied Kashmir. As a direct result of these military operations under Operation Sindoor, operations at 21 airports were suspended, and more than 300 flights were cancelled across several states. The move led to large-scale flight disruptions for domestic and international travelers, with several major airlines and foreign carriers grounding flights due to restricted airspace access.

The airports that bore the brunt of the closures include significant hubs such as Srinagar, Leh, Jammu, Amritsar, Chandigarh, and Jodhpur. Other impacted airports include Pathankot, Jaisalmer, Shimla, Dharamshala, Jamnagar, Bhuj, Rajkot, Bikaner, Gwalior, Kishangarh, Kandla, Hindon, Nanded, and Adampur. While Delhi Airport did not shut down completely, it still saw the cancellation of at least 140 flights.

Several major Indian airlines, including Air India, IndiGo, SpiceJet, Air India Express, and Akasa Air, issued alerts about delays, rerouting, and mass cancellations due to the airspace restrictions put in place after the strikes. These disruptions affected both incoming and outgoing flights, leaving passengers stranded and prompting carriers to urge travelers to confirm flight schedules before heading to the airport.

SpiceJet, IndiGo, Air India, and Akasa Air took to the social media platform X to communicate the disruptions and provide updates. In a joint post, they informed passengers, “Due to the ongoing situation, airports in parts of northern India, including Dharamshala (DHM), Leh (IXL), Jammu (IXJ), Srinagar (SXR), and Amritsar (ATQ), are closed until further notice. Departures, arrivals, and consequential flights may be impacted. Passengers are advised to plan their journey accordingly and check flight status.”

The impact of the closures was widespread. Airports affected included:

  • Srinagar
  • Leh
  • Jammu
  • Amritsar
  • Pathankot
  • Chandigarh
  • Jodhpur
  • Jaisalmer
  • Shimla
  • Dharamshala
  • Jamnagar
  • Bhuj
  • Rajkot
  • Bikaner
  • Gwalior
  • Kishangarh
  • Kandla
  • Hindon
  • Nanded
  • Adampur
  • Delhi (partial, with 140 flights canceled)

Airlines issued flight advisories to help passengers navigate the uncertainty. They recommended checking real-time updates on flight statuses and adjusting travel plans as necessary. The situation was described as fluid, with airspace access subject to rapid changes based on defense and security assessments.

IndiGo, under its “Operation Sindoor” response, posted a flight advisory on X. The airline warned that routes to and from key destinations would be significantly affected. “Due to changing airspace conditions in the region, our flights to and from #Srinagar, #Jammu, #Amritsar, #Leh, #Chandigarh and #Dharamshala are impacted. We request you to check your flight status before reaching the airport,” IndiGo posted. It also added that Bikaner would see similar disruptions owing to prevailing airspace restrictions.

Air India issued its own detailed travel update. The airline announced the cancellation of all flights to and from nine major stations: Jammu, Srinagar, Leh, Jodhpur, Amritsar, Bhuj, Jamnagar, Chandigarh, and Rajkot. These cancellations were to remain in effect until at least 12 noon on May 7, pending further updates. “In view of the prevailing situation, Air India has cancelled all its flights to and from the following stations – Jammu, Srinagar, Leh, Jodhpur, Amritsar, Bhuj, Jamnagar, Chandigarh and Rajkot – till 12 noon on 7 May, pending further updates from authorities. Two international flights en route to Amritsar are being diverted to Delhi. We regret the inconvenience caused due to this unforeseen disruption,” the airline stated. In addition, Air India Express emphasized the importance of updated contact information for travelers to receive alerts. “Multiple flights on our network are impacted due to prevailing restrictions. For alerts and notifications on flights, please ensure your contact details are updated on http://airindiaexpress.com/manage-booking,” the post read.

SpiceJet also released a separate advisory to its passengers, reiterating the challenges caused by airspace closures. The carrier acknowledged that it would not operate flights to and from Dharamshala, Leh, Jammu, Srinagar, and Amritsar until further notice. “Due to the ongoing situation, airports in parts of northern India, including Dharamshala (DHM), Leh (IXL), Jammu (IXJ), Srinagar (SXR), and Amritsar (ATQ), are closed until further notice. Departures, arrivals, and consequential flights may be impacted. Passengers are advised to plan their journey accordingly and check flight status,” SpiceJet announced on X.

These disruptions follow India’s military strikes targeting terror infrastructure inside Pakistan and Pakistan-occupied Kashmir. The Indian armed forces launched these operations under the codename Operation Sindoor. The airstrikes were aimed at dismantling hideouts and operational bases of terror groups such as Jaish-e-Mohammad and Lashkar-e-Taiba. These militant groups have been linked to a number of attacks in India, and their bases in Pakistan were struck in early morning raids.

While the Indian government has not yet released an official statement detailing the scale of the operations or the casualties involved, the impact on civilian air travel has been immediate and extensive. Security experts suggest the closures were necessary to ensure the safety of both passengers and defense assets, given the possibility of escalation or retaliatory moves across the Line of Control.

Flight authorities and the Directorate General of Civil Aviation (DGCA) are monitoring the situation closely. Airlines are working with the relevant government departments to receive updates and clearance before resuming operations. Travelers have been urged to remain calm and to contact their airlines directly for the most recent status on flights.

With heightened tensions in the region, many international airlines are also reviewing their routes over Indian and Pakistani airspace. Some have started diverting flights to alternate routes that avoid the conflict zone entirely, adding further complexity to global travel plans.

For now, the situation remains fluid, with military developments likely to dictate the timeline for when normal air travel operations can resume. Until then, passengers are encouraged to stay vigilant, monitor airline communications, and avoid unnecessary travel in the affected areas. The authorities are expected to issue further updates based on the evolving security landscape.

Dollar Faces Pressure as Asian Export Giants Shift Away from Long-Standing U.S. Investment Trends

A notable shift in Asia’s financial markets is casting a shadow over the U.S. dollar, as countries with significant trade surpluses begin to reconsider the long-standing habit of channeling their excess capital into American assets. This transformation is reflected in a recent wave of dollar selling across the region, starting with a record-setting rally in Taiwan’s currency and rapidly spreading to neighboring economies including Singapore, South Korea, Malaysia, China, and Hong Kong.

This trend is raising concerns among analysts who view the movement as a signal of broader capital realignment away from the U.S., potentially weakening one of the key supports for the greenback. After a dramatic two-day surge that saw the Taiwan dollar climb by 10 percent, Tuesday saw a pause in the momentum. Yet, pressure remained evident: Hong Kong’s currency tested the strong end of its exchange-rate band, and Singapore’s dollar hovered near its strongest point in over ten years.

Louis-Vincent Gave, co-founder of Gavekal Research, described the situation with a striking historical comparison. “To me, it has a very sort of Asian-crisis-in-reverse feel to it,” he said in a podcast, referencing the sharp and sudden nature of the currency movements. During the 1997-1998 Asian financial crisis, capital fled the region, collapsing local currencies. In response, many Asian economies resolved to accumulate U.S. dollars, primarily by investing in Treasury bonds.

Gave elaborated on the shift now unfolding. “Since the Asian crisis, Asian savings have not only been massive, but they’ve had this tendency to be redeployed into U.S. Treasuries. And now, all of a sudden, that trade no longer looks like the one-way slam dunk that it had been for so long,” he remarked.

In Taiwan, the dollar selloff was so intense that traders struggled to execute transactions effectively. Market participants suspect the central bank may have given at least silent approval to the selling spree. Meanwhile, similar scenes of heavy trading volumes have been reported in other Asian financial hubs.

The core driver behind the change, according to analysts, lies in the aggressive trade policies of U.S. President Donald Trump. His administration’s imposition of tariffs has shaken investor confidence in American financial instruments and disrupted traditional trade flows that once funneled surplus dollars into U.S. markets.

Exporters, particularly in China, are facing reduced revenues due to restricted access to U.S. consumers. Simultaneously, apprehension about a potential economic downturn in the United States is making its assets less appealing. “Trump’s policies have weakened the market’s confidence in the performance of U.S. dollar assets,” said Gary Ng, a senior economist at Natixis.

Some analysts are floating the idea of a so-called “Mar-a-Lago agreement,” a reference to Trump’s Florida resort, speculating whether there could be a tacit agreement aimed at weakening the dollar to bolster U.S. exports. However, Taiwan’s Office of Trade Negotiations has denied that foreign exchange matters were discussed during recent tariff discussions in Washington.

Behind the scenes, Asian economies hold vast amounts of dollar reserves. China, Taiwan, South Korea, and Singapore collectively possess dollar holdings in the trillions. In China alone, foreign currency deposits, primarily dollars held by exporters, reached $959.8 billion by the end of March, the highest level in nearly three years.

These reserves are often invested in global markets using currencies with relatively low borrowing costs. Institutions such as pension funds and insurance companies have traditionally preferred U.S. assets but often maintained minimal hedges due to the costs involved. That behavior now appears to be changing.

Financial firms are taking note. In a recent note, Goldman Sachs revealed that its clients had shifted their positions from betting against the Chinese yuan to betting in favor of it—effectively wagering against the U.S. dollar. Morgan Stanley’s chief China economist Robin Xing traced the start of the shift to April 2, the date of Trump’s latest tariff announcement, which he labeled “Liberation Day.”

“Over the mid- and long-term, I think people start thinking: how to diversify assets in the future, rather than be stuck in the outdated mentality of dollar supremacy,” said Xing.

A previously popular trade involving the U.S. dollar—capitalizing on the stable exchange rate of the Hong Kong dollar through the forwards market—has now begun to unravel. This strategy, once dubbed the “gift that never stopped giving,” relied on the assumption that the Hong Kong dollar would remain steady. But as currency markets shift, that belief is being shaken.

“Macro funds and leveraged players have hundreds of billions of dollars in the HKD forwards free-money trade, and now they are unwinding,” explained Mukesh Dave, chief investment officer at Aravali Asset Management, a global arbitrage fund based in Singapore.

Even Hong Kong’s monetary authority appears to be moving cautiously. It announced on Monday that it is trimming its exposure to U.S. Treasuries and diversifying its portfolio by adding more non-U.S. currency assets.

There is also increasing evidence of repatriation, with money returning to Asia’s bond markets. This development suggests that not only are investors reducing their exposure to the U.S. dollar, but some long-term capital—such as that held by exporters and institutional investors—is returning home.

“Repatriation talk is becoming reality,” said Parisha Saimbi, Asia-Pacific rates and FX strategist at BNP Paribas in Singapore. She noted that investors and exporters are either reducing their dollar holdings or scrambling to hedge against further losses. “Whichever format it comes in, it suggests that the support for the dollar is shifting and it’s turning lower … I think it speaks to this idea that there is a de-dollarization in action.”

According to UBS, if Taiwanese insurance firms were to increase their foreign exchange hedging ratios to match the average levels seen between 2017 and 2021, it could result in as much as $70 billion in U.S. dollar selling.

Despite this shift, Taiwan’s central bank has pledged to stabilize its currency. In a highly unusual move, the island’s president even issued a video statement asserting that the foreign exchange rate had not been part of recent U.S. trade negotiations.

Still, market behavior suggests otherwise. Investors appear to be moving away from the U.S. dollar regardless of official statements or reassurances. “USD/TWD is a canary in the coal mine,” said Brent Donnelly, a veteran trader and president at Spectra Markets. “Asian demand for U.S. dollars and Asian central bank desire to support the U.S. dollar is waning.”

Prabhas V. Moghe Named Sole Finalist for UT Dallas Presidency

The University of Texas System Board of Regents has unanimously selected Prabhas V. Moghe as the sole finalist for the presidency of The University of Texas at Dallas (UTD). Moghe currently holds the position of executive vice president for academic affairs (EVPAA) at Rutgers University, the premier public institution in New Jersey.

Kevin P. Eltife, Chairman of the UT System Board of Regents, praised the quality of applicants considered for the role and expressed confidence in Moghe’s leadership abilities. “The regents and I were very pleased with the extraordinary pool of candidates from top universities across the nation who expressed interest in coming to Texas to lead UT Dallas. Dr. Moghe has a distinguished background as an educator, researcher and administrator. We’re delighted he will guide UT Dallas as it continues its great trajectory,” Eltife said. He also acknowledged the contributions of the search advisory committee and the chancellor in the selection process, adding, “We thank the search advisory committee and chancellor for the recommendations they brought forward.”

Moghe’s current responsibilities at Rutgers encompass strategic oversight of all academic and research functions across four chancellor-led campuses and 29 academic departments. Since stepping into the EVPAA role in 2020, he has played a key role in significantly boosting the university’s research profile. Research funding increased by 40%, growing from $689 million to nearly $1 billion under his leadership. This progress coincided with a leap in Rutgers’ national ranking, with the university climbing 22 places to reach 15th among public universities, as recognized by U.S. News & World Report.

During his tenure, Moghe has initiated and led various long-term strategies focused on interdisciplinary collaboration and academic advancement. One of his primary efforts has been the launch of Roadmaps for Collective Academic Excellence, a university-wide convergence strategy that integrates cross-disciplinary efforts in emerging areas like artificial intelligence, health, public policy, and business. He also represents Rutgers in the Association of American Universities and holds a senior role on the Big Ten Academic Alliance Board of Directors, where he serves as one of the Chief Academic Officers.

Before becoming EVPAA, Moghe served as the provost and executive vice chancellor for research and academic affairs at Rutgers–New Brunswick. His academic journey began in India, where he earned his degree in chemical engineering from the University of Bombay. He went on to complete a PhD in Chemical Engineering with a specialization in Bioengineering from the University of Minnesota. Further enhancing his academic credentials, Moghe pursued postdoctoral research at Harvard Medical School and Massachusetts General Hospital before joining Rutgers University as a faculty member in 1995.

Moghe was recommended to the Board of Regents by a presidential search advisory committee. This committee, led by UT System Chancellor JB Milliken, was composed of UTD faculty, staff, students, alumni, community representatives, UT presidents, and regents. The diverse makeup of the panel ensured a broad range of input in evaluating candidates for the university’s top post.

Chancellor Milliken voiced strong support for Moghe’s candidacy, noting his alignment with UTD’s academic vision and momentum. “Dr. Moghe’s record of strengthening educational pathways and propelling research agendas forward reflect many of UT Dallas’s strengths and continued aspirations. He has a deep appreciation for UTD’s mission and extraordinary ascendancy among top universities,” Milliken said.

Should the Board of Regents finalize his appointment after the mandatory 21-day waiting period required by Texas law for sole finalists, Moghe would become the next president of UT Dallas. He would follow current president Richard Benson, who announced in August that he plans to return to a faculty position at UTD following the 2024-2025 academic year. Benson has served as president for nine years, a period marked by dramatic growth and transformation for the university.

During Benson’s leadership, UTD saw a substantial increase in research investment, with total research expenditures rising from $98.6 million to $180.2 million. The campus also expanded significantly, adding over 2 million square feet of new construction. Student enrollment surged as well, surpassing 30,000 in 2023—a remarkable 57% increase over the past ten years.

The University of Texas System, which oversees UT Dallas, stands as the largest higher education system in Texas and among the biggest in the country. With 14 member institutions and more than 256,000 students, the UT System awarded over 66,000 degrees last year. Impressively, it granted more than one-third of all undergraduate degrees in the state and played a critical role in educating Texas’ healthcare workforce. UT System schools are responsible for educating over half of the state’s healthcare professionals and issuing 63% of Texas’s medical degrees annually.

Beyond education, the UT System contributes substantially to healthcare delivery and research. UT-owned and affiliated hospitals and clinics reported nearly 10.8 million outpatient visits and more than 2.1 million hospital days in the most recent reporting year. The UT System’s research enterprise, valued at $4.3 billion, is widely regarded as one of the most innovative in the country. It ranks first in Texas and second in the United States for both total research and federal research expenditures.

The scale and impact of the UT System extend further with a proposed operating budget of $30.9 billion for fiscal year 2025. Collectively, the system’s institutions employ over 160,000 people, including faculty members, healthcare providers, support staff, and students. These figures underscore the vital role the UT System plays in both education and public service across Texas and beyond.

If confirmed, Prabhas V. Moghe would bring his extensive academic, research, and leadership experience to UT Dallas at a time of continued growth and rising prestige. His appointment is expected to reinforce the university’s strategic goals and further elevate its standing on the national stage.

Raja Krishnamoorthi Secures Key Endorsement from Indian American Impact Fund for Senate Bid

The Indian American Impact Fund has formally endorsed U.S. Congressman Raja Krishnamoorthi in his newly launched campaign for the United States Senate. Praising him as a “principled, visionary” leader, the organization highlighted his strong advocacy for working families, national security, and inclusive governance. The endorsement marks an important early show of support for Krishnamoorthi, signaling momentum as he embarks on what is expected to be a high-profile and competitive race.

Krishnamoorthi, who officially announced his Senate candidacy this week, currently serves as the U.S. Representative for Illinois’s 8th Congressional District. If elected, he would make history as the first South Asian American Senator from Illinois and the only South Asian American presently serving in the U.S. Senate.

“Raja Krishnamoorthi represents the very best of public service—principled, visionary, and deeply committed to building a more just and prosperous America,” said Chintan Patel, Executive Director of the Indian American Impact Fund. “We are all in. Impact is proud to stand with Raja, and we will do everything in our power to send him to the Senate.”

Krishnamoorthi has earned respect across party lines for his deep knowledge of public policy and his bipartisan approach to legislation. In his current role as Ranking Member of the House Select Committee on the Strategic Competition between the United States and the Chinese Communist Party, he has received national attention for his leadership on matters of foreign policy, technology, and economic competitiveness. His Senate campaign will likely emphasize these strengths while also spotlighting his commitment to domestic priorities.

The Indian American Impact Fund’s endorsement cited Krishnamoorthi’s track record on issues central to working families, including improving education, generating jobs, and supporting small businesses. The Fund is known for its efforts to increase South Asian political engagement and influence in the United States. It has previously backed Krishnamoorthi in his congressional races, providing grassroots organizing support and boosting voter turnout throughout Illinois.

“For years, we’ve worked closely with Congressman Krishnamoorthi to grow our movement and elevate South Asian voices in government,” Patel added. “His Senate candidacy represents a powerful opportunity to further that mission—and to send a champion for justice, equity, and integrity to Washington.”

In acknowledging the endorsement, Krishnamoorthi reflected on both the historical significance of his Senate bid and the broader implications for immigrant communities and the health of American democracy.

“As a proud Indian American immigrant and member of the ‘Samosa Caucus,’ I know firsthand how crucial it is to expand South Asian and broader AANHPI representation at every level of government,” Krishnamoorthi said. “I am honored to have the support of the Indian American Impact Fund and am incredibly grateful for their partnership. Right now, there are no South Asian Americans in the entire United States Senate—my election will change that.”

This backing comes amid continuing concerns about the limited representation of Asian Americans in senior roles within the federal government, despite the growing political clout and population size of the community. The Indian American Impact Fund’s endorsement of Krishnamoorthi signals a wider effort to energize South Asian American voters across the country, many of whom are expected to play a pivotal role in determining the outcome of the 2026 Senate race in Illinois.

Krishnamoorthi’s campaign strategy is expected to center not just on his legislative accomplishments, but also on his personal journey as the son of Indian immigrants who rose to become a national policymaker. His platform will likely feature key issues such as economic growth, public education, healthcare access, and the protection of democratic institutions.

The support of the Indian American Impact Fund, a group dedicated to expanding South Asian influence in American politics, represents a significant asset as Krishnamoorthi enters a new stage of his campaign. With this endorsement, his campaign will focus on expanding its reach through intensified fundraising, coalition-building efforts, and voter outreach programs.

The 2026 U.S. Senate election in Illinois is shaping up to be one of the most watched and consequential races in the nation. Krishnamoorthi is positioning himself as a candidate who combines seasoned experience with the potential to break historical barriers, bringing both pragmatic policy insight and a unique voice to the Senate chamber.

As the race unfolds, Krishnamoorthi will continue to rely on the strength of his political network, his policy credentials, and the growing enthusiasm within the South Asian American community. The Impact Fund’s early support gives his campaign a robust platform to build upon as he seeks to make history and advocate for a more inclusive and representative federal government.

Indian-Origin Scientist Develops Probiotic Cocktail That May Prevent Dementia

An Indian-origin researcher based in the United States has developed a potentially groundbreaking probiotic cocktail aimed at preventing dementia, a condition that currently affects over 57 million individuals across the globe. Characterized by declining memory, impaired cognition, and a reduced capacity to carry out daily activities, dementia is a progressive disorder that severely impacts quality of life.

Dr. Hariom Yadav, who serves as a researcher at the University of South Florida, has designed a distinct combination of probiotics that influences the gut microbiome—a dense and intricate community of trillions of microorganisms residing in the human digestive system. This ecosystem is known to play a crucial role in maintaining overall health, but disruptions in its balance—often caused by harmful bacteria or viruses—can lead to widespread inflammation. Such inflammation is increasingly believed to be linked to the development of dementia and Alzheimer’s disease.

In a study published in the scientific journal Scientific Reports, Dr. Yadav presents evidence that this particular probiotic mix could emerge as an innovative treatment strategy aimed at lowering the risk of Alzheimer’s and related neurodegenerative diseases.

As part of the research, laboratory mice were administered the probiotic cocktail through their drinking water over a span of 16 weeks. Following this treatment period, the mice underwent evaluation through the widely accepted “water maze” test, which is used to measure spatial learning and memory capabilities. Notably, the mice that had consumed the probiotic formula consistently managed to find the concealed platform in the maze more rapidly than their untreated counterparts. This improvement suggested a significant enhancement in cognitive performance due to the probiotic intervention.

Beyond these behavioral improvements, the probiotic mixture also showed promising biological effects. It significantly decreased the build-up of toxic proteins in the brain that are commonly associated with the development of Alzheimer’s. These proteins form sticky plaques that disrupt normal brain function. Moreover, the treatment appeared to mitigate inflammation and helped protect the blood-brain barrier, a critical structure that prevents harmful substances and microbes from infiltrating the brain.

“These probiotics were more effective as a consortium than individually,” said Dr. Yadav. “Most people focus on single-strain probiotics, but we found that combining them into a multi-strain mix enhances their ability to shift the microbiome from harmful to beneficial.”

The strength of the cocktail lies in its ability to suppress inflammation-causing bacteria within the gut. This in turn reduces systemic inflammation, a factor that has been increasingly implicated in the deterioration of brain health. Dr. Yadav emphasized that the synergistic effect of the multi-strain combination yielded results that were superior to the effects of any single probiotic strain.

In essence, the probiotic formulation works by altering the composition of the gut microbiota, leading to a healthier and more balanced microbial environment. This shift subsequently diminishes inflammatory responses, which can otherwise spread beyond the digestive tract and influence the brain. Given the growing understanding of the gut-brain connection, this mechanism opens up a promising avenue for preventing or delaying cognitive decline.

Currently, Dr. Yadav and his team are exploring the possibility of bringing this probiotic product to the commercial market. Discussions are underway with potential collaborators and commercial entities to further develop and distribute the formulation. The team is hopeful that these partnerships will enable the next stages of clinical development and ultimately make the treatment available to the public.

If these efforts prove successful, the probiotic mixture could represent a transformative tool in the ongoing battle against dementia. With no definitive cure currently available for Alzheimer’s or many other neurodegenerative disorders, a preventative solution that is simple to administer and rooted in nutritional science could bring new hope to millions of individuals at risk.

Importantly, this research aligns with a growing body of scientific evidence suggesting that the gut microbiome plays a central role in brain health. Studies over recent years have increasingly highlighted the two-way communication pathway between the gut and the brain, often referred to as the “gut-brain axis.” Disruptions in this axis have been linked to a wide range of mental and neurological conditions, including depression, anxiety, and now, dementia.

Dr. Yadav’s findings thus not only present a specific product with promising results but also reinforce the importance of maintaining a healthy gut microbiome as part of broader neurological well-being. The idea that something as accessible as a probiotic could significantly alter disease risk marks a major shift in how scientists and doctors might approach the prevention of cognitive decline in the future.

“Most people focus on single-strain probiotics,” Dr. Yadav reiterated, “but we found that combining them into a multi-strain mix enhances their ability to shift the microbiome from harmful to beneficial.”

This approach to treatment underscores a larger trend within medicine that is increasingly moving toward holistic and preventative strategies, especially for conditions where curative therapies remain elusive. While more research, particularly in human trials, will be necessary to validate these findings, the initial animal studies have sparked significant interest.

As Dr. Yadav and his team continue to refine the formulation and seek broader applications, the probiotic cocktail stands out as a compelling example of how targeting the gut could ultimately protect the brain. For those concerned about the onset of dementia, the development of such a tool provides cautious optimism, offering a glimpse into a future where neurodegenerative diseases may be addressed not just with pharmaceuticals, but with carefully designed nutritional interventions as well.

In summary, the probiotic cocktail developed by Dr. Hariom Yadav at the University of South Florida demonstrates considerable promise in preventing dementia. By leveraging the power of the gut microbiome and reducing systemic inflammation, the formulation improves cognitive function, lowers the build-up of harmful brain proteins, and strengthens the brain’s natural defense mechanisms. As further studies and partnerships take shape, this innovation could one day serve as a practical and powerful solution in the fight against Alzheimer’s and related conditions, potentially changing the lives of millions around the world.

Wealthiest 10 Percent Linked to Two-Thirds of Global Warming Since 1990, Study Finds

The world’s richest 10 percent are playing an outsized role in fueling global warming, significantly more than the poorest half of the population, according to a recent study published in the journal Nature Climate Change. The international research reveals that this affluent segment is responsible for nearly two-thirds of the warming experienced globally since 1990. This climate impact has contributed to intensifying extreme weather events such as prolonged heat waves and severe droughts across the globe.

The study was conducted by scientists from Germany, Switzerland, Austria, and Australia and aimed to understand the extent to which wealthy individuals are accelerating climate change. By analyzing emissions patterns and their consequences, the researchers found that a small segment of high-income earners are disproportionately contributing to environmental degradation. According to the findings, the top 1 percent of global earners alone have contributed 26 times more to the rise in rare, high-temperature events than the average person. Their influence on drought conditions is also substantial, having contributed 17 times more to droughts in sensitive regions like the Amazon.

Lead author Sarah Schongart of ETH Zurich in Switzerland emphasized that the causes of extreme climate phenomena are not distant or vague but are tied directly to the behavior of individuals, especially those with significant financial means. “Our study shows that extreme climate impacts are not just the result of abstract global emissions. We can directly link them to our lifestyle and investment choices, which in turn are linked to wealth,” she explained.

This perspective challenges the traditional view that climate change is simply a collective outcome of industrial activity or national policies. Instead, it points to specific socioeconomic groups whose personal and financial decisions have far-reaching consequences for the planet. The study underlines how the consumption habits and investment patterns of wealthy individuals exacerbate climate injustice, particularly in tropical and economically disadvantaged regions.

The implications of the research are most stark in areas such as Southeast Asia, the Amazon basin, and southern Africa. These regions have historically contributed the least to global carbon emissions yet are bearing the brunt of climate-induced suffering. Whether through deforestation, reduced rainfall, or intense heat events, the consequences are disproportionately severe in these parts of the world.

“If everyone on Earth had emitted like the bottom 50 percent of the global population, the world would have experienced minimal additional warming since 1990,” said co-author Carl-Friedrich Schleussner, who heads the Integrated Climate Impacts Research Group at the International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis in Austria. His comment points to the stark contrast in environmental impact between income groups and the potential benefits of equitable emission behavior.

Importantly, the research goes beyond analyzing personal consumption such as air travel, diet, and vehicle use. It highlights the role of financial investments made by wealthy individuals as a major source of carbon emissions. These investments often support high-emission sectors like fossil fuel production, heavy industry, and large-scale agriculture—activities that contribute significantly to climate change but remain indirectly linked to the lifestyles of investors.

This distinction is crucial. While everyday choices like energy use and transportation matter, the carbon footprint associated with wealth-related financial portfolios is often much larger and less visible. For instance, investment in oil companies or high-carbon industries effectively extends a person’s climate impact beyond their personal lifestyle.

According to the researchers, focusing solely on personal behavior without addressing the systemic and financial underpinnings of emissions will fail to produce meaningful change. They argue for targeted climate policies that regulate the financial actions of the wealthy. By shifting capital away from polluting industries and encouraging sustainable investments, policymakers could significantly reduce global emissions and help close the environmental equity gap.

Redirecting financial resources is not only a moral imperative but a strategic one. If investment portfolios were aligned with climate goals—such as those set by the Paris Agreement—major emission reductions could be achieved without solely relying on public spending or mass behavioral change. Wealthy individuals and institutions have the financial leverage to steer entire sectors toward greener practices, provided they are held accountable or incentivized to do so.

The study’s findings also feed into a broader debate around climate justice. As discussions around environmental responsibility evolve, there is growing recognition that emissions are not just a technical issue but also a social and economic one. Wealth disparity is increasingly viewed as a driver of environmental harm, with climate policies needing to reflect this reality to be effective.

This emerging consensus calls for more than carbon taxes or green subsidies. It suggests the need for structural reforms in global finance and investment regulations. High-income countries and individuals must consider not only their direct emissions but also the ripple effects of their financial choices across borders and ecosystems.

The research team insists that their work should inform international climate negotiations and national strategies moving forward. By incorporating income-based emission data and targeting high-emission individuals and their financial activities, governments could better design fair and effective climate policies.

Schongart and her colleagues conclude that understanding the unequal distribution of emissions is key to developing just climate solutions. The emissions of the world’s wealthiest are not just a statistical outlier—they are a central element in the current climate crisis. Without addressing the role of wealth and financial influence, the world risks continuing a pattern where the vulnerable pay the highest price for a problem they did little to create.

The study ultimately raises urgent questions about who holds responsibility for the planet’s warming and what changes are necessary to prevent further damage. As the climate emergency deepens, the role of the rich—and their investments—has become an unavoidable part of the conversation.

NYT Calls Pahalgam Attack a ‘Terrorist’ Act Amid Ongoing Backlash and India’s Retaliatory Strikes

After sustained criticism regarding its initial coverage of the Pahalgam massacre, The New York Times has for the first time labeled the attackers as “terrorists” in a headline, marking a clear shift in its editorial stance. This change comes as India launched Operation Sindoor, a precision military operation targeting terrorist camps situated in Pakistan and Pakistan-occupied Kashmir (PoK).

The revised front-page headline on the NYT website now reads, “India Strikes Pakistan Two Weeks After Terrorist Attack in Kashmir.” This is a significant departure from earlier language used by the publication, which typically described such attackers as “militants” or “gunmen.” The altered terminology follows increasing pressure from Indian commentators, diaspora communities, and American lawmakers who argued that the original reporting understated the brutal nature of the April 22 massacre in Jammu and Kashmir’s Baisaran Valley. That attack claimed the lives of 26 civilians, including 25 Indian tourists and one Nepali citizen.

Even though the headline has been revised, criticism of the NYT persists. Many observers have taken issue with the continued use of terms such as “Indian-administered Kashmir” and “Indian-controlled side of Kashmir” within the article itself. Critics argue this wording reflects a Pakistani point of view and fails to acknowledge Jammu and Kashmir as an inseparable part of India. This choice of language, they contend, reinforces an international narrative that undermines India’s sovereignty over the region.

In its coverage of India’s military response, the NYT did note that the Indian government stated it had targeted “only known terror camps.” The report also highlighted that the strikes were described by Indian officials as “measured, responsible and designed to be non-escalatory.” The article further included statements from Indian authorities claiming that the action was based on concrete evidence linking Pakistan-based terrorists to the Pahalgam massacre.

This apparent shift in editorial tone by The New York Times follows sharp backlash over its initial headline, which read, “At Least 24 Tourists Gunned Down by Militants in Kashmir.” This phrasing triggered significant outrage across social media platforms, particularly when the U.S. House Foreign Affairs Committee criticized the terminology publicly. The committee reposted the headline with the word “militants” crossed out and “terrorists” written boldly in red.

In its post on X (formerly Twitter), the committee wrote, “Hey, @nytimes, we fixed it for you. This was a TERRORIST ATTACK plain and simple. Whether it’s India or Israel, when it comes to TERRORISM, the NYT is removed from reality.” The comment underscored the frustration of many who believe the international media often fails to label acts of terrorism accurately, especially when the victims are from countries like India.

The reaction was not confined to social media alone. According to sources, American officials and Indian diplomats alike privately raised concerns about the NYT’s portrayal of the massacre. They suggested that describing the brutal killings as a “shooting incident” rather than a terrorist attack did a grave injustice to the victims and skewed the global perception of the threat posed by cross-border terrorism.

Indian officials maintain that Operation Sindoor is a direct and proportionate response to the Pahalgam killings, and that it was carried out with restraint to avoid broader escalation. The military action was designed to send a clear message to terrorist groups operating out of Pakistan and PoK without pushing the situation into a full-blown conflict.

Despite the efforts of The New York Times to revise its language, media analysts and Indian observers continue to scrutinize the global press for how it presents stories involving terrorism in South Asia. Many feel that selective language choices not only shape global opinion but also impact international policymaking and diplomatic relations.

The use of euphemisms like “gunmen” or “militants” is seen by some critics as an attempt to soften the blow of atrocities that should be unequivocally described as terrorism. They argue that this selective framing can create a perception of moral ambiguity where there should be none. In the case of the Pahalgam massacre, where innocent tourists were deliberately targeted, the expectation was that global media outlets would not hesitate to call it an act of terrorism.

Meanwhile, Indian voices across the world have taken to social platforms and opinion columns to call out what they see as a pattern of underreporting or misreporting acts of terror when the victims are Indian. The Indian diaspora in the United States has been particularly vocal, with several advocacy groups organizing campaigns to challenge what they describe as media bias and narrative dilution.

Diplomatic circles are also closely watching how global media outlets report on India’s response to terrorism. While some international reports have highlighted India’s emphasis on restraint and precision, others have raised concerns about potential regional escalation. Indian officials have repeatedly stated that the objective of Operation Sindoor is to target terror infrastructure without provoking a broader confrontation.

“We acted based on specific intelligence and aimed only at terrorist facilities,” one Indian official was quoted as saying in the NYT article. “This is not about escalation—it’s about justice and deterrence.”

In India, there is a growing belief that the international community, including its media, must take a stronger and more consistent stand against terrorism, regardless of where it occurs. For many Indians, the Pahalgam attack was a stark reminder of the ongoing threat posed by cross-border terrorism, and the muted initial international response added to their frustration.

Although The New York Times has now used the word “terrorist” in its headline, critics argue that such changes are often reactive and too little, too late. The pressure that finally led to this editorial adjustment did not come from within the publication’s own standards of reporting, but from outside voices demanding accuracy and fairness.

As India continues to carry out what it describes as “targeted, proportionate” strikes against terror groups, the spotlight remains not just on military and diplomatic developments but also on how media outlets narrate such events. The global perception of terrorism—and the resolve to confront it—depends greatly on how stories are told, what words are used, and whose voices are amplified.

Ultimately, the controversy surrounding the NYT headline highlights the power of language in shaping international understanding. For victims and their families, recognition of their suffering in accurate and unambiguous terms is a crucial step toward justice and global solidarity against terrorism.

Bipartisan Lawmakers Urge Expansion of H-1B Domestic Visa Renewal Program Following 2024 Pilot Success

Congressman Suhas Subramanyam, a Democrat from Virginia, has formally called on Secretary of State Marco Rubio to broaden and institutionalize the domestic visa renewal process for H-1B and other low-risk visa categories. Subramanyam was joined in this bipartisan initiative by Representatives Raja Krishnamoorthi, a Democrat from Illinois, Rich McCormick, a Republican from Georgia, and 17 additional members of Congress. The group of lawmakers emphasized the importance of building on the achievements of the 2024 pilot program that permitted eligible H-1B visa holders to renew their visas while remaining inside the United States.

In their letter to the Secretary of State, the lawmakers outlined several reasons why this change is necessary. They highlighted the positive impact of the pilot program on domestic biometric processing capabilities and underscored the benefits of reducing delays, lowering costs, and decreasing the workload on U.S. embassies abroad. According to their assessment, continuing and expanding the program would yield significant administrative and economic advantages.

“The current process to renew H-1B visas is cumbersome and needs to be modernized,” stated Congressman Suhas Subramanyam. He went on to explain that the bipartisan proposal was grounded in the successful results of the 2024 pilot initiative. “This bipartisan proposal, based on a successful bipartisan 2024 pilot program, will help streamline the H1-B process and avoid unnecessary processing delays.”

The 2024 pilot program was introduced on January 29 and provided 20,000 H-1B visa holders with the option to renew their visas domestically. This move eliminated the requirement for these individuals to travel internationally to get their visas revalidated. The program applied only to those whose previous visas had been issued in either India or Canada within specific time frames. Another stipulation was that their biometric data had to be already recorded and deemed reusable. Approximately half of those who benefited from the program were Indian nationals, reflecting the high concentration of Indian professionals working in the United States under the H-1B category.

Congressman Raja Krishnamoorthi hailed the pilot program’s outcome and expressed strong support for its continuation and expansion. “The 2024 pilot program for domestic visa renewals was a commonsense success, and now it’s time to build on that momentum,” he said. Krishnamoorthi further emphasized the broader implications of the program for the U.S. economy and workforce. “Expanding and formalizing this program will reduce red tape, strengthen our economy, and help ensure that the United States continues to attract and retain the best and brightest talent from around the world.”

Congressman McCormick also shared his backing for the initiative, noting that improving upon the pilot program would show that immigration reform and system modernization are not mutually exclusive with national security. “Building on the pilot will demonstrate that we can modernize our immigration system while maintaining security and efficiency,” he remarked.

The lawmakers’ letter also urged the State Department to broaden the scope of visa categories eligible for domestic renewal. Specifically, they advocated for the inclusion of additional low-risk visa types such as E, I, L, O, and P. Moreover, they recommended that the eligibility criteria for these visa renewals be clarified to reduce confusion and ensure consistent implementation across applicants and cases.

The proposed expansion received robust support from several immigration advocacy organizations. Among those endorsing the initiative were the American Immigration Lawyers Association, FWD.us, the Institute for Progress, and the Economic Innovation Group. These organizations argued that a more expansive domestic visa renewal process would relieve pressure on U.S. consulates overseas, help retain highly skilled professionals, and reinforce the competitiveness of the American economy on the global stage.

According to these advocates, the current visa renewal framework, which often requires foreign nationals to leave the United States and face uncertain timelines and administrative hurdles at U.S. consulates abroad, poses significant personal and professional risks. In contrast, allowing visa renewals to take place domestically would eliminate many of these challenges while also streamlining administrative operations for the State Department.

Supporters argue that the ability to renew visas domestically would be especially beneficial for individuals working in sectors vital to the American economy, such as technology, healthcare, research, and academia. Many of these professionals are employed under H-1B and related visa categories and are integral to innovation and productivity in their respective fields.

By cutting through bureaucratic barriers and facilitating a more efficient process, lawmakers believe the domestic renewal program could make the United States a more attractive destination for top global talent. Congressman Krishnamoorthi reiterated this point, stating again that expanding the program would “help ensure that the United States continues to attract and retain the best and brightest talent from around the world.”

The lawmakers further noted that the 2024 pilot’s success provided a strong foundation upon which a permanent and comprehensive policy could be developed. They urged the State Department to act swiftly and decisively to formalize the process and expand its reach.

In their view, delaying the formalization and expansion of the domestic renewal program would represent a missed opportunity to improve efficiency, support American employers, and provide greater certainty to visa holders who are already contributing to the U.S. economy.

By easing the administrative burden on overseas consulates and enabling visa holders to avoid expensive and often disruptive international travel, proponents believe this change would bring immediate benefits. Additionally, streamlining the renewal process domestically would reflect broader efforts to modernize immigration services while maintaining strict security protocols through the use of existing biometric data.

In summary, the letter from Congressman Subramanyam and his bipartisan colleagues represents a concerted push to modernize and improve the U.S. visa system, starting with the renewal process for H-1B and other low-risk visa holders. The lawmakers, joined by immigration advocacy groups, are calling on the State Department to take concrete steps to transform the pilot program into a permanent policy that will serve both national interests and the individual needs of visa holders. With widespread support and clear evidence of success from the 2024 pilot, advocates see this moment as a pivotal opportunity to enact meaningful reform.

Indian American Population Grows to 5.2 Million in 2023, Becoming Second-Largest Asian Origin Group in the U.S.

The Indian American community in the United States has seen significant growth, becoming the second-largest Asian origin group in the country with an estimated population of 5.2 million in 2023. This demographic has experienced remarkable expansion, with Indian Americans now representing roughly 21 percent of the total Asian American population, trailing only Chinese Americans, who make up 5.5 million of the Asian American community.

The growth of the Indian American population marks a 174 percent increase from the year 2000, when their numbers were recorded at just 1.8 million. This surge is largely attributed to sustained immigration patterns, as well as natural population growth over the last two decades.

Demographic Changes and Regional Distribution

The composition of the Indian American population has evolved notably over time. In 2023, 66 percent of Indian Americans were immigrants, though this was a decrease from the 73 percent reported in 2000. Despite this decrease, the total number of Indian immigrants more than doubled during this period, growing from 1.3 million to 3.2 million. Among these immigrants, 60 percent have been living in the United States for over ten years, and 51 percent have attained U.S. citizenship through naturalization.

Indian Americans are largely concentrated in specific regions across the U.S., with California being home to the largest concentration of Indian Americans. Approximately 960,000 Indian Americans reside in California, making up 20 percent of the overall Indian American population. Other states with notable Indian American populations include Texas, with 570,000 individuals; New Jersey, with 440,000; New York, with 390,000; and Illinois, with 270,000. Additionally, metropolitan areas such as New York City, Dallas, and San Francisco serve as major hubs for the Indian American community.

Education and Economic Prosperity

Indian Americans are known for their high levels of educational attainment and economic success. According to recent data, in 2023, households headed by Indian Americans had a median annual income of $151,200, which is notably higher than the overall median income for Asian American households, which stands at $105,600. Furthermore, personal earnings for Indian Americans aged 16 and older averaged $85,300, far surpassing the Asian American average of $52,400.

This economic success reflects the community’s overall prosperity, with Indian Americans playing a significant role in various sectors of the U.S. economy. Their achievements in education and income highlight their integration and contribution to American society.

Language Proficiency and Cultural Practices

In terms of language, a large majority of Indian Americans (84 percent) aged five and older are proficient in English. Among the community, 28 percent speak only English at home, while 56 percent speak another language at home but still report high proficiency in English. Common languages spoken within the Indian American community include Hindi, spoken by 18 percent of individuals, followed by Telugu (11 percent), Gujarati (10 percent), and Tamil (7 percent).

Culturally, Indian Americans maintain strong ties to their heritage while also adapting to American society. Many members of the community observe cultural and religious practices that are important to their identity. In terms of religion, nearly half of Indian Americans, or 48 percent, identify as Hindu, making it the most prevalent faith within the community. Other religious affiliations include Christianity, with 15 percent of Indian Americans identifying as Christian, while another 15 percent are religiously unaffiliated, including atheists, agnostics, and those who do not identify with any particular religion.

Impact on U.S. Society

The rapid growth of the Indian American population, along with the evolving demographics of this community, has had profound implications for U.S. society. Indian Americans contribute significantly to the U.S. economy, cultural diversity, and political landscape. Their high educational and income levels position them as an influential group, both in terms of economic output and in the cultural and political spheres.

The Indian American community’s increasing influence can be seen in its growing presence in political offices, academia, and other leadership positions. As the community continues to grow, its impact on shaping U.S. policies and cultural practices is expected to become more pronounced.

Indian Americans have made their mark in various fields, including technology, healthcare, education, and business. As the second-largest Asian origin group in the United States, they are playing a crucial role in shaping the future of the nation. Their contributions to economic innovation, cultural richness, and public policy underscore their important place in American society.

In conclusion, the Indian American community’s growth over the past two decades is a testament to the resilience and success of this group. From 1.8 million in 2000 to 5.2 million in 2023, Indian Americans have become an integral part of the U.S. social and economic fabric. Their high levels of educational attainment, economic success, and cultural contributions are key factors in the community’s expanding influence. The Indian American population is now a crucial pillar in the broader Asian American demographic, helping to shape the nation’s future in many areas, including economics, politics, and culture.

International Complaint Filed Against Pakistan Over Alleged Genocide of Hindus Following Pahalgam Massacre

A formal complaint filed by Hindus Advancing Human Rights India (HAHRI), an initiative of HinduPACT, has drawn significant international attention after the massacre of 25 Hindus in Pahalgam on April 22, an attack which the complaint claims was sponsored by Pakistan. This tragic event has become a focal point for raising concerns about the systematic persecution of Hindus in the region.

According to HAHRI, this massacre serves as a stark reminder of what they describe as the “drip-drip genocide” of Hindus in the region. The complaint emphasizes the urgency of its message, calling for immediate action from international bodies, particularly the United Nations Human Rights Council (UNHRC).

The complaint, officially lodged with the UNHRC, accuses Pakistan of violating Article 2 of the 1948 Genocide Convention, which prohibits actions aimed at the destruction of any national, ethnical, racial, or religious group. The document is supported by 60 individuals and organizations representing a diverse range of communities, including Hindus, Christians, Sikhs, Jews, Muslims, and ex-Muslims from various countries, including India, Pakistan, the United States, the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, New Zealand, and Kenya. Signatories also include human rights groups, scholars, authors, and former officials from renowned institutions such as the United Nations, World Bank, and the U.S. Department of State.

The complaint makes the serious allegation that “genocide is being committed by every level of Pakistan’s state machinery and its fanatical citizens.” It points to a significant decline in the population of religious minorities in Pakistan, from 23 percent in 1947 to a mere 3 percent today, as physical evidence of this alleged systematic violence and persecution. This alarming demographic shift, the complaint argues, reflects the ongoing religious persecution in Pakistan.

In addition to the massacre, the complaint outlines a long history of abuses directed at religious minorities in Pakistan. It draws attention to the abduction and forced conversion of Hindu and Christian women and girls, a practice that has been documented by various sources, including UN Special Rapporteurs and Pakistani government reports. The complaint also cites the promotion of hatred in school textbooks, the widespread use of false blasphemy charges, and the desecration of non-Muslim religious sites as part of a larger pattern of systemic abuse.

These actions, the complaint claims, are driven by “an Islamist ideology rooted in Pakistan’s founding hatred and a quest for a purer Islamic state.” This ideology persists despite Pakistan’s pledge in 1950 to protect the rights of its religious minorities. The complaint argues that this failure to honor commitments to minority protection has contributed to the continued marginalization and violence against non-Muslim communities in the country.

The complaint was coordinated by Rahul Sur, the executive director of HAHRI, and Deepti Mahajan, the co-convenor of HinduPACT. Key organizational signatories include the Hindu American Foundation (HAF), the Coalition of Hindus in North America (CoHNA), Insight UK, Americans4Hindus, members of the Clarity Coalition, and the AHA Foundation. These organizations have united to call for urgent action from the international community to address what they view as a long-standing human rights crisis.

The complaint presents several demands to the UNHRC in light of the ongoing violence and persecution. First, it urges the UNHRC to refer the case to the UN Security Council to establish an international tribunal. The goal of this tribunal would be to identify and prosecute the perpetrators of the alleged genocide, holding them accountable for their actions.

Second, the complaint calls on the UN to mandate its agencies, including UN Women, to support the tribunal and work to prevent coercive religious conversions. This includes efforts to protect vulnerable women and girls who are often targeted in these forced conversions, which have been a longstanding issue in Pakistan.

Another demand is that the UN instruct Pakistan to confiscate all educational materials that promote hate and intolerance. The complaint argues that such materials contribute to the perpetuation of violence and discrimination against religious minorities, further entrenching the cycle of hatred and division within the country.

Lastly, the complaint calls for the creation of a compensation mechanism for victims of religious persecution in Pakistan. This fund, it proposes, should be financed by the Pakistani government and would serve to provide financial support and assistance to those who have suffered as a result of the violence and persecution they have faced.

By filing this complaint, HAHRI and its supporters hope to bring greater international attention to the plight of Hindus and other religious minorities in Pakistan. The groups involved in the complaint argue that the international community must take decisive action to halt the ongoing abuses and ensure that those responsible for religious persecution are held accountable.

The complaint highlights the urgent need for comprehensive measures to protect religious minorities in Pakistan, including both immediate actions to stop the ongoing violence and long-term efforts to address the root causes of religious intolerance.

For its part, Pakistan has consistently denied accusations of systemic violence against religious minorities, but the continued reports of abuse and the declining numbers of religious minorities in the country point to a different reality. The complaint submitted to the UNHRC is not only a call for justice for the victims of the Pahalgam massacre but also an effort to address the broader, long-standing issue of religious persecution in Pakistan.

In conclusion, the formal complaint filed by Hindus Advancing Human Rights India and its supporters represents a significant step in the fight for religious freedom and justice for persecuted minorities in Pakistan. The international community, according to the complainants, must act decisively to hold Pakistan accountable for its alleged actions and to provide much-needed protection and support to religious minorities who have suffered for far too long.

India’s Operation Sindoor: A Message of Justice and Accountability

On May 6, India successfully executed Operation Sindoor, a high-stakes mission intended to bring those responsible for the April 22 terrorist attack in Pahalgam to justice. The operation was part of the country’s larger strategy to hold accountable the perpetrators of acts of terror and provide justice to those affected by the heinous attack. According to Vinay Kwatra, India’s Ambassador to the United States, this operation was an unequivocal response to the violence that shook the region.

In a rare interview with Fox News on May 7, Kwatra shared the significance of the operation, describing it as a clear message of accountability for those who carried out the attack. “This operation that we carried out was aimed at bringing accountability and justice to those subhuman monsters, those worst of the worst, who carried these territory attacks on Apr.22,” he said. His remarks underscored the gravity of the situation and the determination of the Indian government to take decisive action against those responsible for terrorizing civilians.

The terrorist attack on April 22 in Pahalgam had left the region in shock, with both locals and officials deeply affected by the brutality of the attack. In the aftermath, there was widespread condemnation across India and abroad, calling for swift and firm action to ensure that the attackers were brought to justice. The Indian government, under Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s leadership, wasted no time in formulating a response, demonstrating their commitment to protecting citizens and safeguarding national security.

Vinay Kwatra further elaborated on the nature of the operation, emphasizing its importance in restoring peace and order. The operation was not just about punishing those responsible, but also about sending a strong message to all those who may consider using violence to further their agenda. “This operation was not only about eliminating the immediate threat posed by these terrorists but also about sending a clear signal that we will not tolerate acts of terror on our soil,” Kwatra stated. This message was directed not only to the perpetrators but also to the broader community of those who support or engage in terrorist activities.

Kwatra’s comments highlighted the growing concern over the rising number of terrorist incidents across the region and India’s increasing resolve to tackle the issue head-on. The April 22 attack was part of a larger pattern of violence in the area, and the Indian government had been under mounting pressure to take more aggressive steps in combating these threats. Operation Sindoor was thus seen as a critical move in demonstrating India’s ability and willingness to confront terrorism, no matter the cost.

The diplomat’s interview with Fox News marked an important moment in India’s diplomatic efforts, with Kwatra taking the opportunity to emphasize the government’s commitment to justice. The ambassador’s words resonated deeply with many, especially those who had been directly impacted by the attack. Kwatra’s unflinching stance on bringing those responsible to justice was a clear reminder of India’s dedication to upholding the rule of law and ensuring that those who commit such atrocities face the consequences of their actions.

The operation also highlighted India’s growing counter-terrorism capabilities, as the country continues to modernize its military and intelligence apparatus to better combat the evolving threats posed by extremist groups. “India has been strengthening its counter-terrorism capabilities over the years, and this operation was a direct result of that effort. We are now in a position to respond swiftly and decisively to such threats,” Kwatra pointed out.

Operation Sindoor’s success was seen as a critical turning point in India’s ongoing battle against terrorism. The meticulous planning and execution of the operation demonstrated the country’s ability to target and eliminate threats with precision. Experts have noted that such operations are not only essential in neutralizing immediate dangers but also in sending a powerful message to terrorist organizations and their supporters around the world.

Kwatra’s statement that the operation was aimed at “bringing accountability and justice” made it clear that the Indian government is not merely focused on eliminating the physical threat posed by terrorists, but also on addressing the broader issue of impunity. The attack in Pahalgam was not an isolated incident but part of a larger, systemic problem that the Indian government is actively working to address. “These attacks are not just about the loss of lives but about sending a message of fear and insecurity,” Kwatra explained. “We cannot allow that to happen.”

The government has long maintained a zero-tolerance policy towards terrorism, and Operation Sindoor was seen as a continuation of that stance. In the wake of the operation, officials reiterated India’s determination to stand firm against any form of terror, with the full force of the law being used to combat extremist violence. The country’s military and intelligence agencies were praised for their swift response and effective coordination during the operation.

For the citizens of Pahalgam and surrounding areas, the successful execution of Operation Sindoor brought a sense of justice and closure. The terror that had gripped the region on April 22 was met with a powerful counteraction that reassured the people that the Indian government would not allow such acts to go unpunished. “We owe it to the families of the victims and to all those who have suffered to ensure that the perpetrators are held accountable,” Kwatra stated, his voice firm and resolute.

The broader geopolitical implications of the operation were also significant, with many analysts noting that India’s firm stance against terrorism sends a strong message to neighboring countries and the international community. In particular, the operation is seen as a response to the ongoing challenges posed by cross-border terrorism, with India’s neighbors often being accused of harboring and supporting extremist groups. Kwatra’s interview did not shy away from addressing this issue, with the ambassador making it clear that India would continue to take the necessary steps to protect its citizens and safeguard its sovereignty.

In conclusion, Operation Sindoor represented a significant chapter in India’s ongoing fight against terrorism. Through decisive action, the Indian government not only eliminated a threat but also reaffirmed its commitment to justice and accountability. As Kwatra rightly pointed out, “This operation was aimed at bringing accountability and justice to those subhuman monsters, those worst of the worst,” who sought to spread fear and violence. The message was clear: India will not tolerate terrorism, and those who engage in such acts will face the full consequences of their actions.

The successful operation has been hailed as a crucial victory in the broader war on terror, and it is expected to serve as a model for future counter-terrorism efforts. With India continuing to strengthen its defense and security frameworks, the government remains committed to protecting its people from the scourge of terrorism, ensuring that justice is served in the face of violence.

REAL ID Enforcement Begins at Airports as DHS Moves to Tighten Security Measures

The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) has officially begun enforcing the REAL ID requirement at all Transportation Security Administration (TSA) checkpoints across the United States. While this marks a significant shift in federal travel regulations, most travelers may not feel any impact. DHS reports that approximately 81 percent of travelers are already using a REAL ID-compliant form of identification.

“REAL ID helps ensure that travelers are who they say they are and prevents fraud by criminals, terrorists, and illegal aliens,” said Secretary Kristi Noem. “Enforcing federal law will help keep American travelers safe.”

REAL ID, introduced through legislation passed in 2005, was one of several security reforms initiated after the 9/11 terrorist attacks. The law mandates that individuals use a federally compliant form of identification for certain activities such as boarding domestic flights and entering specific federal facilities. Its full enforcement has seen multiple delays over the years, but as of this week, implementation is officially underway.

TSA has stated that the new enforcement will not disrupt airport operations or increase wait times, especially for those travelers who are already carrying a REAL ID, passport, or another acceptable form of identification. For those who do not have a REAL ID-compliant ID and cannot present an alternative valid ID, they will still be able to board flights, but they might undergo more intensive security screening.

“Passengers who present a state-issued identification that is not REAL ID compliant at TSA checkpoints and who do not have another acceptable alternative form of ID will be notified of their non-compliance, may be directed to a separate area and may receive additional screening,” the DHS explained in the FAQ section on its Real ID webpage.

The enforcement signals a push toward higher compliance levels. TSA expects that more travelers will seek out REAL IDs in the coming months. Until nearly all travelers comply, TSA will continue to apply additional screening protocols to those who lack acceptable identification.

For travelers flying within the U.S., a passport remains a viable alternative to the REAL ID. The DHS also confirmed that “State-issued Enhanced Driver’s Licenses and identification cards (EDL/EID) are designated as acceptable border-crossing documents by DHS under the Western Hemisphere Travel Initiative and are an acceptable alternative to a REAL ID for boarding a commercial aircraft, accessing federal facilities, and entering nuclear power plants.”

Although the government is now requiring compliance, there is some leniency in the immediate aftermath of the enforcement deadline. People without a REAL ID will still be able to travel, provided they carry an alternate approved ID. However, they may need to prepare for more thorough screening procedures at TSA checkpoints.

What exactly does the “additional screening” entail? The DHS has not provided precise details, but the TSA outlines a broad range of security practices on its website. These include both visible and less apparent procedures. As stated by the TSA, “TSA incorporates unpredictable security measures, both seen and unseen, to accomplish our transportation security mission.”

The agency already employs a mix of technologies and procedures to secure the nation’s transportation systems. These include advanced imaging technologies like millimeter wave scanners, walk-through metal detectors, and screening of carry-on and checked baggage. International travelers are especially likely to undergo more comprehensive checks, including the inspection of personal electronics and other property.

For those seeking to obtain a REAL ID, the DHS advises individuals to visit their respective state or territory’s Department of Motor Vehicles. The documentation requirements are consistent across the U.S., although some states might have slight variations. The DHS states that applicants will generally need “documentation showing: 1) Full Legal Name; 2) Date of Birth; 3) Social Security Number; 4) Two Proofs of Address of Principal Residence; and 5) Lawful Status.” Depending on the jurisdiction, additional documents may also be required.

Identifying whether your current ID meets the REAL ID standard is relatively simple. REAL IDs are typically marked with a star near the top right corner of the card. If that symbol is absent, your card is most likely not compliant.

Although the enforcement date has passed, DHS has not specified a final cutoff date when noncompliant individuals will be fully barred from boarding domestic flights. For now, the agency appears to be focusing on education and phased enforcement rather than immediate penalties.

A spokesperson from TSA emphasized the agency’s commitment to increased compliance. “TSA continues to collaborate with its state, airport and airline partners toward a compliance rate closer to 100% for those with either a state-issued REAL ID or an acceptable alternative form of ID,” the spokesperson said in a statement to The Hill.

For travelers, the implications are clear. While immediate travel disruptions may be minimal, those without a REAL ID or equivalent form of identification should begin the process of obtaining one. Not only will this help them avoid additional screening, but it will also ensure a smoother travel experience as enforcement measures grow more stringent over time.

REAL ID compliance has steadily increased in recent years, in part due to ongoing federal outreach and public awareness campaigns. The measure aims to close security loopholes and prevent identity fraud, ultimately strengthening the integrity of travel and federal facility access nationwide.

More detailed information about the REAL ID program is available through the official TSA website at TSA.gov/real-id.

With the nationwide enforcement now active, travelers are being encouraged to verify their current ID status and prepare for any changes that may impact future flights. Although the process to obtain a REAL ID is relatively straightforward, delays at local DMV offices or missing documentation can slow the process, making early action advisable.

As the TSA continues to implement these changes, it is clear that REAL ID is no longer just a recommendation—it is an essential part of the security infrastructure that governs U.S. air travel and federal access. The time for preparation is now, especially for those planning to travel in the coming months.

Travelers who act early will likely experience fewer delays and smoother interactions at checkpoints. For everyone else, added scrutiny and potential delays could become a routine part of flying until they update their identification.

By mandating the use of secure, federally recognized IDs, the DHS and TSA hope to maintain a robust and trustworthy system that prioritizes national safety without significantly disrupting the public’s travel experience.

Mohanlal’s ‘Thudarum’ Surpasses ‘Pulimurugan’, Becomes Sixth Highest-Grossing Malayalam Film

In a remarkable instance of an actor surpassing his own past success, Mohanlal’s recent release Thudarum has officially outperformed his 2016 blockbuster Pulimurugan at the box office, earning the distinction of being the sixth highest-grossing Malayalam film in history. According to data from Sacnilk, the emotionally driven family drama has collected Rs 79.85 crore so far, overtaking the Rs 76.67 crore earned by Pulimurugan during its lifetime run.

Directed by Tharun Moorthy, Thudarum offers audiences a soul-stirring narrative anchored by a powerful performance from Mohanlal. The film’s deep emotional resonance has found strong favor with viewers across Kerala as well as in international markets. What sets this achievement apart is the fact that both Thudarum and Pulimurugan feature Mohanlal in the lead role, a clear reflection of his lasting dominance at the box office and his adaptability across genres.

While Pulimurugan was a high-energy action thriller that set new standards for commercial Malayalam cinema, Thudarum stands in contrast as a heartfelt, character-centered drama. Rather than relying on spectacle, it drew in audiences through its compelling storytelling and emotionally impactful performances. This striking shift in tone between the two films highlights Mohanlal’s ability to command attention in both mass-market and intimate cinema formats.

With this new box office milestone, Thudarum has entered the elite circle of Malayalam cinema’s top earners. The current top five highest-grossing Malayalam films at the Kerala box office are Manjummel Boys, L2: Empuraan, 2018, The Goat Life (Aadujeevitham), and Aavesham. Once a record-setter, Pulimurugan has now slipped to seventh place, its position overtaken ironically by another film starring the same actor.

Industry experts attribute the success of Thudarum not only to Mohanlal’s powerful screen presence but also to the film’s steady performance driven largely by positive word-of-mouth. Analysts project that the film could cross Rs 85 crore before it completes its second week, potentially setting it on a path toward entering the Rs 90 crore club in the near future.

“It’s yet another reminder that when it comes to Malayalam cinema, few can match Mohanlal — not even Mohanlal himself,” noted one analyst, capturing the paradox of the actor eclipsing his own benchmarks.

The movie’s strong domestic performance has also been mirrored abroad. Thudarum has been making notable waves in the North American market — a region traditionally led by Hindi and Telugu films. But the landscape is shifting. The release of L2: Empuraan helped generate renewed global interest in Malayalam cinema, and this rising curiosity has opened doors for films like Thudarum to thrive overseas.

Backed by Mohanlal’s immense popularity beyond India, Thudarum has now become his second movie to cross the prestigious $1 million mark in North America, the first being Empuraan. This milestone signifies more than just monetary success — it indicates growing recognition and appreciation for Malayalam cinema in international territories, especially in a marketplace that has often been dominated by larger film industries.

Within just 11 days of its release, Thudarum has already earned over ₹11.50 crore in the North American circuit, a notable feat for any regional Indian film navigating a highly competitive global box office environment.

The film’s accomplishment is particularly noteworthy given the nature of its content. Unlike conventional blockbusters that lean heavily on action sequences, visual effects, or franchise appeal, Thudarum succeeds by offering an emotionally resonant experience. It proves that a strong narrative and moving performances can also pull audiences into theatres, even across linguistic and cultural boundaries.

Mohanlal’s enduring appeal is central to this success. With a career spanning decades and marked by a wide range of roles, he continues to defy expectations — not just by competing with younger stars but by surpassing his own past records. The dual success of Pulimurugan and Thudarum, vastly different in genre and tone, only reinforces his unparalleled versatility.

Furthermore, the director Tharun Moorthy deserves credit for crafting a film that not only speaks to local sensibilities but also resonates universally. By tapping into universal themes of family, loss, and resilience, Moorthy has delivered a story that moves beyond geographical boundaries.

The Malayalam film industry itself is reaping the benefits of this success. The international achievements of Thudarum and other recent releases are gradually reshaping the perception of Malayalam cinema on the global stage. From being regarded as a niche segment within Indian cinema, it is now emerging as a potent creative force capable of delivering both critical acclaim and box office triumphs.

As Thudarum continues its theatrical run, all eyes are on whether it can climb even higher in the box office rankings. With sustained interest from viewers and growing traction in international markets, it seems likely that the film will set further records in the coming weeks.

In conclusion, Thudarum stands not just as a commercial victory but also as a cultural moment — one that reaffirms Mohanlal’s enduring star power, highlights the strength of Malayalam storytelling, and signals a broader shift in global cinema consumption. Its box office numbers are impressive, but its real achievement lies in the way it has connected with audiences, both at home and abroad.

India Launches Missile Strikes on Pakistan Following Kashmir Attack, Triggering Sharp Escalation

Tensions between nuclear-armed neighbors India and Pakistan dramatically intensified on Wednesday after India launched missile strikes into Pakistani territory, just two weeks after a deadly terrorist assault in Indian-administered Kashmir left 26 people dead.

Pakistan labeled the missile strikes as an “act of war” and said they targeted nine locations across Pakistan’s Punjab province and in Pakistan-administered Kashmir. Pakistani officials reported 26 fatalities and 46 injuries, including six individuals who died at two separate mosques and two teenagers killed elsewhere.

India defended its actions by asserting that the attacks specifically targeted “terror camps” and refrained from hitting civilian or military sites. Emphasizing its careful approach, India’s defense ministry released a statement saying, “Our actions have been focused, measured and non-escalatory in nature.”

Following the strikes, multiple buildings were engulfed in flames, and power outages occurred in various parts of the affected regions, according to verified videos circulating on social media. One video captured a blast landing just feet from a group of bicyclists, following a distinct hissing sound. In other footage, ambulances were seen rushing the injured to hospitals.

India has blamed Pakistan for orchestrating the April 22 massacre of 26 civilians—mainly tourists—in Indian-controlled Kashmir. The region, claimed in full by both nations, has long been a flashpoint for violence and military confrontation. India has repeatedly accused Pakistan of fostering cross-border terrorism, a charge Pakistan denies. Islamabad has instead called for a “neutral” probe into the Kashmir attack, which is considered the deadliest assault on Indian civilians in nearly 20 years.

In response to growing international scrutiny, the Indian Embassy in Washington issued a strongly worded statement: “It was expected that Pakistan would take action against terrorists and the infrastructure that supports them. Instead, during the fortnight that has gone by, Pakistan has indulged in denial and made allegations of false flag operations against India.”

In retaliation to the strikes, Pakistani security sources claimed they had already downed five Indian Air Force jets and one drone. India has yet to confirm these reports. Meanwhile, the Indian army reported that three civilians were killed by Pakistani shelling in the Indian-administered part of Kashmir.

According to Indian army officer Col. Sofiya Qureshi, the missile attacks began at 1:05 a.m. local time on Wednesday and lasted approximately 25 minutes. Indian Air Force Wing Commander Vyomika Singh stated that India employed “precision capability” during the strikes to minimize “collateral damage.”

Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri explained during a press briefing that India had intelligence suggesting “further attacks against India are impending.” He said the strikes were intended as both retaliation for the earlier massacre and a preventive measure against future aggression.

Pakistan’s Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif condemned India’s actions, vowing a firm response. “Pakistan has every right to give a robust response to this act of war imposed by India, and a strong response is indeed being given,” he stated. Sharif also called an emergency meeting of Pakistan’s National Security Committee for Wednesday morning.

International leaders quickly weighed in, calling for calm and diplomacy to avoid further deterioration of the situation. United Nations Secretary-General António Guterres urged both countries’ militaries to avoid further escalation. “The world cannot afford a military confrontation between India and Pakistan,” he warned.

In Washington, the U.S. National Security Council revealed that Secretary of State Marco Rubio had reached out to both Indian and Pakistani officials. NSC spokesperson Brian Hughes said, “He is encouraging India and Pakistan to reopen a channel between their leadership to defuse the situation and prevent further escalation.”

President Donald Trump also addressed the crisis, describing the conflict as “a shame” and adding, “I just hope it ends very quickly.”

China, which shares borders with both nations, expressed regret over the military actions and called on India and Pakistan to prioritize regional stability. “Regrettable,” was how the Chinese government described the strikes, adding that both sides should “act in the larger interest of peace and stability.”

Indian leaders, meanwhile, celebrated the strikes as a justified and precise response to terrorism. Defense Minister Rajnath Singh exclaimed, “Glory to mother India!” while Foreign Minister S. Jaishankar echoed the sentiment by saying, “The world must show zero tolerance for terrorism.”

In anticipation of further conflict, Pakistani authorities ordered the closure of all schools in Punjab and the Islamabad Capital Territory. Air travel was also disrupted, with some airports reportedly shut down.

The operation has been dubbed Operation Sindoor, referencing the red vermilion worn by married Hindu women as a symbol of love and devotion. Details from the Kashmir attack that preceded these strikes reveal the brutality of the act: the attackers reportedly identified non-Muslims among the tourists, separating the men from women and children, and then executed the men in front of their families.

The Kashmir conflict remains a deeply entrenched source of hostility between the two nations. India and Pakistan have already fought two out of their three wars over this region. Kashmir is the only Muslim-majority region in India and is among the world’s most heavily militarized zones. Prime Minister Narendra Modi, a Hindu nationalist, had previously argued that his government’s 2019 decision to revoke Kashmir’s semi-autonomous status helped end separatist violence and boost tourism. However, the April attack has seriously undermined that narrative.

Since that incident, India has ramped up pressure on Pakistan. It has threatened to disrupt Pakistan’s water supply and shut down the sole operational land border crossing. Within Kashmir, authorities have carried out sweeping crackdowns, arresting hundreds and demolishing homes belonging to families of suspected militants.

The diplomatic fallout continues to deepen. Both countries have closed their airspaces to each other’s airlines, suspended or revoked visas for each other’s citizens, and frozen bilateral trade. In a sign of growing concern about a larger confrontation, India has initiated civil defense drills while Pakistan has conducted missile tests in response.

The region and the world now anxiously await the next move in this rapidly evolving conflict, as leaders weigh their options between military escalation and diplomatic resolution.

New Era Begins: Vatican Conclave Underway to Elect Successor to Pope Francis

The Catholic Church has officially begun its sacred and secretive process of selecting a new pope following the death of Pope Francis last month. This event, known as the conclave, is taking place within the Sistine Chapel in Vatican City, where 133 cardinal electors have gathered to decide who will become the next leader of the Roman Catholic Church.

The voting commenced this afternoon, and if any of the cardinals secures more than two-thirds of the votes, a new pope will be elected. Otherwise, the voting will continue into Thursday. The conclave is not just a significant religious event but a carefully orchestrated tradition that blends centuries-old rituals with modern precautions.

The Sistine Chapel is now sealed off from the outside world. No outsiders are permitted once the doors are closed, and the area is under a total lockdown to ensure strict confidentiality. In a measure reflecting the times, the Vatican has deployed signal jammers to prevent any form of electronic surveillance or external communication during the voting process. A Vatican spokesperson explained that cardinals were required to surrender all their electronic devices, including mobile phones, which will only be returned once the conclave concludes.

In accordance with tradition, the order “Extra omnes,” meaning “everybody out” in Latin, was issued by Archbishop Diego Giovanni Ravelli, Master of Papal Liturgical Celebrations. This declaration marked the final moment when non-voting individuals exited the chapel, leaving only the 133 cardinal electors behind. The conclave officially began once the doors were locked behind them.

Each cardinal, in order of seniority, has pledged an oath of secrecy, ensuring they will not disclose any aspect of the election process to the public. Among the first to swear the oath was Cardinal Pietro Parolin of Italy, who led the cardinals into the chapel. He was followed by other prominent figures considered “papabile” — a term used for cardinals seen as potential future popes — including Cardinal Luis Antonio Tagle of the Philippines, Cardinal Gérald Lacroix of Quebec, and Cardinal Joseph Tobin from the United States. Despite speculation, no clear favorite has emerged.

The collective oath, which all cardinals took before the individual ones, binds them to maintain absolute secrecy regarding all matters related to the election. The phrase they recited was solemn: “And I… do promise, pledge and swear. So help me God and these Holy Gospels which I touch with my hand.”

As the conclave commenced, visitors gathered in St. Peter’s Square, watching the cardinals’ procession to the Sistine Chapel on large screens. The 133 cardinal electors, under Michelangelo’s iconic fresco ceiling, are now responsible for choosing the Church’s next spiritual leader. Before the vote, the cardinals chanted the “Litany of the Saints” and sang two traditional prayers. One of the most significant hymns they will sing is “Veni, creator Spiritus,” a centuries-old plea for divine guidance from the Holy Spirit.

The responsibility of overseeing the conclave typically falls on the Dean of the College of Cardinals. However, the current Dean, Cardinal Giovanni Re, is 91 and ineligible to vote due to age. Instead, Cardinal Pietro Parolin, a longtime ally of Pope Francis and current Vatican Secretary of State, is presiding over the proceedings.

At 70, Parolin is the highest-ranking cardinal under 80 and therefore eligible to vote and be elected. He began the conclave with an opening prayer in the Pauline Chapel and then led the procession with the other 132 voting cardinals into the Sistine Chapel. Once inside, he administered the oath of secrecy. If a candidate secures the required two-thirds majority, it will be Parolin’s duty to ask two key questions: “Do you accept your canonical election as Supreme Pontiff?” and “By what name do you wish to be called?”

Parolin’s experience makes him a significant figure in this conclave. He was instrumental in Pope Francis’ foreign policy and worked extensively to strengthen the Church’s relationships, especially in Asia. His prior service includes 30 years as a Vatican diplomat, giving him a deep understanding of the Curia — the Church’s central administration. While he is presiding over the election, Parolin is also considered one of the leading contenders for the papacy.

As the cardinals moved from the Pauline Chapel to the Sistine Chapel, they did so accompanied by solemn rituals. They sang the “Litany of the Saints,” invoking the intercession of over 100 Catholic saints. The ceremonial procession was led by a cross flanked by two candles, while Archbishop Diego Giovanni Ravelli followed at the rear, signifying the sacredness of the journey.

Although the conclave operates in secrecy, attempts have been made to influence the cardinals’ decisions. In the days leading up to the vote, the electors were provided with a publication titled “The College of Cardinals Report.” This document includes detailed profiles on approximately 40 possible candidates for the papacy. It covers their views on critical issues such as same-sex blessings, the ordination of female deacons, and contraception — all controversial topics that marked Pope Francis’ progressive tenure.

While the report is publicly available online, a printed version has also been circulated. According to CNN, one retired cardinal, who is not eligible to vote, confirmed receiving a hard copy of the report. Two church lawyers told CNN that the document appears to be a biased attempt to steer the conclave away from continuing Pope Francis’ direction. As one source described it, the report sends a clear message: “Choose a pope who will take the church in a different direction from the views of Pope Francis.”

The conclave’s blend of ancient ceremony and modern concerns underscores the magnitude of the task at hand. As cardinals deliberate in the Sistine Chapel, Catholics around the world await the outcome — a decision that will shape the direction of the Church for years to come. The smoke rising from the chapel’s chimney will provide the only signal to the outside world: black for no decision, white for the election of a new pope.

Until that white smoke appears, the world watches and waits.

TSA to Enforce Real ID Rule with Extra Screening for Non-Compliant Travelers Starting May 7

Starting May 7, travelers flying without a Real ID-compliant identification document will still be allowed to board flights, but only after going through enhanced screening measures, according to Transportation Security Administration (TSA) officials. This change marks the beginning of the enforcement of the Real ID Act, a federal regulation passed in 2005, aimed at improving security and reducing the risk of identity fraud during air travel.

Department of Homeland Security Secretary Kristi Noem confirmed that passengers will face added scrutiny if they attempt to fly without Real ID credentials beginning Wednesday. TSA representatives at Newark Liberty International Airport echoed this announcement, noting that new protocols will be in place for passengers who arrive at security checkpoints without the required documentation.

Thomas Carter, TSA’s New Jersey director, emphasized that enforcement would begin but noted the agency’s efforts to implement the policy with flexibility. “We have a reasonable and manageable approach we are launching, so yes, enforcement will begin,” he said. “Those who are not Real ID compliant … may be subjected to enhanced screening at the check point above and beyond what they would normally go through.”

This enforcement comes amid ongoing travel disruptions at Newark Liberty International Airport, where passengers have already been facing challenges such as flight delays and cancellations. These problems stem from a combination of factors including a shortage of air traffic controllers, outdated equipment for flight operations, and continued runway construction.

Although a Real ID-compliant driver’s license or identification card will be required for domestic flights, travelers can still use other forms of acceptable identification. These include U.S. or foreign passports and Global Entry cards, among others. In total, there are 15 federally approved documents that are considered valid for travel, Carter said.

He encouraged travelers to check the TSA website to verify whether they already possess a compliant document. “Travelers can check the website and they may be pleasantly surprised,” he noted.

Carter also emphasized that travelers who comply with the new process should still be able to fly without issue. “Everyone should be able to continue on, as long as they comply with the process,” he said. In the early stages of enforcement, TSA officers will distribute informational pamphlets and issue warnings to travelers who are not compliant.

He warned, however, that additional time should be factored into travel plans to accommodate the potential for enhanced screening. “We anticipate some people could be selected for enhanced screening, so that should be baked into folks’ travel times,” Carter explained.

Nationally, approximately 81% of travelers possess some form of Real ID-compliant documentation, Secretary Noem reported to a congressional committee. In New Jersey, only about 17% of residents hold a Real ID driver’s license or identification card, but 79% do have a U.S. passport, which is also compliant.

Interestingly, expired passports or Real ID driver’s licenses may still be accepted at TSA checkpoints as long as they are no more than one year past their expiration date, Carter added.

Travelers aware that they do not have Real ID-compliant documents should plan ahead by arriving earlier than usual. Carter advised that domestic flyers arriving at airports on or after the May 7 deadline should budget at least an extra 30 minutes for the additional screening process.

To minimize congestion and delays at security checkpoints, passengers without Real ID will be directed to separate TSA personnel who will handle the enhanced screening process. “Travelers without Real ID documents will be sent to other TSA personnel for additional screening to avoid creating a backup at airport security lines,” Carter said.

“You could be subjected to that enhanced screening which could take a few extra minutes,” he added. He did not go into specifics about the process due to security concerns, but noted, “They are things we’ve done in the past and that we do now so it’s nothing new. It’s an above and beyond the usual screening measure applied at that point.”

In more extreme cases, such as when a traveler cannot provide any form of identification, Carter said the process could involve filling out a detailed form and waiting for federal authorities to verify their identity. “That would only be in the most extreme circumstance where an individual doesn’t have any ID to provide,” he said.

If the verification process fails, the traveler may be denied access to the secure area of the airport and not allowed to board their flight. This could become more common in the future as enforcement of the Real ID rule becomes stricter. “That’s a step that travelers could face later as the Real ID enforcement intensifies years down the line,” Carter said.

To prepare for the anticipated increase in screening workload, the TSA has boosted staffing levels and implemented new technology designed to maintain efficiency at airport checkpoints. “We want to make sure we don’t interrupt the flow and mitigate the impacts as much as possible,” Carter stated.

Still, there are concerns about the effect on travelers who are fully compliant. Officials from the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey are wary that delays caused by non-compliant passengers could disrupt operations for everyone, especially as airports brace for a busy summer travel season.

The TSA currently screens an average of 85,000 passengers per day at Newark Liberty International Airport. Even with a high compliance rate of 95%, this would still leave roughly 4,100 travelers daily who require additional screening. “We’ll be able to handle that volume and still not impede operations here significantly,” Carter assured.

Port Authority officials remain vigilant, particularly in light of increased passenger numbers. January 2025 saw record-breaking traffic at the Port Authority’s three airports, with 3.5% more passengers—or 180,000 additional people—than in January 2024.

“My biggest concern is we start to see congestion volumes at the checkpoint and the impact on customers who showed up prepared with a Real ID,” said Aidan O’Donnell, general manager of the Port Authority’s New Jersey airports, speaking in March.

CherylAnn Albiez, spokesperson for the Port Authority, reaffirmed the agency’s commitment to minimizing disruptions during the transition. “In anticipation of this transition, we have been working closely with the TSA and our airport partners to ensure a smooth experience for travelers,” she said.

The Real ID Act was introduced as part of a 2005 federal law aiming to standardize identification documents nationwide. The move followed the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, during which several of the hijackers used fake driver’s licenses to board aircraft.

The latest enforcement phase reflects the government’s ongoing efforts to enhance airport security and ensure the integrity of passenger identification.

Shah Rukh Khan Makes Striking Met Gala Debut in Sabyasachi Ensemble

Shah Rukh Khan made a memorable first appearance at the Met Gala on Monday, turning heads in a sophisticated outfit crafted by renowned designer Sabyasachi. Known for his magnetic screen presence, Khan brought the same energy to the high-profile fashion event, sharing his gratitude on Instagram for the ensemble that allowed him to feel comfortable in an unfamiliar setting. The Bollywood icon stunned in a sharp black outfit complemented by sparkling embellishments, accessorized with a bold ‘K’ medallion and a regal scepter, both of which enhanced his commanding presence on the Met Gala red carpet.

To mark the occasion, Shah Rukh Khan posted two images—one in monochrome and the other in color—highlighting the fine details of his attire. The actor took the opportunity to thank Sabyasachi and his team for guiding him through what he described as an unusual setting for himself. In his caption, he wrote, “Thx @sabyasachiofficial & ur whole team for introducing me to the Met Gala. It’s not my ‘space’ but u made me feel so comfortable…becos u, like me, believe…Style & Fashion…is just being who you are. And all of u made me feel like a ‘K’!”

His fans were quick to praise both his words and his stylish look. The comment section was filled with admiration, with one user writing, “It may not be your space, but you were the center of attention as always.” Another chimed in, “You are bigger than anyone else!!” A third fan boldly stated that Khan elevated the glamour of the event itself, saying, “He made Met Gala look great.” Some followers noted his powerful presence with praise like “He knows he ate and left no crumbs,” while others reiterated his enduring star power, referring to him as the “one and only king,” a nod to the giant ‘K’ medallion he wore. While opinions on his look varied, his admirers embraced his elegant and slightly flamboyant appearance, describing it as “dandy” and stylishly bold.

Despite receiving mixed reactions from the fashion world, Shah Rukh Khan’s fanbase was unwavering in their appreciation. His dramatic look—an amalgamation of tradition, glamour, and charisma—captured the spirit of the evening while remaining authentic to his personal style. His Met Gala debut reflected both an evolution and an affirmation of his iconic identity, and for his supporters, that was more than enough.

Meanwhile, the man behind the look, designer Sabyasachi Mukherjee, took pride in presenting Shah Rukh Khan at the global fashion platform. Known for his ability to blend classic Indian elements with modern aesthetics, Sabyasachi ensured that Khan’s look resonated with his personality while still aligning with the grandeur expected at the Met Gala.

Interestingly, while fans were clamoring for Khan outside his New York hotel, American hosts Teyana Taylor and Ego Nwodim appeared unaware of his enormous global stardom during their red carpet interaction with him. As the actor shared his own thoughts about attending the gala, he admitted that the experience was nerve-wracking. He revealed that while he personally felt anxious about stepping into the world of global high fashion, his children were thrilled to see him be a part of the event.

Despite his self-professed discomfort, Khan’s charm and humility were evident. Speaking candidly on the red carpet, he said that the excitement of his kids encouraged him to be a part of the celebration. His willingness to venture into new spaces, despite the nerves, only endeared him further to his fans, who have long admired him not just for his acting, but also for his authenticity and humility.

Seeing the lack of recognition from the hosts, Sabyasachi stepped in to provide context about Shah Rukh Khan’s stature. The designer was quick to correct the oversight, explaining, “Just to give a little context, Shah Rukh Khan is probably the most famous man in the world and his fan following is legendary. We nearly had a stampede outside the hotel when he came out,” he said. His statement underscored the magnitude of Khan’s influence and global reach, especially within the Indian diaspora and among international cinema lovers.

Sabyasachi also emphasized that his approach to styling Khan was grounded in celebrating the actor’s identity rather than altering it for the sake of the event. He explained that he wanted to “represent Shah Rukh Khan as Shah Rukh Khan,” a sentiment that clearly translated through the final look—bold, iconic, and unmistakably him.

Khan’s presence at the Met Gala sparked a buzz not just on social media, but also within fashion circles. Though the reactions were split among critics, the overwhelming sentiment among fans was that he had once again proven his ability to captivate, no matter the stage. The combination of his timeless appeal, sartorial confidence, and grounded personality contributed to what many fans felt was one of the night’s standout moments.

The Met Gala, long considered one of the most prestigious nights in the fashion calendar, is known for attracting global celebrities and pushing style boundaries. Shah Rukh Khan’s debut, while grounded in elegance, was also a subtle assertion of his continuing relevance and adaptability in international cultural spaces. Though he admitted it wasn’t his natural environment, he showed that being true to oneself remains the most powerful statement of all.

In the end, Shah Rukh Khan’s appearance at the Met Gala became more than just a fashion moment. It was a testament to the actor’s enduring charm, his connection with fans, and the global embrace of Indian artistry. With Sabyasachi as his creative partner, Khan brought a sense of pride and cultural representation to the iconic event, reminding everyone why he remains such a beloved figure worldwide.

In the eyes of his fans, it was never a question of whether he belonged at the Met Gala, but rather how brightly he would shine once he arrived. And by all accounts, he did just that.

Critics Slam Elon Musk’s Government Efficiency Drive as Destructive and Ineffective

As Elon Musk exits his position leading the so-called Department of Government Efficiency (Doge), a growing number of experts in public administration are voicing concern that the initiative has failed to enhance government services—and may have, in fact, harmed them.

“Doge is not offering any solid claims that it has improved services in any way,” said Donald Moynihan, a professor of public policy at the University of Michigan. “Rather, it has made the quality of some government services worse.”

Musk, currently the world’s wealthiest individual, was tapped by Donald Trump in January to oversee the administration’s efficiency efforts. Appointed as a “special government employee,” Musk was restricted from serving more than 180 days. With his tenure now over and ongoing challenges in his business empire demanding attention, Musk is stepping away—but not without making some bold claims.

Despite widespread skepticism, Musk has declared that Doge achieved $150 billion in savings. However, numerous budget analysts dispute this figure, citing a pattern of Musk making inflated and inaccurate claims. The touted savings also fall significantly short of Musk’s originally stated goal of trimming $1 trillion from government expenditures.

Public policy specialists like Moynihan argue that Musk and Doge focused more on applying a cutthroat, private-sector mindset of slashing payrolls than on actually making government work better for citizens. Rather than investing in long-term service improvements, they accuse Doge of resorting to mass layoffs and quick budget cuts.

Martha Gimbel, executive director of the Yale Budget Lab, described the project as reckless. “They were the ‘department of government slash and burn’,” she said. “There doesn’t seem to be an approach to dig in on places where government services could really be improved. Any improvement in government services takes time. You have to invest. You have to build it out. You have to figure out how to fix it.”

Asked whether Doge had improved any services, Gimbel laughed before replying: “No. There has clearly been a degeneration of government services.”

Indeed, both experts and everyday citizens have reported worsening conditions in several areas. Veterans’ hospitals now require longer wait times for appointments. Calls to the Internal Revenue Service take longer to be answered. Social Security offices are increasingly crowded, and the departure of many experienced workers has left less-qualified staff giving out advice on benefits.

At a White House press conference on May 1, Musk defended his tenure. “In the grand scheme of things, I think we’ve been effective. Not as effective as I’d like. I think we could be more effective,” he said. “But we’ve made progress.”

Musk admitted, however, that achieving his $1 trillion savings goal proved far more difficult than anticipated. “It’s sort of, how much pain is the cabinet and the Congress willing to take?” he said. “It can be done, but it requires dealing with a lot of complaints.”

Despite Musk’s claims of progress, the White House declined to answer questions from the Guardian about deteriorating services or to offer examples of improved outcomes due to Doge’s efforts.

Gimbel warned that conditions are likely to worsen as the full impact of Doge’s job cuts plays out in the coming months. “Things will definitely get worse,” she said, pointing to the administration’s ongoing efforts to eliminate 80,000 positions at the Department of Veterans Affairs as just one example.

While Trump and Musk have frequently alleged widespread waste and fraud across government agencies, Gimbel said there’s a clear difference between targeted reform and indiscriminate cutting. “There is waste, and you can go after it,” she said. “People who have been in government know where those places are. There is a ton of tech that needs modernizing. Doge doesn’t seem interested in that. There’s a lot of Medicare and Medicaid overbilling. Doge doesn’t seem interested in that either. What you have is a relatively expensive exercise in slash-and-burn that sometime in the future will cost a lot to fix.”

Max Stier, president of the Partnership for Public Service, a nonprofit focused on government effectiveness, also expressed alarm. He likened Doge’s approach unfavorably to the strategies of former General Electric CEO Jack Welch, known for cost-cutting. “Jack Welch would be appalled by the approach that Doge has taken,” Stier said. “It’s not actually about cost-cutting. It’s about capability destroyed. Jack Welch would never, ever have fired people without having a real understanding about the way the organization worked and about the qualities of people who were being fired. This is an arbitrary exercise that has moved out employees who are often by far the most qualified rather than the least qualified.”

Stier dismissed Trump’s portrayal of Doge as a model of efficient reform. “That’s just not the case,” he said. “It’s hard to offer any rational basis for the decisions that are being made. There certainly aren’t any improvements that the American public will see.”

He warned of deeper consequences. “It’s burning down government capability,” he said. “It’s unquestionably clear that they are firing people willy-nilly and are disrupting government services without any understanding of the consequences or concern about the consequences. It’s a break-it-is-to-fix-it mentality. It isn’t a mentality that predominates in Silicon Valley. It’s sheer reckless behavior in the public sector because real people get hurt.”

Musk’s $150 billion savings figure, according to Stier, ignores the true costs of the upheaval. His organization estimates that Doge’s moves—through layoffs, rehirings, severance packages, paid leave, and lost productivity for over 100,000 workers—will ultimately cost taxpayers $135 billion in the current fiscal year. The broader public’s increased wait times and reduced service quality should also be factored in, experts argue.

Moynihan asserted that Musk’s entire philosophy was flawed. “His vision is that there is no way that government employees can produce anything of value,” Moynihan said. “So the idea of tools that makes government services better is completely alien to the Musk mindset.”

He added, “I think he believes that nothing public employees do has any real value, that they are not capable employees and therefore cutting them will do no harm. It’s a vision that doesn’t understand what public services are, why they exist and how they benefit people.”

Moynihan was especially critical of Musk for dismantling key initiatives designed to modernize government services, including gutting efforts to use technology more effectively and ending the Direct File program, which allowed citizens to file their taxes simply and at no cost.

Liz Shuler, president of the AFL-CIO, said Doge’s budget slashing would deeply harm workers. She highlighted cuts to the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, an agency that conducts crucial research to ensure the safety of firefighters’ equipment. “There’s this notion that Doge is just cutting line items on a spreadsheet. It’s hurting real lives and real people,” Shuler said. “They’ve treated federal workers with blatant disregard and have been nothing short of dehumanizing and insulting toward them.”

Gimbel also cautioned about future public health risks tied to Doge’s actions. “Part of what government does is mitigate risk,” she explained. “Take food safety. Government inspectors decrease the risk that you will get listeria or salmonella. But when they reduce the number of food inspectors, will you get listeria or salmonella tomorrow? No. Will it probably increase the chances of people getting listeria and salmonella over the next five years? Yes.”

In the end, while Musk and Trump have promoted Doge as a bold effort to streamline government, many experts see it as a destructive campaign that has caused real damage with few, if any, public benefits.

Buddha’s Sacred Relics Arrive in Vietnam for Historic Public Display During UN Vesak Celebrations

The sacred relics of Lord Buddha have been ceremoniously brought from India to Vietnam, marking the start of a major spiritual and cultural occasion tied to the United Nations Vesak Day observances. Upon arrival, the relics were received with deep reverence at the Vietnam Buddhist University and later transported in a ceremonial procession to the Thanh Tam Pagoda, where they will remain on display for public veneration until May 21.

Heading the Indian delegation was Kiren Rijiju, Union Minister of Minority Affairs, who described the experience as profoundly spiritual. “Carrying the Holy Relics of Lord Buddha to Vietnam is a deeply spiritual experience, one that embodies peace, compassion, and harmony,” Rijiju stated on X, previously known as Twitter. He added, “These relics bring with them His timeless message of unity to the people of Vietnam.” On social media, he further shared his sentiments, saying the journey was “an experience that touches the soul,” and expressed his honor at accompanying the sacred relics alongside a delegation that included senior monks, Andhra Pradesh’s Minister for Tourism, Culture & Cinematography Kandula Durgesh, and various other dignitaries.

Before their departure for Vietnam, a solemn ceremony took place at the National Museum in New Delhi. The event was attended by monks, bhikkhunis, members of the Buddhist Sangha, diplomats, and other guests, all of whom participated in chanting and offering prayers in preparation for the relics’ journey. These relics hold immense historical and religious significance, having been originally excavated from Nagarjunakonda in Andhra Pradesh and later enshrined at the Mulagandha Kuti Vihara in Sarnath. They are believed to be more than 2,200 years old, dating back to a period before 246 CE.

Among the notable participants in the New Delhi ceremony were Nguyen Thanh Hai, Vietnam’s Ambassador to India, and Priyanga Wickramasinghe, Sri Lanka’s Acting High Commissioner to India. Their presence underscored the shared reverence for Lord Buddha’s teachings and the cultural unity that Buddhism fosters across national borders.

This initiative is being organized by the Ministry of Culture of the Government of India in partnership with the International Buddhist Confederation (IBC). It marks the first time a public exposition of these sacred relics is being held across four cities in Vietnam. The exhibition serves as a powerful symbol of the enduring cultural and spiritual ties between India and Vietnam, which have been cultivated through centuries of Buddhist exchange and cooperation.

Over the years, the spiritual connection between the two nations has only deepened. Vietnamese pilgrims and scholars regularly make visits to Buddhist heritage sites in India, including the Vietnamese pagoda in Bodh Gaya, one of the most sacred locations in the Buddhist world. These visits and exchanges help strengthen cultural understanding and mutual respect, further reinforcing the long-standing bonds between the two countries.

The public exposition of the relics is seen not only as a religious occasion but also as a cultural event with significant diplomatic weight. The act of bringing these sacred objects to Vietnam underlines India’s commitment to nurturing its civilizational relationships with its Southeast Asian neighbors. It also reflects the role of Buddhism as a bridge of peace and cooperation in the region.

Rijiju, in his role as Union Minister of Minority Affairs, has been a prominent figure in promoting cultural diplomacy through such initiatives. His participation in this event highlights the Indian government’s broader goal of reinforcing spiritual links that extend beyond borders, with Buddhism playing a central role in these diplomatic engagements.

The relics’ display at Thanh Tam Pagoda is expected to attract a large number of devotees, both local and international. With the relics being accessible to the public until May 21, the event offers a rare opportunity for the Vietnamese people to engage closely with an essential part of Buddhist history and heritage. The ceremonial procession that transported the relics from the Vietnam Buddhist University to the pagoda was marked by deep solemnity and respect, reflecting the importance of the occasion.

For many Vietnamese Buddhists, the arrival of the relics is not just a cultural highlight but a deeply emotional and spiritual moment. It is an opportunity to honor the memory and teachings of Lord Buddha in a tangible and immediate way. The display of the relics also coincides with the Vesak Day celebrations, making the event even more meaningful as it commemorates the birth, enlightenment, and passing of the Buddha.

The initiative also aligns with Vietnam’s growing role in the global Buddhist community. By hosting this international religious exposition, the country reinforces its identity as a center of Buddhist thought and practice in Southeast Asia. At the same time, it affirms the shared heritage that links Vietnam and India, two nations with deep historical ties rooted in their common reverence for the teachings of Lord Buddha.

The event is also significant for the International Buddhist Confederation, which has played a key role in facilitating the journey and display of the relics. The IBC continues to work as a global platform uniting Buddhist organizations and leaders, fostering dialogue and cooperation across borders. Its partnership with the Indian Ministry of Culture on this initiative highlights the collaborative efforts underway to promote global Buddhist heritage.

India’s decision to share these sacred relics with Vietnam reflects its broader cultural diplomacy efforts, where ancient spiritual ties are being reactivated to enhance modern-day relationships. The relics, though historical objects, are viewed as carriers of living spiritual energy—symbols of the Buddha’s message of peace, compassion, and unity, which remain deeply relevant in today’s world.

By making these relics available for public veneration, the Indian government, in collaboration with Buddhist institutions, is offering a powerful reminder of the timeless teachings of the Buddha. In doing so, it not only strengthens its ties with Vietnam but also contributes to a larger dialogue on interfaith respect and regional cooperation.

The arrival of Lord Buddha’s relics in Vietnam for the Vesak celebrations is more than a ceremonial gesture. It is a reaffirmation of shared values, a tribute to centuries-old cultural bonds, and a call for continued spiritual collaboration between two nations that have long walked the path of Buddhism together.

Representation Debate Rises as 2025 Conclave Begins with Uneven Cardinal Distribution

The 2025 Conclave is set to commence on Wednesday, May 7, with the inaugural vote also scheduled for the same day. Out of the 133 Electors eligible to cast votes, a significant 108 were appointed as Cardinals by Pope Francis. A noticeable pattern among these appointments is that many of the chosen Cardinals hail from regions far removed from Rome and represent dioceses and Catholic communities that are smaller in terms of numbers. These more remote or “peripheral” areas benefitted from Pope Francis’ preference for diversity in geographical and social representation. His emphasis on including voices from the margins reflects a consistent theme throughout his papacy.

Pope Francis’ approach has led to a broader global inclusion, where communities once overlooked now find themselves with a voice in one of the Church’s most significant proceedings. This shift stems from the Pope’s belief in recognizing the value of these peripheral regions. As a result, “the ‘peripheral’ aspect played in favour of these individuals and their communities, because Pope Francis saw value in this factor.”

However, this emphasis on geographical and numerical diversity has not been without criticism. Larger dioceses that serve vast numbers of Catholics have not only been passed over for a Cardinal appointment but are also entirely unrepresented in the upcoming Conclave. This situation has led to a sense of exclusion among some of the world’s largest Catholic communities. Despite the widely accepted understanding that the elevation of a Cardinal does not strictly correlate with the size of a diocese’s Catholic population, the absence of representation can still leave many believers feeling marginalized. The feeling of connection and spiritual representation at such a global event often hinges on whether someone from one’s own country or region is among the decision-makers.

The article notes, “Although it is understood that the appointment of a Cardinal does not stem from the number of Catholics in a diocese, it can also be seen that many Catholics may or may not feel represented in a Conclave precisely for this reason: because a particular Cardinal represents them in some way.” When looking at global representation through the lens of Catholic population figures, the imbalance becomes evident. The logic follows that the more Catholics in a region, the more the need for representation in a decision-making process as consequential as the papal election.

Yet the numbers paint a different picture. Based on current data, some countries with modest Catholic populations enjoy a higher representation in the Conclave. For instance, France and Spain each have five Cardinal Electors. Argentina and Portugal both have four, while Canada also has four. Meanwhile, the United Kingdom has three and Japan has two. These numbers stand in contrast to the actual Catholic populations in these countries, which are significantly smaller than in other nations with fewer or no Cardinal Electors.

The disparity becomes even more glaring when one considers the global Catholic population rankings. The top seven countries with the largest Catholic populations are Brazil, Mexico, the Philippines, the United States, Italy, Congo, and Colombia. Given these figures, the U.S. having 10 Cardinals, Brazil with 7, and Poland with 4 appears more consistent with their demographics. However, Mexico, ranked second in global Catholic population, has just two Cardinal Electors. Even more concerning is that both Colombia and Congo have only one Cardinal each, despite their substantial Catholic communities.

Other predominantly Catholic countries also face similar underrepresentation. Nations like Chile, Cuba, Peru, Kenya, and Nigeria each have only one Cardinal Elector. Moreover, there are countries with strong Catholic roots and traditions that find themselves with no representation at all in the Conclave. These include Lebanon, Venezuela, Ireland, the Dominican Republic, Vietnam, Austria, Bolivia, El Salvador, and the Czech Republic. Such absence at a time when major decisions about the Church’s future leadership are being made can lead to feelings of neglect and exclusion among their Catholic populations.

Beyond countries, entire dioceses that are influential both historically and demographically have also been overlooked. Major global dioceses such as Monterrey in Mexico, Paris in France, Havana in Cuba, Milan in Italy, Vienna in Austria, Santo Domingo in the Dominican Republic, Medellin in Colombia, and Kiev in Ukraine have not been granted any Cardinal Electors. Their absence underscores a growing gap between population-based representation and the current selection pattern.

This situation has triggered a wider discussion on the balance between representation and spiritual strategy in the Church. While Pope Francis’ appointments reflect his pastoral vision of inclusivity, diversity, and attention to the margins, the downside is a growing sense among larger Catholic communities that they have been left behind. The Pope’s choice to uplift often underrepresented communities has brought visibility and voice to many, but it has also fueled debate about whether global representation is now skewed too heavily in one direction.

Those advocating for population-based representation argue that with the world’s largest Catholic communities not adequately represented, the decisions made during the Conclave could feel disconnected from the lived realities of millions. On the other hand, supporters of Pope Francis’ approach contend that spiritual leadership and representation should not solely depend on numbers but should reflect a commitment to equity, diversity, and outreach to the peripheries.

Ultimately, the makeup of the 2025 Conclave reflects Pope Francis’ unique vision for the Church—one that values voices from overlooked regions and seeks to include them in the heart of decision-making. However, as the Conclave begins, the debate over who gets a seat at the table—and why—remains unresolved. The deep divide between symbolic and numerical representation underscores the complex challenge of governing a global faith of over a billion members.

As the Cardinals prepare to gather under the Sistine Chapel’s frescoed ceiling to elect the next Pope, the conversation surrounding fairness and representation is likely to persist. The outcome of this Conclave will not only shape the future direction of the Catholic Church but also reflect the evolving values of representation in an increasingly interconnected world.

Star Power and Style Reign at the 2025 Met Gala: A Night of Glamour, Statements, and Black Elegance

Fashion’s most iconic night returned with a flourish on May 5, 2025, as the Metropolitan Museum of Art welcomed celebrities and designers from around the world for the annual Met Gala. This year’s event celebrated Black fashion with the theme “Superfine: Tailoring Black Style,” and it brought together an eclectic mix of familiar faces and new stars on the iconic Met steps.

The co-chairs for the 2025 gala reflected a dynamic range of talent and influence. Veteran fashion enthusiast and actor Colman Domingo, Formula 1 champion Lewis Hamilton, music artist A$AP Rocky, fashion-forward performer Pharrell Williams, and the ever-present Vogue editor-in-chief Anna Wintour led the charge. They were joined by a prominent host committee that included gymnast Simone Biles and her husband Jonathan Owens, rapper Doechii, filmmaker Spike Lee, actress Regina King, athlete Angel Reese, and R&B legend Usher.

This year’s theme tied directly to the Met’s upcoming exhibition of the same name. According to the museum, the “Superfine” exhibit will “feature garments, paintings, photographs, and more — all exploring the indelible style of Black men in the context of dandyism, from the 18th century through present day.”

Megan Thee Stallion offered fans a forbidden behind-the-scenes look by posting a video on Instagram that featured the event’s gourmet menu. Breaking the Gala’s no-phone rule, she previewed dishes like cornbread with caviar and a decadent white truffle lobster roll. Her post added a lighthearted touch to the glamorous evening.

In a previous interview with Jenna Bush Hager of TODAY ahead of the 2024 event, Anna Wintour disclosed her influence on the food selection. “Those are three things I’m not particularly fond of,” she said when explaining her ban on garlic, onions, and chives.

One of the most anticipated arrivals was music icon Rihanna, who made a dramatic entrance and revealed she is expecting her third child with partner A$AP Rocky. Wearing a mixed-pattern suit dress that included a pinstripe skirt, she highlighted her baby bump in a striking fashion. When congratulated, Rocky responded to the Associated Press saying, “It feels amazing, you know. It’s time that we show the people what we was cooking up.” He added, “And I’m glad everybody’s happy for us ‘cause we definitely happy, you know.”

Another unforgettable moment came with Stevie Wonder’s Met Gala debut. Accompanied by his wife Tomeeka Robyn Bracy and son Kailand Morris, Wonder wore a dazzling ensemble complete with a sparkling train and jacket, black trousers, a beret, and signature sunglasses. He accessorized with jewelry from De Beers and David Yurman, matching the gala’s extravagant tone.

Kim Kardashian once again drew attention with a bold outfit. She appeared in a full-body custom leather look by Chrome Hearts, featuring a crocodile leather corset and a dramatically oversized hat. Her waist was adorned with strings of pearls and she wore an eye-catching multi-strand diamond necklace, reminding everyone of her fashion dominance.

Newlyweds Jalen Hurts and Bryonna “Bry” Rivera Burrows made their first Met Gala appearance as a married couple. Fresh off their surprise wedding last month, they wore coordinated Burberry ensembles—Hurts in a black velvet double-breasted suit and Burrows in a sparkling beaded gown, both beaming with newlywed joy.

Making her Met Gala debut, rapper Doechii made sure to stand out. She wore a custom Louis Vuitton suit designed in collaboration with Pharrell Williams, who also served as one of the evening’s co-chairs. Speaking to Vogue, Doechii said her look was inspired by Monica L. Miller’s 2009 book Slaves to Fashion: Black Dandyism and the Styling of Black Diasporic Identity, which also guided curator Andrew Bolton in designing the “Superfine” exhibit.

Actress Cynthia Erivo continued her trend of intricate fashion statements with a remarkable manicure that took two days to complete. It was crafted by 20-year-old artist Mycah Dior to match Erivo’s Givenchy Haute Couture look. “Well, it’s Superfine, so we have our pocket squares, we have a tie, we have our buttons,” Erivo explained to PEOPLE. “The process was a progression,” she said. “We started yesterday to get like the basics and then we did the rest of it this morning and then as we were putting this dress on, she was putting on all of the smaller pieces.”

One of the more talked-about reunions of the night came as exes Sabrina Carpenter and Barry Keoghan both attended, nearly a year after debuting as a couple at the previous Met Gala. Carpenter turned heads in a leggy unitard with a flowing train and voluminous hair, while Keoghan opted for a sleek Valentino suit accented with a bold red sash. Their appearance followed reports of a split five months prior. “They are both young and career-focused, so they’ve decided to take a break,” a source told PEOPLE at the time.

Supermodel Gigi Hadid, recently turned 30, graced the gala in a shimmering custom gold Miu Miu dress, accessorized with De Beers earrings. Hadid revealed her inspiration to E! News, saying, “It’s an homage to Zelda Wynn Valdes, everyone go look her up. She was an amazing dress maker who made some special pieces in the late 40s, trained by her uncle in his men’s tailoring shop and she took those codes and skills and really mixed them together in order to let people express themselves through what she made.” Hadid also reflected on her new chapter, sharing, “My intention for my 30th year is to say what I think when I think it.”

Demi Moore made a grand impression in a black-and-white off-the-shoulder gown paired with a striking headpiece resembling a crescent moon, adding a celestial touch to her elegant attire.

Pop sensation Dua Lipa and actor Callum Turner made their red carpet debut as a couple, having sparked dating rumors in January 2024. They radiated chemistry as they posed on the Met steps. Lipa wore a feather-adorned black dress with bold jewelry and an ornate up-do, while Turner kept it classic in a black suit.

Finally, Zendaya brought her fashion A-game in a tailored white three-piece Louis Vuitton suit. Topping off the look with a dramatic wide-brimmed hat, she added flair with a snake-shaped brooch on the back of her jacket—proving once again why she’s a Met Gala favorite.

From show-stopping entrances to meaningful statements of culture and fashion, the 2025 Met Gala delivered yet another unforgettable night at the intersection of art and style.

India Orders Nationwide Civil Defence Drills Amid Rising Tensions with Pakistan

As tensions between India and Pakistan surge following a deadly terrorist attack in Pahalgam, the Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA) has instructed all states and Union Territories to carry out civil defence mock drills on May 7, aimed at boosting national emergency preparedness.

These preparedness exercises will take place in 244 officially notified Civil Defence districts, in accordance with the Civil Defence Rules of 1968. The MHA issued an order stating, “States and union territories have been instructed to organise and oversee the drill. It will involve local government authorities, Civil Defence wardens, Home Guards, National Cadet Corps (NCC), National Service Scheme (NSS) volunteers, Nehru Yuva Kendra Sangathan (NYKS) members, and students from schools and colleges.”

According to government sources, the mock drills will focus on several critical objectives. First, they aim to assess the effectiveness of air raid warning systems. Second, they will test the functionality and activation of Hotline and Radio Communication Links with the Indian Air Force. Third, the operation of both main and shadow control rooms will be examined. Fourth, civilians and students will be trained on civil defence measures to help them protect themselves during potential hostile attacks. Fifth, the drills will check the provision and implementation of crash blackout measures. Sixth, there will be an emphasis on early camouflage techniques for protecting vital installations and plants. Seventh, the ability and coordination of Civil Defence services—including warden services, firefighting units, rescue teams, and depot operations—will be evaluated. Eighth, the proper execution of blackout protocols will be reviewed. Finally, evacuation plans will be assessed for effectiveness and practical implementation.

In Delhi, police officials have begun preparations in line with these directives. All Deputy Commissioners of Police (DCPs) have been instructed to formulate detailed contingency plans. According to PTI sources, DCPs are conducting strategic meetings with senior officers to increase patrols and enhance security at key locations throughout the capital as part of the broader civil defence readiness initiative.

The increased emphasis on civil preparedness comes against the backdrop of escalating hostilities between India and Pakistan. Both nations have taken a series of retaliatory steps, including recalling certain diplomats and restricting airspace and port operations. India has also halted the crucial Indus Waters Treaty (IWT), a major step in bilateral relations. In turn, Pakistan reportedly violated ceasefire terms along the Line of Control (LoC) in Jammu and Kashmir, engaging in small arms fire for ten consecutive nights, significantly heightening the already volatile situation between the two countries.

Reacting to India’s suspension of the IWT, Pakistan warned of a retaliatory response using its “full force and might” if water flow from India is either stopped or diverted. The warning came as India shut all gates of the Salal Dam on the Chenab River on Monday. Officials confirmed to ANI that this led to visibly reduced water levels in the Reasi district of Jammu and Kashmir.

Under the Indus Waters Treaty, the waters of the Western Rivers—Indus, Jhelum, and Chenab—are allocated to Pakistan, while the Eastern Rivers—Ravi, Beas, and Sutlej—are allocated to India. Although Pakistan holds primary rights over the Western Rivers, India retains limited rights for domestic, agricultural, non-consumptive, and hydroelectric use under strict regulations. The Salal Dam, a run-of-the-river hydroelectric project on the Chenab, fits within these defined parameters.

In the wake of these developments, India’s Defence Minister Rajnath Singh affirmed his unwavering commitment to safeguarding the nation. “As the Defence Minister, it is my duty to stand with the armed forces and deliver a strong response to any threat against India,” he said. Following a series of high-level meetings with senior officials, Prime Minister Narendra Modi granted the Indian Armed Forces full autonomy in choosing the “mode, timing & target” of India’s response to the attack, considered the deadliest since the Pulwama incident in 2019.

According to officials quoted by PTI, the Prime Minister declared, “It is our national resolve to deal a crushing blow to terrorism.” He further pledged that India would pursue terrorists and their enablers—implicitly pointing at Pakistan—to the “ends of the earth” and ensure they are met with punishment “beyond their imagination.”

Meanwhile, Pakistan has escalated its military readiness. On Monday, it conducted its second missile test within two days, a surface-to-surface missile with a range of 120 km. The Pakistani military stated that the test was aimed at validating its operational preparedness and confirming technical specifications, including those of its advanced navigation system. Just days earlier, on May 3, Pakistan tested the Abdali Weapon System with a 450 km range, which India reportedly interpreted as a “blatant provocation.”

Pakistan’s Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif reinforced confidence in his country’s military capabilities, stating that its defence was “in strong hands.” In response, India has not remained passive. The Indian Navy successfully tested its MRSAM system aboard the newly inducted warship INS Surat in the Arabian Sea, effectively intercepting a low-flying aerial target. Additionally, the Advanced Light Helicopter (ALH) fleet has returned to operational service after a brief technical halt, further enhancing India’s defence posture.

As military activity grows more intense along the LoC, global powers have expressed grave concern and called for restraint from both sides. The United States, European Union, and China have all issued appeals for de-escalation, emphasizing the high stakes of potential conflict between two nuclear-armed nations.

However, if war were to break out, clear international alignments are beginning to emerge. China, Bangladesh, and Turkey have publicly pledged their support to Pakistan in case of an open conflict. On the other hand, countries like Russia, the United Kingdom, and Japan have extended their support to India.

The situation remains volatile and continues to evolve rapidly, with both sides taking assertive diplomatic, military, and strategic actions in response to recent events. While civil defence drills on May 7 may seem like routine emergency preparedness measures, they now serve as a stark reminder of the high-stakes climate in the region—where preparation, both civil and military, is no longer a precaution but a necessity.

Newark Airport Faces Severe Disruptions Amid Staffing Shortages and Construction Issues

Passengers traveling through Newark International Airport (EWR) are being urged to prepare for extensive delays and flight changes, as the New Jersey-based airport grapples with widespread operational disruptions. The airport, which is a major hub serving the New York City metropolitan area, has been facing a surge of flight delays and cancellations over the past week, and there is no immediate relief in sight.

A significant contributing factor to the ongoing chaos is the walkout of more than 20 percent of the Federal Aviation Administration’s air traffic controllers. This staffing crisis has seriously hampered the airport’s ability to manage its normal flight load. With such a reduction in personnel, EWR is struggling to maintain operations at typical levels, causing a domino effect of delays and flight cancellations. Over the weekend, the situation was further exacerbated by both air traffic control outages and severe thunderstorms, compounding an already strained system.

Adding to the complications, ongoing construction has forced the airport to operate with just one active runway. This limitation has intensified the bottleneck in flight traffic, making it increasingly difficult to adhere to flight schedules and maintain punctuality.

According to the Department of Transportation’s Bureau of Transportation Statistics, Newark International Airport ranked as the 14th busiest airport in the United States in 2024. The airport’s high volume of flights means any disruption has a significant ripple effect, impacting thousands of travelers daily.

United Airlines, which maintains a major hub at Newark, responded to the turmoil on May 2 by announcing it would cancel 35 daily round-trip flights. This reduction accounts for roughly 10 percent of United’s total flights departing from EWR. The airline said the move is intended to mitigate further disruption and ensure a smoother travel experience for its customers.

In a message published on United’s website, CEO Scott Kirby expressed his disappointment but emphasized the necessity of the decision. “It’s disappointing to make further cuts to an already reduced schedule at Newark, but since there is no way to resolve the near-term structural FAA staffing issues, we feel like there is no other choice in order to protect our customers,” Kirby wrote. He also pointed to longstanding concerns that the airline has raised with the federal government. “United has been urging the US government for years to use its authority to effectively limit the number of flights to what the airport can realistically handle. Past failure to make those changes had led to the circumstances that United and, most importantly, our customers now face.”

Given the unpredictable and evolving situation, travelers with plans involving EWR are advised to closely monitor travel alerts. These updates can be found on both the airport’s official website and through individual airlines. While advisories may change from day to day, the prevailing advice remains the same—prepare for delays and cancellations throughout the current week.

For those seeking alternatives, shifting travel plans to nearby airports may offer a safer and more reliable option. One federal air safety employee, speaking to MSNBC correspondent Tom Costello, raised serious concerns about the current conditions at EWR. “It is not safe. It is not a safe situation right now for the flying public,” the employee reportedly stated. Costello relayed the chilling remark on air, adding: “Really an incredible statement, unsolicited. He just said that to me, and separately: ‘Don’t fly into Newark. Avoid Newark at all costs.’”

Efforts to get a statement from the FAA regarding the ongoing issues were unsuccessful, as Travel + Leisure reported that their request for comment had not been returned at the time of publication.

Meanwhile, labor representatives have echoed the call for action. Sara Nelson, the international president of the Association of Flight Attendants-CWA (AFA-CWA), emphasized the need for modernization and equitable cooperation among carriers. “NATCA, the air traffic controllers’ union, has warned for decades that infrastructure must be rebuilt and modernized,” she said in a statement shared with Travel + Leisure. Nelson went on to advocate for a collective response from airlines operating at EWR. “We call on all airlines operating out of Newark to cut planned flights at an equal percentage across airlines in order to support this work, aviation safety, and our jobs. Working together we can solve the problem faster and keep everyone safe.”

The developments at Newark reflect broader issues in the U.S. aviation system, where staffing shortages, outdated infrastructure, and weather-related disruptions can combine to severely impact the travel experience. The current situation is a stark reminder of the fragility of air travel networks and the importance of proactive planning and investment in aviation infrastructure.

As the week progresses, travelers are strongly encouraged to stay updated, remain flexible with their plans, and consider rebooking flights from other regional airports to avoid further delays and stress. The severity of the situation at Newark has drawn attention not only from industry professionals but also from federal workers concerned about safety. With major players like United Airlines already scaling back operations, and with union leaders calling for broader cooperation, the hope is that these disruptions will prompt long-overdue reforms and improvements at one of the nation’s busiest airports.

Until then, passengers flying through Newark should brace themselves for continued complications, and prioritize safety, flexibility, and preparedness in their travel decisions.

Indo-Canadian Groups Outraged Over Anti-Hindu Speech at Khalsa Day Parade

Indo-Canadian organizations have voiced strong objections following a controversial speech delivered during a Khalsa Day parade held in the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) on Sunday. The remarks, calling for the removal of members of the Indo-Canadian community from the country, were made alongside floats promoting Khalistan separatism and anti-India messaging.

The parade featured displays carrying slogans and symbols supporting Khalistan, with several banners bearing pro-Pakistan and anti-India themes. These included signs that read “Kill India” and images targeting Indian leaders, including Prime Minister Narendra Modi. There were also symbols expressing unity between Khalistani sympathizers and Islamabad. Although the inflammatory floats were seen during the event, there is no confirmation that these were officially part of the parade endorsed by its organizers.

The route of the nagar kirtan began in Malton and ended in Toronto’s Rexdale area, attracting large crowds. During the event, an individual using a megaphone was captured on video making inflammatory remarks, including a call to deport “eight lakh Bharti” back to India. While some parts of the speech are difficult to understand due to audio quality, the demand for mass expulsion is clearly heard. The raw footage was provided to Hindustan Times and confirmed to be authentic by the person who recorded it.

The remarks have triggered widespread condemnation among Indo-Canadian leaders and groups. The Canadian Hindu Chamber of Commerce issued a strong statement warning of the dangers of such divisive rhetoric. “History teaches us that calls for mass expulsion leads to unthinkable acts. This dangerous rhetoric must be denounced by all leaders,” the group said.

Community leaders noted that Canada is home to approximately 1.8 million Indo-Canadians, with nearly 800,000 of them identifying as Hindus. They expressed concern that such speeches risk stirring unrest and threatening the social harmony that has defined the community for decades.

The Canadian Hindu Volunteers also responded firmly, stating, “These are not the actions of ‘activists’. These are the tactics of radicalised ideologues, many of whom have exploited Canada’s asylum and immigration systems, presenting false claims of persecution to enter the country and build networks that fund, promote, and glorify violence.”

They emphasized that the issue was not a clash between religious communities but rather the work of extremist elements. “Let us be clear: This is not a conflict between Sikhs and Hindus. Millions of Sikhs and Hindus live side by side in Canada and across the world in peace, brotherhood, and mutual respect,” the group said in a post on X, formerly known as Twitter.

Another group, the National Alliance of Indo-Canadians, urged Canadian leadership to take immediate action to address the growing extremism. The group called on Canadian Prime Minister Mark Carney to “nip this evil in the bud.”

This latest incident is not isolated, as such rhetoric has emerged repeatedly from radical elements in Canada. In August last year, during Toronto’s annual India Day parade, members of a pro-Khalistan group showed up at the site, shouting slogans like “Canadian Hindus go back to India.” The demonstration was part of what was referred to as a Khalistan Rally, and flyers distributed in the lead-up to the event framed the occasion as a confrontation between “Khalistan Sikhs” and “Canadian Hindus.”

More incendiary language was seen again in September 2023 when a video circulated widely showing Gurpatwant Pannun, legal counsel for the secessionist group Sikhs for Justice, urging Indo-Hindus to leave Canada. In the video, Pannun said, “Indo-Hindu leave Canada, go to India.” He continued, “You not only support India but you are also supporting the suppression of speech and expression of pro-Khalistan Sikhs.” Pannun further alleged that Hindus in Canada were “also promoting violence by celebrating” the assassination of Hardeep Singh Nijjar.

Nijjar, a prominent pro-Khalistan figure, was killed in Surrey, British Columbia on June 18, 2023. His death sparked an international diplomatic crisis when, three months later, then-Canadian Prime Minister publicly declared in the House of Commons that there were “credible allegations” suggesting the involvement of Indian government agents in the assassination. These allegations were firmly denied by New Delhi, which described them as “absurd” and “motivated.”

The incident led to a steep decline in India-Canada diplomatic relations, with both countries expelling senior diplomats and issuing travel advisories. The case intensified scrutiny of Canada’s handling of extremist elements operating within its borders and strained trade and political cooperation between the two nations.

The investigation into Nijjar’s killing resulted in the arrest of four Indian nationals, all of whom are of Sikh origin. They were charged in May of last year and are currently on trial in British Columbia. Canadian authorities have continued to maintain the validity of their case, although no further public details have been shared about the alleged foreign links.

Community leaders in Canada are now urging authorities at every level to confront the threats posed by such radical rhetoric and to protect the peace and inclusivity that defines Canadian society. Many have warned that continued inaction will only embolden extremist voices and risk social division in one of the world’s most diverse democracies.

While the Khalsa Day parade itself is an annual celebration that typically draws thousands of Sikhs from across Canada and beyond to mark the birth of the Khalsa in 1699, recent years have seen the event increasingly dominated by political messaging from pro-Khalistan elements. The presence of provocative banners, inflammatory speeches, and confrontational slogans has become a growing concern not just for Indo-Canadians but also for law enforcement and policymakers.

The broader Indo-Canadian community, including both Sikhs and Hindus, have consistently rejected extremist ideologies and emphasized the need for interfaith harmony. They continue to call on federal and provincial authorities to closely monitor such events and take appropriate action where necessary, including prosecuting hate speech and hate crimes under Canadian law.

The incident has reignited conversations about the balance between freedom of expression and public safety, particularly when messages cross into incitement and promote division along ethnic or religious lines. For many Canadians, the expectation is that all citizens, regardless of heritage, can live and worship in safety and dignity, free from fear and intimidation.

As the debate continues, the need for stronger community engagement, dialogue, and decisive action by political leaders grows more urgent. Only by addressing the roots of radicalization and standing firmly against calls for violence or exclusion can Canada preserve its multicultural values and national unity.

Tim Cook Pays Tribute to Warren Buffett as Legendary Investor Prepares to Step Down

In a poignant expression of respect and gratitude, Apple CEO Tim Cook on Sunday offered a moving tribute to Warren Buffett, recognizing the global business icon’s extraordinary legacy. Cook described knowing the legendary investor personally as “one of the great privileges” of his life, underscoring Buffett’s powerful influence not only on the corporate world but also on individual lives.

Sharing his reflections on the social media platform X, Cook lauded Buffett’s unmatched impact and timeless insights. He noted how Buffett’s wisdom has touched the lives of many, including his own. “There’s never been someone like Warren, and countless people, myself included, have been inspired by his wisdom,” Cook wrote. “It’s been one of the great privileges of my life to know him. And there’s no question that Warren is leaving Berkshire in great hands with Greg.”

Cook’s heartfelt message came in the wake of a major development that sent ripples through the business world. During the annual shareholder meeting of Berkshire Hathaway held in Omaha, Nebraska, Warren Buffett, now 94, made a surprising announcement. After leading the conglomerate for over 60 years, Buffett revealed he would be stepping down from his executive role at the end of the year.

While many had long speculated about who would eventually succeed Buffett, the timing and manner of the announcement took several people by surprise, including his chosen successor. Greg Abel, who currently serves as Vice Chairman overseeing the company’s non-insurance operations, will be taking the reins of the $1.16 trillion corporation. Though Abel had been widely regarded as the likely heir for some time, the official declaration still came as an unexpected moment.

“That’s the news hook for the day. Thanks for coming,” Buffett remarked casually as he concluded the shareholder meeting, a moment that stunned board members and attendees, many of whom were hearing the news for the first time.

Buffett’s departure marks the end of a remarkable chapter in corporate history. His leadership has been instrumental in reshaping Berkshire Hathaway from a struggling textile company into one of the world’s most revered and successful conglomerates. Together with his late business partner Charlie Munger, who passed away in 2023, Buffett built a diversified empire that now spans insurance, energy, railroads, consumer goods, and many other sectors.

Known globally as the “Oracle of Omaha,” Buffett earned his reputation through a steadfast commitment to long-term investing, principled leadership, and unwavering confidence in the strength of the American economy. His annual letters to shareholders became a source of wisdom and guidance for investors everywhere, often blending humor, humility, and razor-sharp insight.

In one such letter from 2015, Buffett wrote, “The world is Berkshire’s oyster—a world offering us a range of opportunities far beyond those realistically open to most companies.” These words encapsulate his expansive vision for Berkshire and his belief in taking thoughtful risks grounded in deep analysis.

Buffett’s philosophy of investing with patience, integrity, and clarity helped Berkshire Hathaway become a model for sustainable business success. Beyond financial performance, Buffett emphasized values and long-term relationships, creating a culture that prized trust, discipline, and responsibility.

As the transition begins, Cook’s tribute is just one among many from business leaders who have been shaped or inspired by Buffett’s example. Cook’s remarks reflect both a professional admiration for Buffett’s business strategy and a personal appreciation for the kind of man he has been throughout his long and influential career.

Buffett’s decision to hand over leadership to Greg Abel signifies a continuation rather than a break in the company’s trajectory. Abel has worked closely with Buffett for years and is widely seen as someone who shares his strategic mindset and ethical grounding. By entrusting the future of Berkshire Hathaway to Abel, Buffett ensures that the company remains aligned with the core principles that have underpinned its growth.

While the moment represents the end of an era, it also signals a new chapter for Berkshire Hathaway. Buffett’s departure does not erase his towering influence. On the contrary, the foundation he has laid will likely continue to guide the company for years to come.

Industry analysts and longtime shareholders have expressed confidence that Abel’s stewardship will maintain Berkshire’s stability and success. Many have pointed out that Buffett’s greatest legacy may be not only the empire he built but also the culture of excellence and responsibility he cultivated—one that future leaders are expected to uphold.

Buffett’s relationship with Tim Cook and Apple has also been emblematic of his evolving investment philosophy. Once skeptical of technology stocks, Buffett eventually recognized Apple’s unique value proposition, leading Berkshire Hathaway to become one of Apple’s largest shareholders. The mutual respect between Cook and Buffett reflects their shared commitment to innovation, discipline, and long-term value creation.

As tributes continue to pour in from around the globe, Buffett’s retirement announcement is being seen not just as a corporate change but as a moment of reflection for the entire business community. His principles—especially those of patience, humility, and ethical decision-making—are more relevant than ever in an era of rapid change and increasing pressure on corporate leaders.

Cook’s acknowledgment of Buffett’s enduring influence captures the deep personal and professional admiration many feel. It also highlights the wide reach of Buffett’s legacy, extending far beyond boardrooms and stock tickers. His leadership style, marked by quiet strength and intellectual honesty, has inspired generations of investors, executives, and entrepreneurs to think differently about business and life.

“There’s never been someone like Warren,” Cook reiterated in his message, a sentiment that resonates with millions who have followed Buffett’s journey. As he prepares to step away from day-to-day leadership, the business world pauses to honor a figure whose vision and values have left an indelible mark.

Though Buffett may no longer be at the helm, the spirit with which he guided Berkshire Hathaway continues to thrive. His belief in American ingenuity, his commitment to fairness, and his relentless pursuit of knowledge remain the bedrock of the company he helped build.

As the transition unfolds and Greg Abel steps into the spotlight, one thing remains clear: Warren Buffett’s story is far from over. His legacy will continue to shape the future of Berkshire Hathaway and serve as a guiding light for those who seek to lead with wisdom, humility, and purpose.

Sir David Attenborough Launches Landmark Film ‘Ocean’ Ahead of 99th Birthday, Aiming to Save Marine Life and Climate

Sir David Attenborough is releasing what he considers one of the most significant films of his entire career as he prepares to mark his 99th birthday this week. Titled Ocean, the new feature-length documentary could, according to Attenborough, serve as a turning point in the fight to preserve biodiversity and combat climate change.

The legendary broadcaster and environmentalist, who turns 99 on Thursday, emphasized the central message of the film: “After almost 100 years on the planet, I now understand the most important place on Earth is not on land, but at sea.” He believes the ocean is not just a part of Earth’s environment but a vital lifeline for humanity and a powerful shield against climate disaster.

The film Ocean asserts that the oceans are currently at a crucial junction, with their health playing a pivotal role in the future of life on Earth. Through stunning visuals and sobering revelations, the documentary highlights both the profound beauty and the alarming degradation of marine ecosystems. According to the film, the ocean acts as the planet’s life-support system, and the choices we make now could determine the survival of countless species and even the stability of Earth’s climate.

A grand premiere for Ocean is set to take place tonight at the Royal Festival Hall, with a blue carpet replacing the usual red to symbolize the film’s marine focus. The event is expected to draw a number of high-profile guests, including Coldplay’s Chris Martin, actor Benedict Cumberbatch, astronaut Tim Peake, singer Geri Halliwell-Horner, and Duran Duran’s Simon LeBon.

Toby Nowlan, the producer of Ocean, noted that the film departs from the usual format of Attenborough’s natural history programs. “This is not about seeing brand new natural history behaviours. It is the greatest message he’s ever told,” Nowlan said. Rather than simply showcasing wildlife, the film is a powerful call to action.

Ocean also serves as a personal reflection for Sir David, tracing the changes in the seas he has witnessed over his lifetime. He recalls his first experience scuba diving on the Great Barrier Reef in 1957, saying, “I was so taken aback by the spectacle before me I forgot – momentarily – to breathe.” That awe-inspiring moment left a lasting impact on him. However, what has followed in the decades since has been a drastic decline in marine biodiversity. “We are almost out of time,” he warns in the film, underscoring the urgency of the situation.

One of the film’s most powerful segments focuses on the destructive impact of bottom trawling, a fishing method that involves dragging heavy nets across the seabed. The documentary presents stark footage of how this technique devastates underwater habitats, portraying it as one of the most harmful forms of industrial fishing. Sir David explains that trawlers often target just a single species, discarding more than 75 percent of what they catch. “It’s hard to imagine a more wasteful way to catch fish,” he says.

In addition to its ecological toll, bottom trawling releases large amounts of carbon dioxide stored in ocean sediments, thereby accelerating global warming. Alarmingly, this harmful practice is not only legal but actively supported by various governments. Sir David expresses concern that the dire state of the oceans has at times made him fear for the planet’s future.

Yet amid the gloom, Ocean also offers hope. What has sustained Sir David’s optimism is what he calls “the most remarkable discovery of all” – that the ocean possesses a surprising capacity for recovery. With proper protection and time, marine ecosystems can regenerate faster than previously believed.

A poignant example in the film is the story of the whales. An estimated 2.9 million whales were slaughtered during the 20th century by the global whaling industry, a mass killing considered the largest of any animal species in terms of total biomass. Sir David reflects on the near-total collapse of whale populations, recalling, “Just one per cent of Blue Whales were left. I remember thinking that was it. There was no coming back, we had lost the great whales.”

However, a global ban on commercial whaling introduced in 1986 following public pressure led to a stunning turnaround. Whale numbers have since rebounded, offering a clear example of how targeted conservation measures can produce dramatic results.

The film’s co-director, Keith Scholey, who has collaborated with Sir David for 44 years, offered insight into the enduring energy and curiosity of the famed presenter. “When I first met David, I was in shorts,” he joked, referring to their first meeting in 1981, just two years after Attenborough stepped down from a senior position at the BBC. “He’d done one career, and he was off on his next.”

Even as he nears 99, Sir David remains deeply engaged and intellectually sharp, according to Scholey. “Every time you work with David, you learn something new,” he says. “It’s really good fun. But also, David keeps you on your mettle, because he is so on his mettle and so, you know, it’s always a very creative process.”

The overarching message of Ocean is one of cautious optimism. Sir David emphasizes that it is not too late to act. He points out that many nations have pledged to protect one-third of the world’s oceans. With a United Nations conference on the horizon next month, he hopes this new film will push global leaders to turn those promises into real, enforceable policies.

He believes that if these commitments are honored, it could result in transformative changes. “The ocean can bounce back to life,” he declares. “If left alone it may not just recover but thrive beyond anything anyone alive has ever seen.” A restored and vibrant marine ecosystem would also capture greater quantities of carbon dioxide, thereby reinforcing the fight against climate change.

Sir David summarizes the stakes involved with his characteristic clarity and urgency: “In front of us is a chance to protect our climate, our food, our home.” His lifelong dedication to illuminating the wonders of the natural world is clearly far from over.

As he celebrates his 99th birthday, Attenborough continues his mission with the same passion and vigor that has made him a trusted voice for the planet for decades. Ocean will begin screening in cinemas across the UK starting Thursday, offering audiences a compelling look at both the peril and potential of Earth’s vast and mysterious seas.

Indian Textile Industry Struggles as Chinese Yarn Floods Market Amid US Trade Tensions

At his spinning mill in Tamil Nadu, 64-year-old Thirunavkarsu has observed a marked slowdown in operations. The viscose yarn produced at his facility, a material widely used in woven garments, is piling up in storage. Orders from domestic factories have decreased by nearly 40% over the past month. The primary reason behind this downturn is a surge in cheaper Chinese imports. These viscose yarn imports are now priced 15 rupees less per kilo, undercutting Indian producers and saturating Indian ports.

The development is a ripple effect of the US imposing tariffs as high as 145% on Chinese imports. In response, Chinese manufacturers are now targeting other markets, including India, leading to significant disruptions for local businesses. Indian textile producers argue they are bearing the brunt of these international trade tensions as Chinese yarn floods critical production zones.

Although China remains the world’s top producer of viscose yarn, India has traditionally relied on domestic production to meet its own needs, only turning to imports to cover shortfalls. But with the current price war, local mill operators like Thirunavkarsu feel outmatched. “We can’t match these rates. Our raw material is not as cheap,” he lamented.

Jagadesh Chandran, who represents the South India Spinners Association, highlighted the issue further. He told the BBC that close to 50 small spinning mills located in Pallipalayam, Karur, and Tirupur in southern India are currently “slowing production.” Many of these mills fear they may have to scale down even further if the situation remains unresolved.

In an effort to calm concerns, China’s Ambassador to India, Xu Feihong, assured that his country does not intend to destabilize foreign markets. He stated that China hopes to increase its imports of quality Indian goods. “We will not engage in market dumping or cut-throat competition, nor will we disrupt other countries’ industries and economic development,” Xu wrote in an opinion piece for the Indian Express newspaper.

Nevertheless, concerns are mounting across various sectors in India, not just textiles. As Asia’s largest economy and the world’s leading exporter of industrial goods—ranging from chemicals and metals to rare minerals—China’s outreach has extended well beyond yarn. Although some Chinese exports such as pharmaceuticals, semiconductor chips, laptops, and smartphones have been spared from US tariffs, many other goods are now seeking new markets, with India being a prime target.

According to Japanese brokerage firm Nomura, this influx could cause major disruptions in Asia’s emerging economies. The firm’s earlier research found that China was already pushing cheap goods into global markets even before Donald Trump returned to office in early 2024.

This concern is reflected in the record number of investigations into unfair Chinese trade practices. Data from the World Trade Organization (WTO) indicates that in 2024 alone, nearly 200 complaints were filed against China. India filed 37 of these, more than in any previous year.

India, already heavily reliant on Chinese raw materials and semi-finished goods, is particularly vulnerable. Its trade deficit with China has now ballooned to $100 billion. In March alone, imports surged by 25%, driven largely by electronics, solar cells, and batteries.

In response, India’s trade ministry has formed a dedicated committee to monitor the inflow of cheap Chinese goods. This committee, along with a quasi-judicial arm, is investigating imports across various sectors, including viscose yarn.

The Indian government has also imposed a 12% safeguard duty on specific steel imports, primarily targeting low-cost shipments from China. These imports were undercutting local steel mills and forcing them to scale back production.

Despite these protective measures and the government’s high-profile “Make in India” campaign, the country has struggled to wean itself off Chinese imports. Even during periods of heightened border tension with China post-2020, Indian imports continued to climb.

Trade expert Biswajit Dhar points to structural issues. He believes that initiatives like production-linked incentives (PLIs), aimed at turning India into a global manufacturing hub, have seen only “limited success.” According to Dhar, India still depends significantly on Chinese intermediate goods to manufacture finished products.

This reliance is evident in sectors like electronics. Even as multinational corporations like Apple shift assembly lines to India, the country still relies heavily on Chinese components for manufacturing phones. Consequently, imports in this sector have soared, further widening the trade gap.

Ajay Srivastava, founder of the Global Trade Research Initiative (GTRI), called India’s growing trade deficit a “worrying story.” Despite a weaker rupee, which should typically benefit exporters, India’s shipments to China have fallen below 2014 levels. “This isn’t just a trade imbalance. It’s a structural warning. Our industrial growth, including through PLI (production linked incentive) schemes, is fuelling imports, not building domestic depth,” Srivastava wrote in a social media post. He emphasized, “We can’t bridge this deficit without bridging our competitiveness gap.”

India must act swiftly to capitalize on the opportunity presented by the current US-China trade tensions. There’s urgency, too, because countries experiencing a surge in imports from China typically undergo a sharp decline in manufacturing output, as highlighted by Nomura.

Akash Prakash of Amansa Capital echoed this sentiment. In a column for the Business Standard, he wrote that a major reason Indian private firms were hesitant to invest was the fear of being “swamped by China.” This observation aligns with a recent study conducted by ratings agency Icra, which reached similar conclusions.

As concerns about Chinese dumping spread globally, regions like the European Union are also pressing Beijing for assurances that their markets won’t be overrun. This growing international pressure is compelling China to seek alternative trade partners outside the US with greater urgency.

Dhar believes that China is attempting to reshape the global narrative. “It is trying to come clean amidst increased scrutiny,” he said. Yet, despite China’s reassurances, Dhar argues that India should use the current diplomatic thaw with China to assert its position on anti-dumping measures more clearly. “This is an issue that India must flag, like most of the Western countries have,” he urged.

In summary, the situation has underscored India’s vulnerability to global trade shifts and its ongoing reliance on Chinese imports. With domestic industries like textiles under pressure and structural issues hampering the success of industrial policy, experts say the country must address these challenges decisively. Otherwise, the current flood of cheap Chinese goods could stall India’s manufacturing ambitions at a crucial juncture.

US Offers $1,000 and Free Travel to Undocumented Migrants Who Choose Voluntary Exit

The United States government has introduced a new initiative that provides financial and travel assistance to undocumented migrants who voluntarily decide to leave the country. The offer includes a $1,000 payment along with free transportation to their country of origin.

Homeland Security Secretary Kristi Noem emphasized the advantages of the program, stating, “Self-deportation is the best, safest and most cost-effective way to leave the United States to avoid arrest.” This statement was part of the official announcement made on Monday regarding the policy.

President Donald Trump, who returned to office in January, has made illegal immigration a central focus of his administration’s early actions. During a discussion with reporters on the same day as the announcement, Trump added that individuals who choose to self-deport under this scheme might later be granted an opportunity to return to the United States through legal channels. “We’re going to work with them so that maybe someday, with a little work, they can come back in if they’re good people, if they’re the kind of people that we want in our [country],” Trump explained.

The administration’s broader immigration crackdown has included several contentious strategies. Some of these tactics have drawn criticism and sparked legal disputes, such as the president’s use of a centuries-old wartime law to support immigration enforcement. Nevertheless, the White House maintains that these actions are necessary to restore control at the nation’s borders and reduce the number of undocumented individuals residing in the U.S.

According to a news release from the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), migrants who volunteer for the self-deportation program will not be a top priority for detention by immigration authorities. This provides an added incentive for those seeking a less confrontational departure from the country. DHS officials confirmed that the first person to take advantage of the offer had already been sent on a flight from Chicago to Honduras.

A key component of the program is the use of the CBP Home app, which facilitates confirmation of an individual’s return to their home country. Officials describe this method as not only efficient but also respectful. In the words of the DHS release, the initiative is intended to offer a “dignified” exit for migrants, as well as help the government significantly reduce the financial burden associated with formal deportation procedures.

Deporting a single migrant, when done through traditional channels that include arrest and detention, costs the government an average of more than $17,000. By contrast, offering $1,000 and a plane ticket is a more economical solution that aligns with the department’s cost-saving goals.

The administration hopes that by removing some of the barriers to voluntary departure, more migrants will choose to leave on their own rather than face detention and legal proceedings. This would reduce strain on federal resources while allowing the government to focus its enforcement efforts on high-priority cases.

Trump’s administration has continued to tout its early successes in curbing illegal immigration. Within just three months of returning to office, officials have highlighted a notable drop in illegal border crossings as evidence that their approach is working. Statistics from the U.S. Border Patrol reveal that in March, arrests at the southern border fell to just over 7,000 — the lowest number recorded in a single month.

In addition to fewer border crossings, the president has pointed to increased enforcement actions by Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) within the interior of the country. These domestic detentions serve as further evidence, according to Trump and his allies, that the current strategy is producing measurable results.

Despite these claimed victories, the administration has not yet achieved all of its immigration-related goals. Notably, it has fallen short of the promised number of deportations. Furthermore, attempts to alter constitutional interpretations regarding birthright citizenship have faced judicial opposition. Courts have so far blocked efforts to deny automatic U.S. citizenship to children born on American soil to undocumented parents.

The self-deportation incentive program, while praised by some for its cost-effectiveness and potential humanitarian benefits, has also drawn sharp criticism from immigration advocates and Democratic lawmakers. Among the vocal opponents is Representative Adriano Espaillat, a Dominican-American member of Congress representing the Democratic Party. Writing on X (formerly Twitter), Espaillat condemned the financial incentive model, saying, “We don’t bribe people to leave. We build a country where everyone belongs.”

Critics argue that offering money and travel expenses to undocumented migrants in exchange for their departure sends the wrong message and undermines the U.S.’s image as a land of opportunity. They claim that it further marginalizes vulnerable communities rather than offering real solutions through comprehensive immigration reform.

Nonetheless, the administration maintains that the program is an essential part of a broader effort to restore integrity to the U.S. immigration system. By combining voluntary departure options with stricter enforcement, officials hope to establish a new standard for managing illegal immigration without relying entirely on detention and deportation.

Officials have reiterated that participation in the self-deportation program is entirely voluntary and framed it as an opportunity for individuals to leave the U.S. on their own terms, with some degree of dignity and assistance. Though the program is still in its early stages, the DHS expects more migrants to participate as awareness grows and logistical processes become smoother through digital tools like the CBP Home app.

While there is no certainty regarding how many people will ultimately take advantage of the offer, the government is optimistic that the program will alleviate pressure on enforcement agencies and potentially pave the way for some participants to reenter the country through legal means in the future.

Trump further reinforced this point when he addressed the long-term implications of the policy. Referring to those who may one day be permitted to return, he said, “The question of whether any given migrant would one day be offered a legal route back to the US was one of national interest.”

As the initiative unfolds, both supporters and critics will be watching closely to see whether it delivers on its promise of being a humane and cost-effective solution to one of the most polarizing issues in American politics. Whether this program becomes a lasting element of U.S. immigration policy or simply a temporary measure will likely depend on its effectiveness and public reception in the months ahead.

Salman Rushdie to Make UK Return at Hay Festival Following Life-Altering Attack

Sir Salman Rushdie is set to appear in person in the United Kingdom for the first time since the 2022 stabbing incident that left him blind in one eye. The esteemed British-Indian author expressed his happiness about coming back, stating he is pleased to return “after too long.” He is scheduled to participate in a special session at the renowned Hay Festival, where he will discuss his latest literary works, Knife and Victory City.

This public appearance follows a violent attack on Rushdie in August 2022 while he was speaking on stage in New York. The assault was particularly significant because it came after years of threats on his life linked to the publication of his 1988 novel The Satanic Verses, a work of fiction inspired by the life of the Muslim Prophet Muhammad. Following its release, the book ignited global controversy and led to multiple countries banning it, including India, Pakistan, and South Africa.

Rushdie’s appearance at the Hay Festival in Hay-on-Wye, Powys, will place him among a distinguished list of public figures and creatives. Other notable names attending include Michael Sheen, Ruth Jones of Gavin and Stacey fame, TV presenter Stacey Dooley, and Mary Trump, the niece of U.S. President Donald Trump.

Sir Salman Rushdie has an impressive literary portfolio consisting of 22 books spanning fiction and non-fiction. Among his many accolades, he won the prestigious Booker Prize for his celebrated novel Midnight’s Children. His later works, including The Satanic Verses and Quichotte, also received Booker Prize shortlist nominations.

Following the backlash to The Satanic Verses, Rushdie spent years in hiding due to serious threats to his life. The most prominent of these came in 1989, when Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini, the Supreme Leader of Iran at the time, issued a fatwa — a religious decree — calling for Rushdie’s assassination. More than three decades later, in an act believed to be motivated by the fatwa, Rushdie was attacked on stage at a literary event in New York.

During the attack, Rushdie sustained multiple serious injuries. These included significant damage to his liver, loss of vision in his right eye, and a paralysed hand due to nerve damage. The assailant, 27-year-old Hadi Matar, was convicted of attempted murder and assault. He faces a potential prison sentence of over 30 years.

In a candid interview conducted two years after the attack, Rushdie described the severity of his injuries and the long-lasting effects they have had on him. Reflecting on the condition of his eye after the stabbing, he said it was left dangling down his face “like a soft-boiled egg.” He added, “Losing it upsets me every day.” Recalling the terrifying experience, he admitted, “I remember thinking I was dying. Fortunately, I was wrong.”

Despite the trauma, Rushdie has used his experience as a source of strength and creative inspiration. His new book, Knife, serves as a direct response to the assault and its aftermath. He sees the act of writing as a form of resistance and a tool for recovery. Speaking of the book, he explained that it was his way of pushing back against the violence he endured.

This year’s Hay Festival is expected to draw about 150,000 attendees, continuing its legacy as one of the leading arts and literature events in the UK. The festival, now in its 38th spring edition, will run from May 22 to June 1 and feature over 600 events. These sessions span topics from politics and science to fiction, poetry, and beyond.

Festival president Sir Stephen Fry referred to the event as a “carnival of ideas,” underscoring its broad and inclusive cultural scope. Meanwhile, Hay Festival’s global chief executive, Julie Finch, emphasized the significance of Sir Salman’s return to the UK and his presence at the festival. She noted, “In a very special event, we’ll explore his recent work and the power of storytelling to change the world. We know how much this appearance will mean.”

Rushdie’s return is particularly meaningful not only because of his recent suffering but also because of what he represents in the literary world. As a writer who has long championed freedom of expression, his participation sends a powerful message about resilience, courage, and the enduring importance of literature in the face of extremism.

The Hay Festival’s platform offers a fitting venue for such a conversation. With its rich history of promoting dialogue, creativity, and open debate, the festival continues to be a beacon for readers and thinkers around the world. Sir Salman’s appearance is likely to be one of the most anticipated and emotionally charged moments of the event.

With this return, Rushdie reclaims his place on the public stage, not just as a victim of violence but as a voice that refuses to be silenced. His resilience, along with his continuing literary contributions, highlights the ongoing relevance of his work and message.

Julie Finch summed up the sentiments of many in saying, “We’re honoured to welcome Sir Salman back in person.” Her words reflect the deep respect and admiration that the literary community holds for the author. It also signals a moment of collective acknowledgment—of both the personal cost Rushdie has paid and the symbolic victory his reappearance represents.

As thousands prepare to gather in Hay-on-Wye, the presence of a man who has lived through censorship, exile, and physical attack yet continues to write and speak out, will surely resonate deeply with audiences. For many, Sir Salman Rushdie’s participation at the Hay Festival is not merely about literature—it is about the enduring triumph of ideas over intimidation.

Gautam Adani Seeks Resolution with Trump Officials Over Bribery Charges

Representatives of Indian billionaire Gautam Adani have reportedly held discussions with officials from US President Donald Trump’s administration in an effort to resolve criminal charges filed against him. According to a Bloomberg News report, the primary purpose of these meetings is to explore the possibility of having the foreign bribery allegations against Adani dismissed.

Talks between Adani’s team and Trump-era officials began in early 2025, and the report indicates that they have become increasingly intense over the past few weeks. If the current pace of negotiations continues, a resolution could be reached within the next month.

In November, US authorities charged Gautam Adani and his nephew Sagar Adani with engaging in bribery related to Indian power supply contracts. The case also involves allegations of misleading American investors during fundraising campaigns. The US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has taken particular interest in the charges, pointing to alleged misconduct during a major bond offering by Adani Green Energy.

The SEC stated that Gautam Adani and his nephew were accused of paying significant bribes to Indian officials. Additionally, they are alleged to have misrepresented their anti-bribery compliance protocols during a $750 million bond offering conducted by Adani Green Energy. The Commission believes that investors may have been misled due to inaccurate compliance disclosures presented as part of that fundraising initiative.

Adani’s legal and political team is now arguing that pursuing these criminal charges contradicts the priorities of the Trump administration. According to Bloomberg’s report, Adani’s representatives believe the prosecution is not in line with the agenda of Trump’s Justice Department and is therefore seeking reconsideration of the charges.

“The discussions, which commenced in early 2025, have intensified in recent weeks, with potential resolution anticipated within approximately a month, provided the current momentum continues,” the report noted.

Despite the gravity of the allegations and the high-profile nature of the individuals involved, the Adani Group, the White House, and the United States Department of Justice (DOJ) have all declined to make public statements. Bloomberg reported that all three parties refused to comment on the ongoing discussions.

Reuters also sought responses from the involved parties, but none had provided immediate replies. The silence from the Adani Group and American officials has left much of the public and business world speculating on the potential outcome of the negotiations.

As the legal proceedings move forward, Adani Green Energy issued a public statement in late March defending its conduct. The company maintained that it found no wrongdoing in the SEC’s indictment following its own internal assessment. Adani Green said, “Their assessment of the US indictment revealed no compliance violations or irregularities.”

The charges stem from broader US efforts to ensure that foreign companies, especially those seeking investments from American capital markets, adhere to strict anti-corruption laws. The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) prohibits companies from bribing foreign officials for business gains. US prosecutors allege that the Adanis violated this law by offering bribes in exchange for favorable treatment in the awarding of electricity supply contracts in India.

The charges also raised concerns about the integrity of corporate disclosures made to investors during fundraising rounds. Misrepresenting compliance with anti-corruption measures can have serious consequences under US law, including criminal prosecution, fines, and restrictions on future access to US capital markets.

Gautam Adani, one of Asia’s richest men and head of the vast Adani conglomerate, has faced scrutiny in the past, particularly from global watchdogs concerned about transparency and governance. However, these latest charges have prompted an even closer examination of the business practices of his group, especially as it continues to seek financing and partnerships on an international scale.

Although Trump is no longer president, Adani’s team appears to be engaging officials still aligned with or active in his network, in the hopes of leveraging influence for a favorable legal outcome. According to Bloomberg, “Adani’s team is presenting arguments that his prosecution does not align with Trump’s administrative priorities and warrants reconsideration.”

Legal analysts believe that such back-channel negotiations are not uncommon in high-stakes international business disputes, especially when national interests and large investment flows are involved. Yet, they caution that the DOJ maintains independent authority and is not bound by political considerations when deciding whether to proceed with or dismiss charges.

The report did not confirm whether Adani himself has traveled to the United States or been involved directly in the discussions. However, his legal team and representatives appear to be working diligently behind the scenes to settle the matter before it escalates into a prolonged courtroom battle.

Meanwhile, the business implications of the case remain significant. If the charges are not resolved quickly or favorably, it could impact Adani Group’s reputation among global investors and possibly restrict future efforts to raise funds through US financial institutions. Additionally, regulatory scrutiny may increase in other countries where Adani’s companies operate or seek partnerships.

At this stage, much remains uncertain. But what is clear is that one of India’s most powerful businessmen is now caught in a legal tangle that spans continents and could have far-reaching effects on international corporate governance.

For now, the world is watching to see whether the Adani Group’s lobbying efforts with Trump-era officials will bear fruit or whether the US legal system will pursue the case to its full extent. The outcome of this case could set a precedent not just for Adani, but for all international firms navigating the complexities of US anti-corruption laws.

As of now, “Representatives from the Adani Group, Justice Department and White House declined to comment on the matter,” according to Bloomberg.

The outcome, expected possibly within a month if talks continue as planned, will likely be watched closely by investors, regulators, and corporate leaders worldwide.

Adani’s Team Presses Trump Officials to Drop Bribery Case Amid Lobbying Push

Representatives of Indian billionaire Gautam Adani and his companies have engaged in discussions with officials from the Trump administration, aiming to have criminal charges against him dismissed in an overseas bribery case, according to individuals familiar with the matter.

These discussions, which began earlier this year, have recently intensified. Some sources indicated that, if this momentum is maintained, the case might see a resolution in the coming month. One individual said Adani’s representatives are attempting to argue that the prosecution is inconsistent with President Donald Trump’s policy priorities and should be reconsidered.

A spokesperson for the Adani Group refused to comment on the matter. The White House and the Department of Justice also declined to respond to inquiries.

On Monday, the Mumbai stock market reflected the developments positively, with shares of Adani Group companies rising. Adani Enterprises Ltd., the group’s flagship company, jumped as much as 6.2%, marking its highest increase since January 16.

Following Trump’s election victory in November, the Biden administration unveiled an indictment against Gautam Adani, 62, and his nephew Sagar. Alongside it, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) filed a parallel civil suit. At the time, prosecutors accused Adani of offering $250 million in bribes to regional officials in India in exchange for solar-power contracts. The Adani Group has denied all allegations.

Since the indictment, Adani—currently Asia’s second-richest individual—has taken multiple steps to influence U.S. authorities and avert a conviction, hoping to safeguard his global business interests from potential fallout. According to sources, intermediaries for the billionaire, who is known for his close association with Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi, have contacted officials in India to obtain guidance on how best to approach the Trump administration, particularly as India and the U.S. seek to strengthen economic relations. Requests for comment from India’s Prime Minister’s Office and the Ministry of External Affairs went unanswered.

In the U.S., Adani has built a legal and lobbying team to champion his case. This team has been in contact with administration officials, according to the sources. One meeting reportedly took place in March involving prosecutors from both the U.S. Attorney’s Office in Brooklyn and the main Justice Department.

Adani’s growing network in the U.S., which Bloomberg first highlighted in mid-February, has continued to evolve. Mark Filip of the law firm Kirkland & Ellis has emerged as a key representative in recent negotiations, according to some individuals. Adani also engaged BGR Group, a firm noted for its strong ties to the Trump administration. Senate lobbying records confirm that BGR currently represents India in trade negotiations with the Trump administration.

Neither the law firms nor individuals representing Adani in the U.S. provided comments or responded to messages regarding the case.

President Trump has previously voiced skepticism over the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), breaking from the stance taken by past administrations. The 1977 law has historically been used to prosecute both U.S. and foreign firms involved in bribing foreign officials. However, Trump has expressed concern that such prosecutions can damage American business interests.

In a February executive order, Trump instructed Attorney General Pam Bondi to pause FCPA-related actions until she issues updated enforcement guidance. “It’s going to mean a lot more business for America,” Trump said at the time.

Following this directive, certain FCPA cases have been dropped. One example was the Justice Department’s decision to dismiss a foreign bribery case against former executives at Cognizant Technology Solutions Corp. These executives, who had denied any wrongdoing, had been set to go on trial in New Jersey over allegations they paid bribes to speed up a construction project in India.

However, the Trump administration’s efforts to interfere in another corruption prosecution—the case involving New York Mayor Eric Adams—sparked significant controversy. When the administration decided to drop charges against Adams related to alleged illegal campaign contributions from Turkish officials, it led to resignations among several career prosecutors. A federal judge eventually allowed the charges to be dismissed, but did so “with prejudice,” which prevents the administration from re-filing them in the future. Adams has consistently maintained his innocence.

Despite Gautam Adani’s substantial net worth, estimated at around $70 billion, his business operations in the U.S. remain relatively limited. Nevertheless, just after Trump’s November election win and a few days before the Justice Department announced the charges, Adani publicly congratulated Trump on X (formerly Twitter) and pledged $10 billion in U.S. investments, promising to create over 15,000 jobs.

The Justice Department had filed the criminal charges against Adani under seal in October. These included allegations of securities fraud and conspiracy to commit securities and wire fraud. Interestingly, the case does not reference the FCPA. Instead, the Justice Department and SEC allege that Adani misled U.S. lenders by falsely claiming his companies complied with anti-bribery regulations.

While there has been little movement on the criminal side, the SEC continues to pursue its civil lawsuit. In a recent filing, the SEC indicated it is seeking assistance from Indian authorities to serve Adani and his nephew with its complaint and summons. If Adani manages to resolve the criminal case while only facing civil claims from the SEC, the potential legal and financial consequences in the U.S. would be significantly diminished.

Adani’s efforts to have the charges dropped reflect a broader trend in Washington, where individuals under investigation or already convicted have approached President Trump or his associates to seek dismissals, reversals, or clemency.

Already, Adani’s appeal has gained traction among several Republican lawmakers in Congress. A group of them has formally requested that Attorney General Bondi drop the criminal case and initiate a review of why federal prosecutors pursued it in the first place.

Meanwhile, Adani’s allies in the U.S. are also advocating for his business interests. Both Mark Filip and William Burck—a seasoned white-collar defense attorney from the law firm Quinn Emanuel Urquhart & Sullivan who previously represented Mayor Eric Adams—have officially registered to lobby on behalf of Adani’s companies.

Deadline Approaches: Real ID Required for Domestic Travel and Federal Access by May 7, 2025

By May 7, 2025, all U.S. residents planning to fly domestically or enter certain federal buildings must have a Real ID or an acceptable alternative. This new requirement, although not sudden, is now reaching its final enforcement stage. It’s part of a long-standing effort to improve national security, a move that’s been in development since the 9/11 terrorist attacks.

So, the question is simple: do you have your Real ID ready?

Starting on May 7, anyone traveling within the United States by air or seeking access to federal facilities will be required to present an identification document that complies with the Real ID Act. This change will have a widespread impact, affecting nearly every resident in the country. While it may feel like another bureaucratic shift, officials stress its importance in safeguarding the nation.

The Real ID is not just another driver’s license. It is a federally approved form of identification designed to meet heightened security standards. You can identify one by the gold star located in the top right corner of the card. Without this feature—or an acceptable substitute—you won’t be able to board a domestic flight or gain entry to secure federal premises.

Still, there are a few exceptions to this rule. Specifically, five U.S. states—Washington, Michigan, Minnesota, New York, and Vermont—offer what are known as Enhanced Driver’s Licenses (EDLs). These special licenses are compliant with federal regulations. Not only do they permit domestic air travel and access to federal buildings, but they also serve as valid documents for crossing land borders with Canada and Mexico.

For residents of the remaining 45 states, obtaining a Real ID is essential if they want to fly within the country or enter federal facilities. If your current state-issued license lacks the gold star, there’s a high likelihood that it will not meet the federal Real ID requirements. In that case, it’s time to plan a visit to the DMV to get the necessary upgrade.

To obtain a Real ID, the process differs slightly by state, but the general requirements are similar across the board. You’ll need to bring documentation that proves your identity, such as a birth certificate or a valid passport. Additionally, a Social Security number is required, along with two separate documents that prove your residence in the state. You must also demonstrate proof of legal status in the United States.

It is strongly recommended to check your state’s Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) website for the most accurate and up-to-date information. Many DMVs offer online appointments, which can help reduce wait times. While there may be a queue, the actual process at the DMV tends to be relatively quick once your paperwork is in order.

The consequences of not having a Real ID—or a federally accepted alternative like a passport—after May 7 could be significant. Without one, you might be delayed or even outright denied access when attempting to board a domestic flight or enter a federal facility. This isn’t just a suggestion—it’s a rule, and enforcement will be strict.

As the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) has made clear, “there will be no more deadline extensions.” This means travelers must prepare now if they wish to avoid complications. “It’s important to be aware of this,” officials emphasize.

So where does this regulation come from, and why was it created?

The law is rooted in the Real ID Act, passed by Congress in 2005. Its primary objective is to improve national security and prevent incidents like the September 11 attacks from happening again. The legislation was designed not only to make it easier to identify individuals responsible for acts of terrorism but also to establish stricter identity verification standards nationwide.

The Real ID program does more than just verify your identity—it also incorporates advanced security features into the physical design of the card. These elements make it significantly more difficult to forge or tamper with, thus providing stronger protections against identity fraud and impersonation.

Wondering if you already have a Real ID?

It’s easy to check. Just grab your current license or identification card and look at the upper right-hand corner. If you see a star—black, white, or gold—within a circle, then you already have a compliant ID. If you don’t see any such symbol, it’s time to head to the DMV and update your credentials.

Is obtaining a Real ID mandatory?

Technically, no. It’s not a mandatory requirement for all citizens. However, if you plan to board an airplane for domestic travel or access certain federal facilities after May 7, 2025, then yes—it becomes a necessity. Those not needing to fly or enter these types of locations can choose to wait and apply at a later time, perhaps when the initial rush has subsided.

If you happen to live in one of the five states that issue Enhanced Driver’s Licenses, you may already be covered. Still, it’s wise to double-check whether your current ID meets all federal Real ID criteria. For everyone else in the country, the clock is ticking.

Officials are urging residents not to wait until the last minute. As the deadline nears, appointment slots at DMV offices are expected to fill up quickly. Acting now could help you avoid long lines and frustrating delays. With no plans to postpone enforcement again, May 7 is now a firm deadline that travelers and citizens alike must take seriously.

In summary, while the Real ID requirement may feel like an inconvenience, it represents a long-term investment in national security. It’s about creating a safer and more unified system of identification across the United States.

As authorities have emphasized, “This isn’t something new, don’t act surprised, it’s been in the works since the 9/11 attacks, but it will finally go into effect on May 7.”

So if you haven’t already, it’s time to take action. Check your ID, gather your documents, and visit your local DMV. Whether you plan to fly soon or simply want to be ready for the future, having your Real ID in hand ensures you’ll be compliant, secure, and prepared.

Thousands Rally in Bangladesh Against Proposed Women’s Rights Reforms

Tens of thousands of supporters of a hardline Islamist group took to the streets in Bangladesh’s capital on Saturday to protest against proposed reforms aimed at securing equal rights for women, especially in areas related to property and inheritance. The rally, organized by the influential group Hefazat-e-Islam, voiced strong opposition to changes they claim contradict Islamic Sharia law.

The protest, held near the Dhaka University campus, attracted over 20,000 participants. Many demonstrators carried signs and banners bearing messages such as “Say no to Western laws on our women, rise up Bangladesh.” The mood was defiant and charged, as Hefazat-e-Islam leaders issued a warning to the authorities that further nationwide rallies would be held on May 23 if their demands were not met.

At the core of the protests were concerns over the legal reform proposals put forth by a commission formed by the country’s interim government. Hefazat-e-Islam contends that these proposals undermine Islamic principles and misrepresent the role of religion in determining women’s rights.

Mamunul Haque, a senior figure in the group, spoke forcefully against the reforms. He demanded that the reform commission be immediately dismantled and its members held accountable. In his address, he claimed the proposed changes had deeply offended the country’s Muslim majority. “They hurt the sentiments of the majority of the people of this country by labeling the religious laws of inheritance as the main cause of inequality between men and women,” he said.

The backlash stems from the commission’s recommendation to revise inheritance and property laws that currently follow Islamic principles, which often allocate women a smaller share than men. Supporters of the reform argue that these changes are essential for achieving gender equality in Bangladesh, a nation where women, though active in the workforce and politics, often face legal and social disadvantages. However, conservative religious groups argue that any departure from religious law constitutes an attack on Islam.

Hefazat-e-Islam’s grievances extend beyond the reforms. The group also called on the interim administration to take political action against the Awami League party, formerly led by Sheikh Hasina. Hasina, who served as Bangladesh’s Prime Minister for 15 years, was ousted in August and has since taken refuge in India. Her opponents accuse her government of violent crackdowns during protests that led to her removal.

Haque and other Hefazat leaders did not hold back in their criticism of Hasina’s administration. They demanded a formal ban on the Awami League and insisted that its leaders be barred from participating in future governance. “This party has committed unforgivable crimes against the people, especially students and Islamic scholars. We cannot let them return to power,” one speaker told the crowd.

The interim government, which is currently overseeing the country’s affairs, includes Nobel Peace Prize winner Muhammad Punus among its top leaders. The reform commission was appointed under his leadership with the stated goal of promoting social equity and democratic accountability. However, the growing backlash from Islamist groups now presents a challenge to the administration’s efforts to modernize Bangladesh’s legal and social framework.

The rise in activism among Islamist organizations like Hefazat-e-Islam has been particularly evident since Hasina’s ouster. With the former prime minister no longer in power, religious groups have become more assertive in promoting their agenda and pushing back against secular reforms. Their rallies have drawn large crowds and garnered significant media attention, giving them greater influence over the political discourse.

In the wake of these developments, minority communities in Bangladesh have expressed growing concern. Human rights organizations report that Hindus, Christians, and Buddhists, along with secular activists and liberal Muslims, are feeling increasingly unsafe in the current political climate. According to several minority representatives, there has been a noticeable rise in intimidation and harassment since the change in government.

The situation reflects the broader struggle within Bangladesh between progressive elements seeking to modernize the country’s institutions and conservative forces determined to uphold traditional religious values. The proposed reforms concerning women’s rights have become a flashpoint in this ongoing conflict.

For Hefazat-e-Islam, the battle is not just about legislation but about preserving what they view as the religious foundation of Bangladeshi society. Their leaders argue that any move to alter Islamic inheritance laws is tantamount to erasing the role of Islam in public life. “This is not just about property,” Mamunul Haque emphasized in his speech. “It is about our identity, our faith, and our sovereignty as a Muslim nation.”

The interim government now faces a difficult choice: move ahead with reforms that have the potential to improve gender equality, or back down in the face of mounting religious opposition. Officials have not yet commented publicly on the protest or the demands made by Hefazat-e-Islam. However, political analysts warn that yielding to such pressure could embolden hardline groups and stall efforts to build a more inclusive and modern society.

Meanwhile, preparations for further protests are already underway. Hefazat-e-Islam has announced its intention to organize rallies across the country on May 23 if their demands are not addressed. Such a move could escalate tensions and deepen divisions between secular reformers and religious conservatives.

Observers note that the group’s ability to mobilize tens of thousands of people is a sign of its growing power. Despite previously being seen as a fringe movement, Hefazat-e-Islam has positioned itself as a key player in post-Hasina Bangladesh. With the political landscape in flux, the influence of Islamist voices is likely to remain strong in the near term.

As the country grapples with these competing visions for its future, the proposed reforms have sparked a debate that goes beyond legal technicalities. At stake are fundamental questions about the role of religion in law, the rights of women, and the nature of democracy in a Muslim-majority nation. The coming weeks will be critical in determining whether Bangladesh can navigate this turbulent period without further polarizing its diverse society.

Trump Proposes 100% Tariffs on Foreign-Made Films, Citing National Security Concerns

President Donald Trump announced on Sunday that he plans to order U.S. officials to begin implementing a 100% tariff on all movies made outside of the United States. The move would mark a dramatic escalation in his trade policy approach, shifting from a focus on manufacturing industries like steel, aluminum, and automobiles to intellectual property and entertainment.

Until now, Trump’s trade initiatives have largely centered on traditional industrial sectors, targeting the import of physical goods such as metals and cars. However, targeting the film industry introduces a host of complex challenges. In the modern global economy, movie production often involves collaboration between multiple countries, making it difficult to determine how and where such a tariff would apply.

In a post on his social media platform, Truth Social, Trump wrote, “The Movie Industry in America is DYING a very fast death. Other Countries are offering all sorts of incentives to draw our filmmakers and studios away from the United States.” He argued that these foreign incentives are not just economic strategies but deliberate attempts to undermine the U.S. film industry and national interests.

“This is a concerted effort by other Nations and, therefore, a National Security threat. It is, in addition to everything else, messaging and propaganda!” Trump continued. His remarks suggest that he sees foreign-produced films not only as a threat to American jobs but also as vehicles for disseminating foreign narratives that could influence public opinion or weaken national unity.

To address what he perceives as a serious threat, Trump said he would instruct the Secretary of Commerce and the U.S. Trade Representative to begin the process of implementing tariffs on “any and all Movies coming into our Country that are produced in Foreign Lands.” While Trump has long used tariffs as a tool to promote American manufacturing, this proposed measure represents an expansion of his economic nationalism into the cultural and creative sectors.

Despite the bold declaration, the logistics of enforcing such a policy remain unclear. Trump did not specify how the tariffs would be assessed, whether by production location, distributor, or point of entry. It’s also unknown whether the proposed tariffs would be limited to movies released in theaters or if they would extend to content available on streaming platforms. Additionally, there is no clarity on how regulators would differentiate between a movie and a television show when deciding what should be taxed.

At this stage, there has been no official confirmation or explanation from the White House or the Department of Commerce. When contacted for comment by Axios, representatives from both offices did not respond, leaving many questions unanswered about the feasibility and scope of the proposed policy.

Zooming out, the U.S. film industry has increasingly turned to international locations for filming over the past decade. Rising production costs in the U.S. have made other countries with government subsidies and tax breaks more attractive for filmmakers. Hollywood blockbusters, which often require enormous budgets, are frequently shot in places like Canada, the U.K., or Eastern Europe where producers can stretch their dollars further.

This trend has had a noticeable impact on domestic employment in the entertainment industry. The New York Times reported last month that the U.S. film and television sector has lost more than 18,000 jobs over the past three years. That decline has only added to concerns about the industry’s competitiveness and long-term health, particularly as streaming platforms disrupt traditional revenue models.

Trump’s proposed tariff is likely aimed at reversing this trend by incentivizing studios to bring production back to American soil. However, critics are likely to question whether a 100% tariff would actually help or if it could backfire by straining international relationships and increasing costs for American distributors, theaters, and ultimately consumers.

Furthermore, the film industry is deeply globalized, with many major productions relying on international talent, locations, and financing. Applying a broad tariff to all foreign-made content could disrupt long-standing collaborations and may invite retaliatory measures from other nations.

The proposal also raises questions about censorship and the regulation of media. If foreign films are labeled as propaganda or national security threats, that could set a precedent for restricting creative content based on political considerations. Critics may argue that such a policy risks undermining the values of free expression and cultural exchange.

While Trump’s statement frames the tariff as a matter of national security, no specific foreign films or countries were cited as examples of the threat. It’s also unclear how the administration would evaluate whether a film was produced abroad. Would a movie partially shot overseas but primarily developed in the U.S. still qualify as foreign? What about co-productions between American and international studios?

As things stand, the details of Trump’s proposed film tariff remain largely theoretical. However, the announcement signals a potential shift in trade policy that could have far-reaching implications for Hollywood, global entertainment, and U.S. relations with film-producing nations. Until further clarification emerges from the federal agencies tasked with trade enforcement, industry leaders will likely remain in a state of uncertainty, unsure of how seriously to take the proposal or how to prepare for its potential implementation.

Trump’s suggestion to equate international film production with a national security issue also adds a new layer of complexity to what has traditionally been seen as an artistic and economic endeavor. It introduces a political dimension to filmmaking that may reverberate far beyond the entertainment world.

In conclusion, while Trump’s declaration about imposing a 100% tariff on foreign films is framed as a patriotic defense of American industry, its execution faces numerous logistical, legal, and diplomatic hurdles. If implemented, such a policy could alter the landscape of global film production and provoke significant debate about the role of government in regulating cultural products.

International Students in the U.S. Avoid Travel Amid Visa Crackdown and Legal Uncertainty

An international student from the University of California, San Diego, who had planned a trip to Hawaii with friends during summer break from a Ph.D. program, ultimately decided not to go. The student’s decision was influenced by a wave of legal status revocations affecting international students across the United States. Despite the trip being domestic, the perceived risks were too high.

“Any travel, even inside the U.S., just didn’t seem worth the risk,” the student said, speaking anonymously due to fear of becoming a target. “I probably am going to skip that to … have as few interactions with governments as possible.”

This sense of unease is not unique. International students nationwide are reconsidering travel plans to visit family, take vacations, or conduct research due to the Trump administration’s intensified immigration enforcement, which has fostered an atmosphere of insecurity. The situation has become more alarming with the sudden revocation of legal status for many international students, prompting universities to advise extreme caution.

Even before these status terminations became widely known, some universities had already started urging students and faculty to delay travel. Their warnings referenced heightened efforts by the federal government to deport individuals involved in pro-Palestinian activism. But with hundreds of students now facing loss of legal status, many institutions have issued stronger guidance against non-essential travel, particularly international travel.

For instance, the University of California, Berkeley recently released an advisory noting that overseas trips posed a risk due to “strict vetting and enforcement.” This warning reflects the increasing complexity and unpredictability of immigration procedures for international students.

According to a review conducted by the Associated Press using university statements, official communications, and court records, at least 1,220 students across 187 higher education institutions have had their visas revoked or their legal status stripped since late March. However, that number may significantly underestimate the full impact. Based on an April 10 response from Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) to Congressional inquiries, 4,736 international students had their visa records terminated in the federal database used to track their status.

This abrupt change has left many students in a precarious position. Some have chosen to leave the country voluntarily, while others have gone into hiding to avoid deportation. Many of these students insist they were unaware of any infractions or claim they had committed only minor violations, leaving them bewildered as to why their legal status was removed.

In some cases, federal judges have intervened, citing concerns about the students’ due process rights. These rulings prompted the U.S. government to reverse some terminations. However, rather than scaling back, immigration authorities issued new policies that expand the grounds on which a student’s legal status can be revoked.

Previously, international students could remain in the U.S. to complete their studies even if their visa was revoked, though they wouldn’t be allowed to reenter the country if they left. Under the new policy, the revocation of a visa alone is now sufficient cause for losing legal status—even without leaving the U.S.

This rapidly evolving legal environment has made it increasingly difficult for colleges to provide reliable guidance to their international students. A college employee in Michigan who assists international students with visa procedures reported a surge in questions about summer travel. “They are inquiring more than ever,” the employee said, speaking anonymously because they were not authorized to speak publicly. “But I often don’t have enough answers to give them.”

Last year, around 1.1 million international students were enrolled in U.S. institutions, providing a vital source of tuition revenue. Many education advocates worry that the ongoing immigration crackdown will damage the country’s appeal to these students, causing a long-term decline in enrollment.

Rishi Oza, an immigration lawyer in North Carolina, said his law firm has been inundated with inquiries regarding travel risks. “Over the past few weeks, we’ve received calls almost daily from people of various immigration statuses, including international students,” Oza said.

“You kind of shake your head and say, ‘Is this the character of the country we want?’” he added. “It just seems that it’s a bit out of whack that people are fearful of leaving and whether they’ll be able to come back.”

Oza advises students with visas to critically assess whether travel is essential. If they must travel, he recommends carrying comprehensive documentation—including immigration papers, academic transcripts, and court records if applicable—when trying to reenter the U.S. However, he cautioned that even the best preparation doesn’t guarantee smooth reentry. “Ultimately, lawyers can’t foretell what will happen at the airport,” he noted.

This unpredictability has left students like one at the University of Illinois feeling overwhelmed. The student, also requesting anonymity, has kept a low profile after a classmate lost their legal status and had to leave the country.

The student plans to return home to Asia during the summer but is deeply anxious about what might happen upon his return. With no place else to stay in the U.S., he has already purchased his ticket and is committed to the trip. Yet, his apprehension about reentry remains strong.

“Right now,” he said, “I’m afraid I might not be able to come back.”

This growing unease among international students represents a broader fear that the U.S. is becoming less hospitable to global academic talent. The legal ambiguity and frequent policy shifts have created an environment where students are unsure if studying in the U.S. is worth the stress and risk.

With legal status increasingly fragile and the threat of sudden deportation looming, students are forced to weigh whether their dreams of an American education are compatible with a system that could strip them of everything for reasons they may not fully understand.

Christopher L. Keller of the Associated Press contributed reporting from Albuquerque, New Mexico.

The Associated Press’ education coverage receives funding from several private foundations, but AP is solely responsible for its content. Details about AP’s standards, funders, and areas of focus are available at AP.org.

Let Go of These 8 Habits to Reclaim Your Time and Inner Peace

If you’re anything like me, you’re always searching for ways to invite more peace into your everyday life. And the surprising truth? That peace often begins with letting go—specifically, letting go of habits that drain our energy and consume our time.

Peace doesn’t just come from sitting in meditation or getting away from everything. Instead, it often stems from the choices we make with our time and how we engage with our daily routines. In this article, I’m sharing eight common habits that rob us of peace and eat away at the minutes in our day. Shedding these habits may be the key to unlocking a more peaceful, fulfilling life.

So, are you ready to gain more peace simply by letting go? Let’s dive in.

First on the list is overthinking. We’ve all found ourselves trapped in a cycle of nonstop thoughts, overanalyzing decisions or replaying past moments. This habit, though common, is one of the biggest culprits when it comes to draining peace and wasting time. “It’s like a treadmill for your brain – lots of effort with no real movement.” Overthinking occupies our mental space without providing real solutions, robbing us of both clarity and productivity.

The good news is that it’s possible to step off that mental treadmill. The next time you find yourself spiraling into a loop of thoughts, take a breath and remind yourself that it’s okay not to have every answer. Letting go of the need for certainty doesn’t mean acting recklessly—it simply means making room in your mind for calm and focus.

Next is procrastination, a habit many of us are all too familiar with. Personally, I’ve put off difficult tasks with the promise of doing them “later,” only to find that “later” often becomes “never.” This tendency not only wastes time but also generates stress. “The tasks I avoided would loom over me like a dark cloud, causing unnecessary stress and anxiety.”

To overcome this, I began breaking large tasks into smaller, manageable chunks and focusing on one piece at a time. This approach made things feel less overwhelming and brought a satisfying sense of accomplishment. By addressing procrastination, I found myself with not only more free time but also a calmer state of mind. “Letting go of procrastination didn’t just liberate my time – it freed my mind as well.”

The third habit to let go of is constantly checking social media. While platforms like Instagram and Facebook can keep us connected and entertained, they can easily consume more time than we realize. “A study found that the average person spends about two hours and 22 minutes per day on social networks and messaging.” Imagine what else you could do with that time—read, walk, cook, rest.

Rather than quitting social media completely, the goal is mindful use. Try setting boundaries such as checking your apps only at designated times or limiting your scrolling sessions. By doing so, you regain control of your time and create more space for peace and joy.

Neglecting self-care is another habit that diminishes both our time and our well-being. It’s easy to dismiss self-care as indulgent when life gets busy, but it’s actually essential. “Neglecting self-care doesn’t just harm your health, it also wastes your time in the long run.” Skipping rest or relaxation makes us more prone to mistakes, stress, and burnout.

Making time for self-care doesn’t have to be complicated. Whether it’s a short walk during lunch, a few minutes of daily mindfulness, or time spent on a hobby, these small actions replenish your energy and boost your peace. “By investing time in self-care, you’re actually saving time in the long run.”

Another peace-draining habit is saying ‘yes’ when you really want to say ‘no’. This often comes from a desire to please others or avoid conflict, but it can have a heavy cost. “Every time we say ‘yes’ to something we don’t want, we’re saying ‘no’ to ourselves, our needs, and our peace.”

Learning to say ‘no’ is not selfish—it’s an act of self-respect. It allows you to protect your time and devote it to what truly matters to you. “By learning to say ‘no’, you can reclaim your time and bring more peace into your life.”

Perfectionism is another trap I know all too well. For years, I obsessed over getting everything just right. “I would spend hours working on a task, trying to get it just right.” While striving for excellence isn’t a bad thing, chasing perfection can consume hours and leave you feeling constantly inadequate.

Eventually, I realized that perfection is unattainable and not worth the anxiety. The key is to do your best and accept that mistakes are part of learning. “Letting go of the need for perfection can free up your time and bring a lot more peace into your life.”

Not setting boundaries is another habit that chips away at peace. Whether it’s answering emails after hours or constantly being available to others, failing to establish limits takes a toll. “Setting boundaries means respecting your time and energy.”

It’s important to communicate your needs clearly, even if it feels awkward at first. Boundaries help create structure and protect your well-being. “By setting boundaries, you’re taking a crucial step towards reclaiming your time and fostering more peace in your life.”

The final habit is living in the past or the future. Many of us dwell on past regrets or stress about what’s ahead, but this focus steals our attention from the present moment. “Living in the past or future not only wastes our time but also steals our peace.”

Peace is found in the now. By staying grounded in the present, you can enjoy life more fully and avoid the stress of things you can’t change or control. “Because peace isn’t found in the past or future, but right here, in the present moment.”

At the core of all this is the idea that peace is not a far-off goal—it’s a continuous journey made up of everyday decisions. “It’s about making small, conscious choices every day to let go of habits that no longer serve us and embrace those that bring us closer to our true selves.”

Time is one of our most valuable resources. Once it’s gone, we can’t get it back. But the beauty is that we have the power to choose how we use it. “Whether it’s saying no to things that drain us or saying yes to self-care, each decision we make shapes our experience of peace.”

As Lao Tzu said, “If you are at peace, you are living in the present.” Let’s start releasing these peace-stealing habits, moment by moment. Because peace isn’t just about silence or stillness—it’s about how we engage with time and how we live each day.

Trump Recalls Phone Call with Bezos, Defends Tariffs and Urges Retailer Cooperation

President Donald Trump recently recounted a phone conversation he had with Amazon founder and Executive Chairman Jeff Bezos, revealing that he would not hesitate to contact other CEOs if similar situations arise. In an interview with NBC News’ “Meet the Press” aired on Sunday, Trump shared details of the discussion, which took place earlier in the week following Amazon’s initial plans to begin listing tariff-related charges on some of its products. The decision came after the Trump administration introduced steep 145 percent tariffs on Chinese imports.

Describing the nature of the call, Trump spoke positively about Bezos. “He’s just a very nice guy,” Trump said. “We have a relationship. I asked him about [the tariff charge language Amazon considered including in listings]. He said, ‘Well, I don’t want to do that,’ and he took it off immediately.” According to Trump, Bezos agreed to remove the proposed listing changes after their conversation, demonstrating what Trump perceived as a productive dialogue.

Their current rapport stands in stark contrast to the more contentious dynamic they shared during Trump’s first term in office. Signs of a thawing relationship emerged in December when Amazon contributed $1 million to Trump’s inauguration fund, and Bezos attended the inauguration ceremony. Though Bezos stepped down as Amazon’s CEO in 2021, he continues to serve as executive chairman of the company.

Shortly after the initial report by Punchbowl News about Amazon’s consideration of listing import charges, the company clarified its stance. An Amazon spokesperson told NBC News, “The team that runs our ultra low cost Amazon Haul store considered the idea of listing import charges on certain products. This was never approved and is not going to happen.”

During the interview, moderator Kristen Welker asked Trump whether he would adopt a similar approach with CEOs of other major retail corporations. Trump’s response was unequivocal. “Sure. I’ll always call people if I disagree with them,” he said. He added, “If I think that somebody’s doing something that’s incorrect, wrong or maybe hurtful to the country, I’ll call. Wouldn’t you want me to call? [Former President Joe] Biden wouldn’t call because he didn’t know what was happening, but I do.”

Trump also used the interview as an opportunity to justify his administration’s imposition of heavy tariffs on Chinese imports. He emphasized that the objective of these tariffs is not to burden American consumers but to encourage companies to relocate their manufacturing and operations to the United States.

“I don’t view it as a tax. I view it as an incentive for people to come into the United States and build plants, factories, offices, a lot of things. I think it’s an incentive,” he told Welker. Trump further stated, “What people don’t understand is, and this is a lot, the country eats the tariff. The company eats the tariff. And it’s not passed along at all.”

Despite Trump’s assertion, other online retailers and consumer brands are beginning to take visible actions in response to the tariffs. Chinese-based budget retailer Temu has already begun including a line item labeled “import charges” on customer purchases. American retailers such as Béis, Bare Necessities, and Fashion Nova are also encouraging consumers to make purchases sooner rather than later, warning that new or increased tariffs may require them to raise prices.

Large corporations like PepsiCo and Procter & Gamble have echoed similar concerns. In recent meetings with shareholders, these companies noted that they are already feeling the financial effects of tariffs and cautioned about potential impacts on future earnings.

While acknowledging that tariffs may temporarily affect the availability of some consumer goods, Trump insisted the trade-offs are worthwhile. When Welker asked about his previous Cabinet meeting comments referencing children potentially having fewer toys, Trump elaborated on his perspective.

“I don’t think that a beautiful baby girl needs — that’s 11 years old — needs to have 30 dolls. I think they can have three dolls or four dolls, because what we were doing with China was just unbelievable,” Trump said. He used the example to illustrate what he believes is excessive consumerism fueled by cheap imports, suggesting that America’s reliance on low-cost goods from China should be reevaluated.

At that earlier Cabinet meeting at the White House, Trump told his administration officials, “Maybe the children will have two dolls instead of 30 dolls. And maybe the two dolls will cost a couple of bucks more than they would normally.”

Although critics interpreted these comments as an admission that tariffs would lead to price hikes or supply limitations, Trump firmly rejected that interpretation during the NBC interview. “I’m just saying they don’t need to have 30 dolls. They can have three. They don’t need to have 250 pencils. They can have five,” Trump clarified. He added, “we don’t have to waste money on a trade deficit with China for things we don’t need, for junk that we don’t need.”

Throughout the interview, Trump remained confident that his tariff policies serve as a long-term economic strategy to reduce America’s trade deficit and revive domestic manufacturing. His call to Bezos, and willingness to speak directly with other top executives, represents a broader tactic he plans to employ as part of his economic approach.

In contrast to what he sees as a more passive stance taken by President Joe Biden, Trump positioned himself as an active participant willing to challenge business decisions that he believes could negatively impact the country. His comments suggest a future administration, if elected again, that would continue to intervene directly with major corporations, particularly on trade and pricing issues related to foreign policy.

By emphasizing self-reliance and questioning America’s dependence on imported goods, Trump aimed to reframe the tariff debate. Rather than focusing on short-term costs or consumer inconvenience, he urged Americans to see the broader benefits of economic nationalism and industrial independence.

The discussion underscores the extent to which trade policy and corporate cooperation remain integral to Trump’s political and economic agenda. Whether this approach will resonate with voters and corporate leaders alike remains to be seen, but the president has made clear that his focus on tariffs and domestic production will be a central theme moving forward.

Top Universities Beyond the U.S.: Oxford, Cambridge, and Europe Lead Global Education

When it comes to higher education, the United States still dominates with nearly one-third of the world’s top 100 universities. However, a growing number of international students are turning their attention elsewhere due to rising visa rejections and shifting U.S. immigration policies. As a result, many are now considering top-ranked institutions outside the U.S., particularly in Europe and parts of Asia.

According to Times Higher Education, the United Kingdom leads all other countries in terms of the number of top 100 universities located outside of the United States. Among these, the University of Oxford and the University of Cambridge sit at the very top of the global rankings. In total, the UK has 12 universities featured in the top 100, the highest number of any country outside the U.S.

Germany ranks second, boasting eight universities in the top 100. Among these are two highly regarded institutions located in Munich. Meanwhile, China has secured the third spot with seven universities listed. If universities in Hong Kong are included, China’s total rises to 12, tying it with the United Kingdom in terms of the number of elite institutions.

Europe as a region has emerged as a dominant force in global academia. It is home to 36 of the top 100 non-American universities. Alongside the UK and Germany, other European countries with highly ranked institutions include Switzerland, France, and the Netherlands. Notable universities from these countries include ETH Zurich in Switzerland, PSL University in France, and the University of Amsterdam in the Netherlands.

Beyond Europe, several other nations also host top-tier educational institutions. Singapore, Australia, and Canada each have universities featured among the top 100. These countries are increasingly appealing to international students seeking high-quality education in a more welcoming political and immigration climate.

On the other hand, there is a conspicuous absence of top-ranked universities from South America and Africa. This gap highlights regional disparities in global academic standing and may reflect challenges related to funding, infrastructure, and international competitiveness.

While the U.S. still plays a major role in shaping global higher education, its dominance may be slipping. Data released to University World News reveals that interest in studying in the United States is declining among international students. A combination of stricter visa requirements and unfavorable executive policies has created an atmosphere of uncertainty and concern.

These developments have made many international students reconsider their options and look for educational opportunities elsewhere. The question many now ask is: where are the best universities located if not in the United States?

The Times Higher Education rankings provide a comprehensive answer. They showcase institutions based on various performance indicators such as teaching, research, citations, industry income, and international outlook. For international students, these rankings are a valuable resource in choosing a destination that balances academic excellence with political stability and visa accessibility.

At the top of the list is the United Kingdom, where both Oxford and Cambridge have long histories of academic distinction. These universities are not just old and prestigious; they are also well-funded, research-intensive, and have a strong global reputation. The UK’s total of 12 top 100 universities underscores its ongoing influence in international education.

Germany, which follows with eight institutions, is known for offering free or low-cost tuition to international students, making it a particularly attractive destination. Two of Germany’s leading universities are located in Munich, a city that has become a hub for innovation and technology.

China’s performance is also notable. The country has invested heavily in upgrading its higher education system and is beginning to reap the rewards. While China alone accounts for seven top 100 universities, this figure increases to 12 when including institutions in Hong Kong, a region that still maintains a distinct academic identity and international ties.

In addition to these three countries, several other European nations contribute to the continent’s strong academic presence. ETH Zurich in Switzerland is renowned for its work in science and engineering. PSL University in France has earned a solid reputation for research across multiple disciplines. The University of Amsterdam in the Netherlands offers a broad range of programs and draws students from around the world.

Other regions also offer promising alternatives to the U.S. education system. In Singapore, universities like the National University of Singapore have gained international acclaim for their innovation and academic rigor. Australian universities, including those in Melbourne and Sydney, are known for their research output and global student population. Canada, with institutions such as the University of Toronto and McGill University, continues to attract students due to its multicultural environment and supportive immigration policies.

However, the lack of top-ranked universities in South America and Africa is a reminder of the ongoing challenges many regions face in developing world-class higher education systems. While there are excellent institutions in countries such as Brazil, South Africa, and Egypt, none have yet broken into the top 100 list. This absence points to a need for more investment and international collaboration in these regions.

For decades, the United States has been the primary destination for ambitious students worldwide. But that may be changing. “International interest in studying in the U.S. is plummeting,” according to data shared with University World News. One key reason is the “growing visa rejection rates amidst changing U.S. immigration policy, along with executive orders targeting education,” which are increasingly “impacting sentiments.”

As a result, prospective students are being more strategic about where they apply. Universities in countries that offer high-quality education without the uncertainty of stringent immigration enforcement are becoming more attractive. This shift could reshape the global education landscape in the years to come.

To summarize, outside of the U.S., the United Kingdom currently has the highest number of top 100 universities with 12, followed by Germany with eight, and China with seven. Europe as a whole leads all regions with 36 universities on the list, establishing itself as a powerhouse for global research and learning. Other countries like Singapore, Australia, and Canada are also notable players. The complete absence of South American and African institutions in the top 100 highlights an important area for future development.

In an era where geopolitical factors and visa policies heavily influence educational decisions, these rankings provide critical insight for students seeking the best academic opportunities beyond U.S. borders.

Trump’s 2026 Budget Proposal Calls for Deep Domestic Cuts, Focus on Defense and Deportations

President Donald Trump’s administration unveiled its 2026 budget proposal on Friday, presenting a sweeping reconfiguration of federal spending priorities. The budget reflects the president’s broader vision for his second term, aligning with the direction set in his first 100 days back in office and marked by abrupt terminations of federal personnel.

This proposal includes dramatic reductions, or complete eliminations, of spending in numerous domestic programs. Key targets include child care services, disease research, renewable energy initiatives, and U.S. peacekeeping efforts abroad. Many of these cuts are already in progress under the guidance of Elon Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency. At the same time, the plan boosts funding by billions of dollars for Trump’s high-priority immigration enforcement and mass deportation policies.

Trump’s administration maintains its commitment to ending what it calls “woke programs.” This includes the elimination of preschool grants to states that run diversity programs. It also follows through on Trump’s vow to put an end to what he refers to as the “weaponization of government,” by slashing funding for the Internal Revenue Service, despite criticism that he himself is leveraging government power against perceived adversaries.

Overall, the White House estimates that the proposal reduces domestic spending by $163 billion, or 22.6 percent below current funding levels. In contrast, Trump seeks to inject $375 billion in new funding for the Department of Homeland Security and the Department of Defense. This funding surge is part of what Trump calls his “big, beautiful bill” — a legislative package combining significant tax cuts with major reductions in spending. He insists this is essential to repel what he characterizes as a “foreign invasion,” even as data shows migrant arrivals at historic lows.

House Speaker Mike Johnson praised the plan, describing it as “a bold blueprint that reflects the values of hardworking Americans and the commitment to American strength and prosperity.”

Although presidential budgets are not legally binding, they often serve as guiding documents in the fiscal debates that unfold in Congress. Trump’s 2026 proposal is his first since returning to the White House and offers insight into his second-term ambitions and the broader Republican agenda on Capitol Hill.

The timing of the budget also intersects with Trump’s ongoing imposition of tariffs, which many view as a de facto tax increase. These tariffs, totaling potentially hundreds of billions of dollars, have sparked global trade tensions. Consumers, CEOs, and international leaders alike worry that this trade war could tilt the U.S. economy toward a downturn.

In an interview with NBC News’ “Meet the Press,” Trump rejected claims that a recession was looming. When host Kristen Welker brought up Wall Street analysts’ growing concerns, Trump responded, “Well, you know, you say, some people on Wall Street say. Well, I tell you something else. Some people on Wall Street say that we’re going to have the greatest economy in history.”

Democrats were quick to criticize the budget as harmful to average Americans. Senator Patty Murray of Washington, the top Democrat on the Senate Appropriations Committee, said, “President Trump has made his priorities clear as day: he wants to outright defund programs that help working Americans,” while simultaneously “he shovels massive tax breaks at billionaires like himself and raises taxes on middle-class Americans with his reckless tariffs.”

The budget outline was presented by the White House Office of Management and Budget, led by Russell Vought. A key architect of Project 2025 from the conservative Heritage Foundation, Vought provided only topline figures in a leaner, “skinny” version of the full budget.

It addresses discretionary spending, which currently totals about $1.83 trillion annually across defense and nondefense sectors. Under Trump’s plan, this amount would drop by $163 billion, bringing it down to $1.69 trillion. However, this figure represents only a fraction of the government’s nearly $7 trillion overall budget, which includes mandatory spending programs like Social Security, Medicare, and Medicaid.

In recent years, federal budgets have steadily grown, as have deficits, which now approach $2 trillion annually. Interest payments on the national debt alone are nearing $1 trillion per year, driven in part by emergency COVID-19 spending, tax reforms that cut revenue, and rising costs tied to aging-related health care. The U.S. national debt currently stands at $36 trillion.

Maya MacGuineas, president of the Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget, emphasized the need for a comprehensive solution. “We need a budget that tells the full story, and it should control spending, reduce borrowing, bring deficits down,” she said.

Key proposals in the budget include slashing the State Department and international programs by 84 percent, leaving them with just $9.6 billion. This includes drastic reductions to the U.S. Agency for International Development. The Department of Health and Human Services would be cut by $33.3 billion, and the Department of Education would see a $12 billion decrease. Both the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the National Institutes of Health face major funding reductions.

Conversely, the Department of Defense would receive an additional $113.3 billion, and the Department of Homeland Security would gain another $42.3 billion, subject to congressional approval of Trump’s broader legislative plan. However, this defense funding boost has not been universally embraced among Republicans.

Senator Mitch McConnell of Kentucky, the former GOP Senate Leader, labeled the defense spending hike a “gimmick.” He added, “America cannot expect our allies to heed calls for greater annual defense spending if we are unwilling to lead by example. Fortunately, Presidential budget requests are just that: requests. Congress will soon have an opportunity to ensure that American power – and the credibility of our commitments – are appropriately resourced.”

The power to determine federal spending lies with Congress, which must pass legislation to fund agencies and programs. That process often breaks down, leading to temporary funding measures to prevent government shutdowns. Lawmakers are currently working on Trump’s “big bill” that pairs tax reductions with massive spending cuts and expanded deportation efforts — unlike the budget blueprint, this package would carry legal authority.

Russell Vought is expected to appear before Congress in the coming weeks to defend the administration’s proposals. A veteran of Trump’s first term, Vought played a significant role in shaping the current vision. He also authored a detailed section in the Heritage Foundation’s Project 2025 outlining a major overhaul of the federal government.

Vought is separately preparing a $9 billion package aimed at defunding both the U.S. Agency for International Development and the Corporation for Public Broadcasting, which includes PBS and NPR. Late Thursday, Trump signed an executive order instructing the Corporation for Public Broadcasting and other agencies to halt funding for public media.

Vought has indicated that this $9 billion proposal would be only the first in a series of so-called “budget rescissions.” These measures are designed to test how willing lawmakers are to go on record supporting significant funding rollbacks.

Indian American Population Grows Sharply, Continues to Lead in Education and Income

Over the past twenty years, the Indian-origin population in the United States has seen a dramatic rise, and today, Indian Americans rank among the highest in terms of education and income within the broader Asian American community.

A new Fact Sheet released on May 1 by the Pew Research Center, a leading U.S.-based think tank, presents the latest data profile on Americans of Indian descent. Drawing from an analysis of U.S. Census data, the report highlights the demographic, linguistic, economic, and social characteristics of Indian Americans. According to Pew’s interpretation of data from the 2021–2023 American Community Survey (ACS), the Indian American population now numbers approximately 5.2 million. Of this total, those who hold U.S. citizenship represent the second-largest group of Asian origin in the country, making up 21 percent of the Asian American population.

The findings provide insight into the dynamic evolution of the Indian American community. The number of people of Indian origin residing in the U.S. rose from 1.8 million in 2000 to 3.1 million in 2023, reflecting a staggering 174 percent growth over a span of nearly two decades. This immense growth underscores the demographic and cultural shift underway within Asian American communities, particularly among Indians.

While the total population of Indian Americans has grown substantially, the proportion of Indian immigrants within the group has slightly declined. In 2000, immigrants made up 73 percent of all Indian-origin individuals in the U.S. That figure has decreased to 66 percent by 2023. However, the absolute number of Indian-born residents has surged, climbing from 1.3 million in 2000 to 3.2 million in 2023.

Another notable point from the analysis is that a significant portion of Indian immigrants have chosen to become U.S. citizens. According to the Pew Research Center, “Within the Indian community, 51 percent are naturalized citizens while 60 percent have lived here for more than 10 years.” This indicates a high degree of long-term settlement and integration among Indians in the United States.

Education continues to be one of the strongest hallmarks of Indian Americans. Pew’s data reveals that “77 percent of Indian Americans aged 25 and older have bachelor’s degrees or advanced degrees.” This figure stands well above the overall rate for Asian Americans, among whom 56 percent have attained similar educational levels. These statistics affirm the long-standing perception of Indian Americans as a highly educated demographic group, with many excelling in technology, science, medicine, academia, and business.

Language proficiency, especially in English, is also prominent within the Indian community. According to the report, “Compared to other Asians, English proficiency is much higher within the Indian community, with 84% of Indians ages 5 and older speaking the language proficiently.” This is noticeably higher than the 74 percent English proficiency rate among all Asian Americans. Additionally, several Indian languages remain commonly spoken at home. As the Pew study notes, “18 percent speak Hindi, 11 percent Telugu, 10 percent Gujarati, and 7 percent Tamil.”

When examining geographic distribution, Indians are spread across the country, but certain states and metropolitan regions stand out. California tops the list, hosting the largest population of Indian Americans with 960,000 residents. Texas follows with 570,000, while New Jersey has 440,000, New York has 390,000, and Illinois houses about 270,000. At the city level, the largest Indian populations are found in major metropolitan areas such as New York City with 710,000 people, Dallas with 270,000, and San Francisco with 260,000.

Indian Americans also continue to outperform other ethnic groups economically. In 2023, the median household income for Indian-headed households reached $151,200, far exceeding the average for Asian-headed households, which stood at $105,600. Personal earnings also reflected this trend. The Pew data found that “individual annual personal earnings of Indian Americans ages 16 and older was $85,300 in 2023,” whereas the broader Asian American group had an average of $52,400.

The religious composition of Indian Americans also presents a diverse spectrum. Hindus form the largest group, accounting for nearly half of all Indian adults in the U.S. According to the Pew analysis, “48 percent of Indian adults are Hindu; 15 percent are Christian, and 15 percent are unaffiliated.” The unaffiliated category includes people who identify as atheist, agnostic, or not aligned with any particular religion.

Lastly, the data also touches upon poverty rates within the community. Despite common assumptions that associate immigrant groups with financial struggles, Indian Americans have relatively low poverty levels. The Pew report states, “Poverty in the Indian community stood at 6 percent compared to 10 percent among Asians.” This further emphasizes the socio-economic strength of this group, who are often employed in skilled professions with stable incomes.

Overall, the Pew Research Center’s updated profile paints a picture of a growing, highly educated, economically prosperous, and culturally diverse Indian American community. Their contributions continue to shape and enrich the broader American landscape across sectors ranging from technology and healthcare to education, finance, and public life.

Centuries of Papal Conclaves: Rituals, Records, and Historical Curiosities

The film “Conclave” may have recently introduced audiences to the grandeur and drama of the modern papal conclave, but the process of electing a new pope has a rich and complex history spanning centuries. From epic delays to political intrigues, this ancient Catholic tradition has generated numerous fascinating facts, many of which are highlighted through research such as Miles Pattenden’s Electing the Pope in Early Modern Italy, 1450–1700, and insights from scholars like Elena Cangiano, an archaeologist at Viterbo’s Palazzo dei Papi.

The most drawn-out papal conclave in history occurred in the 13th century, following the death of Pope Clement IV. It took the Church an astonishing 1,006 days—nearly three years—to elect his successor, Pope Gregory X. This record-setting delay led to public outrage in Viterbo, a town north of Rome where the cardinals had gathered. In response, the exasperated townspeople physically locked the cardinals inside the meeting hall, which ultimately gave rise to the word “conclave,” meaning “under lock and key.” The deadlock was rooted in divisions between supporters of the papacy and the Holy Roman Empire. Eventually, a compromise led to Gregory X’s election in September 1271, nearly three years after the process had begun.

This long delay prompted Viterbo’s residents to escalate their pressure tactics. Not only did they confine the cardinals, but they also removed the roof of the building and limited their food supply to bread and water. The aim was to force a decision. Following this ordeal, Gregory X established rules to prevent such prolonged elections in the future. In 1274, he decreed that if the conclave extended beyond three days, cardinals would only receive one meal a day. If it stretched past eight days, their diet would be restricted to “bread, water and wine.” Though these restrictions have since been abolished, they reflect the intensity and desperation surrounding papal elections in earlier times.

On the opposite end of the spectrum, the fastest conclave occurred in 1503 when Pope Julius II was elected in just a few hours, after the minimum required waiting period. That rule, introduced after 1274, mandates a pause of at least 10 days between a pope’s death and the start of voting, later extended to 15 days to allow cardinals time to reach Rome. In modern history, conclaves have generally been quicker: Pope Francis was elected on the fifth ballot in 2013, Benedict XVI on the fourth in 2005, and Pope Pius XII on the third in 1939.

The Sistine Chapel, famed for Michelangelo’s breathtaking frescoes, has been the site of papal conclaves since 1878. However, the very first conclave held there was in 1492. St. John Paul II, in his 1996 document Universi Dominici Gregis, wrote, “Everything is conducive to an awareness of the presence of God, in whose sight each person will one day be judged.” The cardinals stay nearby, usually in the Domus Santa Marta guest house, allowing them to remain close to the chapel while preserving the sanctity of the process.

Though most conclaves have taken place in Rome, there have been notable exceptions. Throughout history, about 30 conclaves occurred in locations like the Quirinale Palace’s Pauline Chapel, St. John Lateran Basilica, and Santa Maria Sopra Minerva. Additionally, conclaves were occasionally held outside Rome altogether—in Italian cities such as Viterbo, Perugia, Arezzo, and Venice, and in more distant cities including Konstanz in Germany and Lyon in France.

The Catholic Church has also faced periods of deep division, most notably between 1378 and 1417 during the Western Schism. During this nearly 40-year conflict, multiple claimants to the papacy emerged, creating a rift within the Church. Known as antipopes, these rival pontiffs included Clement VII, Benedict XIII, Alexander V, and John XXIII. The crisis was resolved at the Council of Constance in 1417, leading to the election of Martin V, who was recognized as the legitimate pope and helped restore unity to the Church.

Another lesser-known aspect of conclave history involves the living conditions of the cardinals. Prior to the construction of the Domus Santa Marta in 1996, conclave participants often had to sleep on cots in sparsely furnished rooms near the Sistine Chapel. Descriptions from the 16th and 17th centuries paint a grim picture. “The cardinals simply had to have a more regular and comfortable way of living because they were old men, many of them with quite advanced disease,” wrote historian Miles Pattenden. Poor hygiene and lack of ventilation posed serious health risks, especially during the summer months. Some electors even fell seriously ill during the process.

Secrecy has long been a cornerstone of the conclave. Initially, papal elections were more transparent, but fears of political interference reached a peak during the prolonged Viterbo conclave. Gregory X responded by mandating that cardinals be sequestered “cum clave” until a pope was chosen. The goal was to foster an atmosphere of divine contemplation, free from external pressures. Over the centuries, popes have reinforced these confidentiality rules, ensuring that the deliberations remain shrouded in silence and solemnity.

Age has also played a significant role in conclave history. The youngest pope ever elected was Pope John XII, who took the papal office at just 18 years old in the year 955. On the other end of the spectrum, Pope Celestine III (1191) and Celestine V (1294) were each about 85 years old when elected. In more recent times, Benedict XVI was 78 when chosen in 2005, making him one of the older popes in modern history.

While modern tradition holds that popes are chosen from among the College of Cardinals, this is not a strict requirement. The last non-cardinal to be elected pope was Urban VI in 1378, a monk and the Archbishop of Bari. Despite the longstanding dominance of Italian popes, the Church has elected a diverse array of pontiffs. John Paul II, elected in 1978, was Polish; Benedict XVI, elected in 2005, was German; and Pope Francis, chosen in 2013, hails from Argentina. Other non-Italian popes in history include Alexander VI of Spain (1492), Gregory III of Syria (731), and Adrian VI of the Netherlands (1522).

From protracted deadlocks and anti-pope controversies to unique venues and rigorous secrecy, the history of the conclave provides a window into the deep rituals and high drama behind the election of the leader of the Catholic Church. As dramatized in films and studied by historians, the conclave remains one of the most mysterious and enduring traditions in religious history.

Ajay Devgn’s Raid 2 Delivers a Riveting Sequel with Grit, Power, and Stellar Performances

In Raid 2, Ajay Devgn returns as Amey, a no-nonsense and upright officer now stationed in Bhoj, Rajasthan. This time, his battle is against a man who is worshipped like a demi-god—Dada Bhai, whose real name is Manohar Sarang, portrayed compellingly by Riteish Deshmukh. Dada Bhai has built a mass following, thanks to his modest beginnings as a cobbler and his tireless work for the welfare of the underprivileged. Riding on this goodwill, he wins an election and starts a Foundation that not only aids the common man but also gives them job opportunities and dignity through work.

What elevates Dada Bhai’s appeal even more is his reverence for his mother, Amma, played by Supriya Pathak Kapur. His devotion to her is profound—“worshipping whose feet are more important than any deity for him.” This bond cements his image as a man of virtue in the public eye, making it difficult for anyone to even consider questioning his intentions or actions.

Amey’s support team includes Geeta, portrayed by Shruti Pandey, who has long admired him. His team is fully loyal, committed to his cause and leadership. However, Amey soon begins to notice troubling signs suggesting that Dada Bhai is far from the saintly figure he appears to be. Determined to expose the truth, Amey embarks on a mission to bring him down. But this is no easy feat. The odds are stacked against him—not only does Dada Bhai have the unwavering support of the public, but Amma herself refuses to accept the possibility of her son doing any wrong.

Amey’s task becomes even more difficult when a raid he leads fails to uncover any incriminating evidence. As a result, he is suspended, and his replacement, Lallan, played by Amit Sial, is clearly more accommodating to Dada Bhai’s financial “negotiations.” Yet, Amey does not back down. Despite the suspension, his perseverance leads to significant breakthroughs. His wife, portrayed by Vaani Kapoor, becomes a vital player in these developments, providing support and stepping in when it matters most. Her involvement proves crucial in the unraveling of Dada Bhai’s carefully curated image.

The climax of the film is both powerful and believable, offering a fitting resolution to the story. It confirms that Amey’s unwavering commitment to justice ultimately pays off and that integrity can triumph, even when the system seems rigged.

Director and co-writer Raj Kumar Gupta shows considerable growth since the original Raid. He embraces a more grounded approach to commercial cinema, blending realism with mass appeal. One item number, Nasha, featuring Tamannaah Bhatia, is smartly woven into the narrative and doesn’t feel out of place. Meanwhile, the energetic Money Money is creatively used during the end credits. The script, written by Gupta along with Ritesh Shah (who also worked on the first film), Jaideep Yadav, Karan Vyas, and Akshat Tiwari, is sharp, suspenseful, and filled with unexpected turns. Throughout its 139-minute runtime, there is not a single dull moment.

Though the family scenes in the movie are limited and somewhat predictable, they add a natural layer to the story. The characters are well-developed and resonate with authenticity. One particularly engaging subplot involves Tauji, played by Saurabh Shukla, Amey’s earlier adversary from Raid (2018). Still imprisoned after Amey’s earlier crackdown on him, Tauji watches Amey’s latest mission with reluctant respect and a sense of amusement. His character adds depth to the narrative and ties the sequel back to the original film in a meaningful way.

Performances across the board are robust and elevate the film. Ajay Devgn is superb as Amey. His expressions convey volumes, and his powerful delivery anchors the film. However, there are a few moments where his diction slips into a gruff tone that can be hard to hear clearly. Vaani Kapoor fits seamlessly into the role of Malini. She embodies the character’s blend of ardency and compassion, and her portrayal arguably surpasses the actress who played the role in the original film. “She looks more like the character she is supposed to be: ardent and yet caring.”

Riteish Deshmukh is exceptional as Dada Bhai. His performance is commanding, adding credibility to a character who walks a fine line between public hero and manipulative fraud. His previous portrayals of grey and negative characters have been impressive, and this role continues that trend. Supriya Pathak Kapur as Amma brings gravitas and warmth to her role, while Amit Sial’s portrayal of the easily corruptible Lallan is both convincing and infuriating. Saurabh Shukla is once again brilliant as Tauji, maintaining his unique balance of menace and humor.

Shruti Pandey brings energy and depth to the role of Geeta, and the chubby member of Amey’s team adds an extra touch of charm and credibility to the group dynamics. Among the experienced cast, Rajat Kapoor plays Amey’s boss with quiet authority, Govind Namdeo is effective as the man approached for a bribe, and Brijendra Kala and Mukesh Tiwari shine in their smaller but impactful roles.

Technically, the film is top-tier. Sudhir K. Chaudhary’s cinematography captures the mood and tension beautifully, adding texture and polish to the storytelling. The background score by Amit Trivedi enhances the overall tone and elevates key moments with precision.

In a rare case for sequels, Raid 2 not only lives up to its predecessor but surpasses it in many respects. The narrative is more layered, the stakes higher, and the execution more mature. The direction, writing, performances, and technical craftsmanship come together to deliver a gripping and satisfying cinematic experience.

Raid 2 is a film that grips from start to finish, combining suspense, drama, and a hard-hitting message about corruption and justice. For those who enjoyed the first installment, this one is even better. And for new viewers, it stands strong on its own as a high-stakes thriller that never loses its emotional core.

“This one’s not to be missed.”

**Rating: **1/2

T-Series Films’ and Panorama Studios’ Raid 2

Produced by: Bhushan Kumar, Krishan Kumar, Kumar Mangat Pathak & Abhishek Pathak

Directed by: Raj Kumar Gupta

Written by: Ritesh Shah, Raj Kumar Gupta, Jaideep Yadav, Karan Vyas & Akshat Tiwari

Music: Amit Trivedi, White Noise Collective (Sachin-Jigar), Yo Yo Honey Singh, Rochak Kohli (with Nusrat Fateh Ali Khan) & Sachet-Parampara, with original songs by Laxmikant-Pyarelal and Bappi Lahiri

Starring: Ajay Devgn, Riteish Deshmukh, Vaani Kapoor, Amit Sial, Saurabh Shukla, Supriya Pathak Kapur, Rajat Kapur, Brijendra Kala, Shruti Pandey, Mukesh Tiwari, Govind Namdeo

Special Appearances: Yo Yo Honey Singh, Jacqueline Fernandez, Tamannaah Bhatia

Kareena Kapoor Reflects on Hollywood and Global Reach of Indian Cinema at WAVES 2025

The first-ever World Audio Visual and Entertainment Summit (WAVES) 2025 is currently taking place at the Jio World Convention Centre in Mumbai. On the second day of the summit, a special session titled Cinema – The Soft Power featured popular actors Kareena Kapoor and Vijay Deverakonda. The discussion, centered around the influence of cinema both in India and globally, was moderated by filmmaker and producer Karan Johar.

Karan Johar opened the session by steering the discussion toward the growing international impact of Indian cinema and the evolving collaborations between the Hindi and South Indian film industries. He posed questions on how these synergies might influence the future of filmmaking in the country. Addressing Kareena Kapoor directly, Karan asked why she had never pursued a career in Hollywood, unlike some of her peers who had actively explored opportunities in the West.

In response, Kareena explained that she has never been the type to go after things forcefully. “Chasing is not a part of my personality. If it has to happen, it will happen. I know, times are changing. Who knows, a Hindi-English film will happen. Even Steven Spielberg is watching our Hindi films. So, you never know,” she said.

This comment prompted her to recount a memorable moment when she had a surprising encounter with the legendary filmmaker Steven Spielberg. Recalling the incident, Kareena shared how the acclaimed director behind Lincoln had recognized her from one of the most iconic Hindi films of all time. “I was actually in a restaurant, I am travelling somewhere. Steven Spielberg was eating at the same restaurant. This was many moons ago, when 3 Idiots had just released. He actually came up to me and told me that, ‘Are you that girl who was in that very famous Indian film about three students?’ I said, ‘Yes, that’s me.’ He said, ‘My god. I loved that movie,’” she narrated.

Kareena emphasized that this moment was particularly significant to her because it demonstrated the global reach of Indian films without the need for actors to appear in English-language cinema. “I didn’t need to act in an English film for him to see me. He watched 3 Idiots. That’s a moment for us,” she said proudly, highlighting the power and potential of Indian content to resonate internationally.

Throughout the session, the focus remained on cinema’s ability to transcend language barriers and reach audiences across the world. Both Kareena Kapoor and Vijay Deverakonda acknowledged the increasing scope for collaboration between Hindi cinema and the Southern film industry, a trend that has gained momentum over the past few years. With blockbuster successes from both industries influencing each other and drawing global attention, discussions like these at WAVES 2025 aim to explore how such synergy can shape the future of Indian entertainment.

Karan Johar, known for his influential work in Bollywood and his role in launching several actors’ careers, played the role of moderator with his usual flair. His question to Kareena highlighted how stardom is perceived differently by different artists and how some prefer organic growth over actively seeking international fame. Kareena’s candid response underlined her confidence in the changing landscape of cinema, where quality storytelling can garner global admiration regardless of the language it is told in.

The anecdote about Spielberg’s recognition of her role in 3 Idiots served as a testament to the global appeal of Indian films. 3 Idiots, directed by Rajkumar Hirani and starring Aamir Khan, R. Madhavan, Sharman Joshi, and Kareena Kapoor, became a phenomenon not only in India but also in several other countries. Its themes of educational pressure, friendship, and innovation resonated with audiences across cultures, furthering its reach and impact.

Kareena Kapoor, who has consistently remained a prominent figure in Hindi cinema for over two decades, has maintained a unique approach to her career. Unlike some of her contemporaries who have actively worked in Hollywood or made appearances in international media, Kareena has chosen to focus on impactful roles within the Indian industry. Her decision reflects a belief that quality content and powerful performances can lead to recognition on their own terms.

In her comments, Kareena also hinted at the possibility of future collaborations that blend Indian and Western storytelling. With the global entertainment landscape becoming increasingly interconnected through platforms like Netflix and Amazon Prime Video, the line between local and international cinema is becoming increasingly blurred. Kareena acknowledged this shift, saying, “Who knows, a Hindi-English film will happen.”

She further pointed out that the admiration of Indian films by global icons like Spielberg is a validation of Indian cinema’s growing influence. The fact that a Hollywood giant had watched 3 Idiots and appreciated it without her ever stepping into an English-language film set reinforced her belief that one does not need to chase global fame if their work speaks for itself.

On the professional front, Kareena Kapoor was most recently seen in Singham Again, a multi-starrer film that continues the popular cop franchise by Rohit Shetty. The film features several big names from Bollywood and showcases Kareena in a key role. In addition to this, she also starred in Crew last year, a female-led comedy-drama that was well received by audiences and critics alike.

WAVES 2025, with its focus on innovation and integration across the audiovisual and entertainment sectors, is designed to foster conversations like these that explore the future of cinema in a rapidly changing world. The event has brought together filmmakers, actors, producers, and policy-makers from around the globe to discuss the cultural and economic power of storytelling.

Sessions like Cinema – The Soft Power emphasize how cinema can serve as a bridge between cultures and ideas. Kareena’s presence, along with Vijay Deverakonda’s and Karan Johar’s, added depth to this conversation, particularly in showcasing the diversity and evolution of Indian cinema.

As Indian films continue to gain visibility in international film festivals, streaming platforms, and global box offices, the discussion around representation, content quality, and cross-border collaboration becomes increasingly relevant. Kareena’s remarks offered a grounded yet optimistic perspective on how the industry is evolving. Her belief that meaningful cinema can open doors without having to chase opportunities is a powerful message for aspiring actors and filmmakers alike.

In a time when entertainment is more global than ever, the WAVES 2025 summit is playing a vital role in encouraging dialogue and celebrating achievements. Kareena Kapoor’s Spielberg anecdote served as a fitting highlight, underscoring the fact that Indian cinema’s soft power is already being felt around the world—and that its potential continues to grow.

MOCAAPI Gala Raises $140,000 for Breast Cancer Research and Support

The Monmouth and Ocean County chapter of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (MOCAAPI) successfully raised approximately $140,000 during its annual charity gala held on April 26 at the Sheraton in Eatontown, New Jersey.

Titled ‘A Night of Pink and Hope’, the event drew in over 250 guests who came together for an evening centered around celebration, raising awareness, and supporting a meaningful cause. The proceeds from the event were dedicated to Making Strides Against Breast Cancer, an initiative of the American Cancer Society that focuses on providing assistance to individuals battling breast cancer and promoting advancements in research.

Binaya S. Pradhan, the Consul General of India in New York, acknowledged the valuable contributions of MOCAAPI and commended the organization’s sustained commitment to community welfare. He particularly highlighted the influence and significance of Indian American physicians in the region.

Dr Rekha Gohel, who currently serves as the President of MOCAAPI, shared the story of the organization’s origins. She recalled that it was established in 2023 by a small but visionary group of physicians who were determined to make a difference in their community. Since then, MOCAAPI has worked actively to support and uplift local populations through various health and outreach initiatives.

Reflecting on the organization’s journey and recent accomplishments, Dr Gohel said, “The goal of the gala is to bring together physicians from Monmouth and Ocean counties, celebrate the community’s rich and diverse culture, and make a meaningful impact by raising funds for local charities.” She further expressed deep appreciation for her leadership team and the entire executive committee, noting their essential roles in the success of the event and the ongoing work of the organization.

She acknowledged several key members of her leadership group, stating her gratitude for Vice President Dr Hemangini Shah, Secretary Dr Manish Saini, and Treasurer Dr Abha Ojha Kathuria, along with other executive committee members who helped make the gala a success.

This year’s fundraising effort added significantly to MOCAAPI’s charitable history. Over the years, the group has raised more than $500,000 for a variety of local charitable initiatives. The 2025 gala only reaffirmed the organization’s longstanding commitment to promoting philanthropy, fostering cultural unity, and advancing healthcare excellence in the Monmouth and Ocean County areas.

The evening was a blend of culture and compassion, featuring moving tributes, vibrant interactions, and expressions of solidarity for breast cancer patients and survivors. Guests enjoyed performances and speeches that reflected the theme of hope and resilience. The event brought together healthcare professionals, community leaders, and supporters who shared a collective vision of helping others while celebrating their cultural identity.

In addition to the fundraising, the event served as a platform to recognize the dedication and services of Indian American physicians in New Jersey. Their commitment to both medicine and community well-being was highlighted through speeches and interactions throughout the night.

Binaya S. Pradhan emphasized the broader impact of such community-driven efforts, acknowledging the leadership role Indian American doctors play in shaping healthcare outcomes. His recognition of MOCAAPI’s contributions underlined the importance of immigrant professionals in making a significant difference within their adopted communities.

MOCAAPI’s mission remains focused on supporting charitable causes, encouraging professional collaboration among Indian American physicians, and offering resources that benefit the wider population in Monmouth and Ocean counties. As part of its ongoing outreach, the organization hosts events that foster social connection while addressing serious health issues.

The success of this year’s gala reaffirms MOCAAPI’s role as a cornerstone of community-driven healthcare efforts. Their contributions to local charities and public health projects have had lasting effects, particularly in raising awareness around diseases like breast cancer. By aligning with nationally recognized organizations such as the American Cancer Society, MOCAAPI enhances the impact of its fundraising efforts and creates avenues for collaborative outreach.

As Dr Gohel noted during the event, “The goal of the gala is to bring together physicians from Monmouth and Ocean counties, celebrate the community’s rich and diverse culture, and make a meaningful impact by raising funds for local charities.” Her words served not only as a reflection on the evening’s success but also as a vision for the future of the organization.

While the evening was undoubtedly festive and celebratory, its core message was one of action, hope, and service. Guests left with a stronger understanding of the challenges faced by breast cancer patients and the importance of continuous support through research and community programs.

The event also illustrated how community-based organizations can bridge cultural heritage with modern civic engagement. The blending of Indian American traditions with broader philanthropic goals has been a hallmark of MOCAAPI’s activities, helping to create a model for similar groups across the nation.

As MOCAAPI looks ahead to future projects, its leadership remains committed to building on the momentum generated by this year’s gala. Plans are already underway to expand outreach efforts, strengthen partnerships, and increase the involvement of local medical professionals in community initiatives.

With over half a million dollars raised since its inception, MOCAAPI has established itself as a significant force for positive change in Monmouth and Ocean counties. The success of this year’s gala, both in fundraising and community engagement, serves as a powerful reminder of what can be achieved when professional groups come together with a shared purpose.

As Indian American physicians continue to play a growing role in U.S. healthcare, organizations like MOCAAPI are ensuring their contributions extend well beyond clinical settings. Through efforts like the annual gala, they are creating meaningful social impact, raising awareness on critical health issues, and providing a sense of unity within the diaspora community.

The 2025 gala not only highlighted these ongoing contributions but also signaled a bright and compassionate path forward, built on collaboration, cultural pride, and a shared mission to serve.

Jaishankar Urges Justice in Pahalgam Attack; US Calls for India-Pakistan De-escalation

External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar held a discussion with US Secretary of State Marco Rubio on Wednesday regarding the recent terrorist attack in Pahalgam, stressing the need for accountability. He underscored that those responsible for the attack, including its perpetrators, supporters, and planners, must be brought to justice. In response, Rubio reiterated the US position that India and Pakistan should work together to reduce tensions and maintain peace in the South Asian region.

Jaishankar shared the details of their conversation on the social media platform X, formerly known as Twitter. He posted, “Discussed the Pahalgam terrorist attack with US @SecRubio yesterday. Its perpetrators, backers and planners must be brought to justice.”

Marco Rubio expressed condolences for those who lost their lives in the tragic incident. According to US State Department Spokesperson Tammy Bruce, “Secretary of State Marco Rubio spoke with Indian External Affairs Minister Subrahmanyam Jaishankar today. The Secretary expressed his sorrow for the lives lost in the horrific terrorist attack in Pahalgam, and reaffirmed the United States’ commitment to cooperation with India against terrorism. He also encouraged India to work with Pakistan to de-escalate tensions and maintain peace and security in South Asia.”

The US government is actively engaging with both India and Pakistan in efforts to prevent further escalation. Bruce stated that the US has reached out to both countries urging them not to worsen the situation. “Every day action is being taken. In this case, the Secretary speaking directly to his counterparts in India and Pakistan… We expect… the impact he has usually had with the individuals he has spoken with, and certainly with President Trump’s leadership, India and Pakistan having those conversations. It’s very important for them,” she said during a press briefing.

This latest appeal for restraint is part of a broader pattern of US diplomatic efforts to reduce Indo-Pakistani tensions following terrorist incidents. Such calls have been made in past crises as well. For example, in the aftermath of the 2019 Pulwama terror attack, then-US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo reached out to the late Sushma Swaraj, India’s External Affairs Minister at the time, with a similar message. He had urged both nations to exercise restraint and focus on reducing hostilities.

Similarly, after the 2016 Uri terrorist attack, John Kerry, who was the US Secretary of State during the Obama administration, had also spoken to Swaraj. In that conversation too, the emphasis was on de-escalation and preventing further deterioration of the situation.

Despite these appeals for calm, India has responded with military action in both past cases. Following the Pulwama attack in 2019, the Indian Air Force conducted airstrikes in Balakot, targeting terrorist camps across the Line of Control in Pakistan. This marked a significant shift in India’s strategic approach and was viewed as a strong message to those sponsoring cross-border terrorism.

Likewise, in 2016, after the Uri attack that resulted in the deaths of 19 Indian soldiers, the Indian Army launched what it described as “surgical strikes” against terrorist launchpads in Pakistan-occupied Kashmir. This operation was widely publicized by Indian officials and media as a retaliatory move, demonstrating a departure from India’s previously restrained responses.

The most recent attack in Pahalgam has revived global concern about the potential for military escalation between the two nuclear-armed neighbors. The United States, while expressing solidarity with India over the terrorist incident, has clearly communicated its interest in avoiding another cycle of conflict. This approach underscores Washington’s ongoing diplomatic balancing act between supporting India’s security concerns and maintaining regional stability.

Even though the US condemned the Pahalgam attack and affirmed its commitment to fighting terrorism in partnership with India, its concurrent appeal for dialogue with Pakistan is a familiar feature of its South Asia policy. American officials have often walked a tightrope, expressing support for India’s right to self-defense while advocating bilateral talks to prevent the situation from spiraling out of control.

Bruce’s statement highlighted the urgency of high-level communication, noting that Secretary Rubio’s direct conversations with both Indian and Pakistani officials were part of a broader strategy to contain the fallout. “We expect… the impact he has usually had with the individuals he has spoken with,” she said, reflecting the confidence the US places in its diplomatic engagements in the region.

These developments come at a time when relations between India and Pakistan remain severely strained, with little formal diplomatic engagement taking place. The legacy of previous terrorist attacks, coupled with India’s assertive military posture in recent years, has only hardened positions on both sides.

India has repeatedly emphasized that it expects firm action against terrorism from across the border and has often dismissed third-party mediation efforts, preferring a bilateral framework that it argues must be free of cross-border violence. Pakistan, on the other hand, has continued to raise the Kashmir issue in international forums and has called for dialogue, although India has maintained that such talks can only resume once terrorism ceases.

In the case of the Pahalgam attack, the exact details of the group or individuals responsible have not yet been made public. However, India’s call for justice reflects a consistent stance that accountability and deterrence must go hand in hand in dealing with terrorism. Jaishankar’s firm message to Rubio, emphasizing the need to punish those behind the attack, reinforces this position.

“Discussed the Pahalgam terrorist attack with US @SecRubio yesterday. Its perpetrators, backers and planners must be brought to justice,” Jaishankar reiterated in his post on X, echoing India’s unambiguous stance on the issue.

The US, for its part, appears to be focusing on ensuring that the situation does not evolve into a wider conflict. Its repeated calls for restraint, appeals to historical precedent, and diplomatic outreach to both sides reflect its deep interest in regional stability and counterterrorism cooperation. While the sympathy extended to India is evident, so is the emphasis on engagement and dialogue as a means of crisis management.

Despite the recurring nature of these terror-related flashpoints, the challenge of ensuring long-term peace in South Asia remains unresolved. Washington’s cautious optimism, expressed through Secretary Rubio’s outreach and Bruce’s public statements, suggests that the US continues to view direct communication between India and Pakistan as essential—even if past efforts have had limited success.

As tensions remain high following the Pahalgam incident, the international community, particularly the United States, will likely continue playing a mediating role, even as India sticks to its demand for justice and Pakistan calls for dialogue. Whether these parallel positions can converge in a constructive manner remains to be seen.

End of De Minimis Exemption Signals Higher Costs for U.S. Shoppers and a Shift in Trade Policy

Many Americans may only now begin to experience the tangible impact of President Donald Trump’s broad tariff policies. That’s because a key shipping exemption known as the de minimis rule officially expired just after midnight on Friday. This rule had previously allowed goods valued at $800 or less to enter the United States without tariffs, bypassing many inspections and bureaucratic procedures.

The de minimis loophole was pivotal in transforming American shopping habits. It enabled Chinese online retailers such as Shein, Temu, and AliExpress to deliver a wide range of ultra-affordable products—from craft supplies and patio décor to clothing and camera gear—directly into American homes. With its removal, baseline tariffs as steep as 145% are now being imposed on Chinese imports, which could more than double the cost of items that bargain-hunting consumers have come to rely on.

This development is reverberating across social media platforms, where consumers are reacting with alarm. For the first time, abstract trade policy is being translated into something consumers can physically see: a higher receipt at checkout.

Shipping giants including UPS, FedEx, DHL, and the U.S. Postal Service report they are ready to handle the change. A spokesperson from U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) affirmed to CNN, “We are prepared and equipped to carry out enhanced package screenings and enforce orders effectively.”

However, whether the average American consumer is truly prepared for these changes is another story.

Earlier this year, when Trump first curtailed the de minimis exemption for shipments originating from Hong Kong and China, the consequences were immediate and disruptive. The U.S. Postal Service briefly halted parcel deliveries from China, and packages that were shipped experienced substantial delays with little to no tracking available domestically.

At the core of the disruption is the sheer volume of affected shipments. A congressional research report found that over 80% of all U.S. e-commerce shipments in 2022 were classified as de minimis imports, most of which came from China. According to CBP, the agency processes nearly 4 million of these duty-free shipments daily, and the total number of such packages in the last fiscal year reached 1.36 billion.

This enormous volume includes everything from dog accessories and kids’ bead kits to kitchen tools and trinkets. Regular users of platforms like Temu and Shein told CNN that these sites have become increasingly popular as American-made products grow less affordable.

“I can’t afford to buy from Temu now, and I already couldn’t afford to buy in this country,” said Rena Scott, a 64-year-old retired nurse from Virginia, in a comment to CNN Business.

The new policy is likely to hit lower-income households the hardest. Research from economists at UCLA and Yale in February revealed that 48% of de minimis shipments were delivered to the poorest zip codes in the U.S., while only 22% went to the wealthiest areas.

This shift might not be instantaneous but is expected to unfold gradually. Even before the exemption officially expired, retailers like Shein and Temu began adjusting their prices. CNN monitored these hikes in real time.

Shein addressed the change directly in a public notice, stating, “Due to recent changes in global trade rules and tariffs, our operating expenses have gone up. To keep offering the products you love without compromising on quality, we will be making price adjustments. We’re doing everything we can to keep prices low and minimize the impact on you.”

Temu, meanwhile, is adapting its operational model. A spokesperson told CNN that the platform is increasingly relying on domestic fulfillment and expanding its network of U.S.-based sellers. “Temu’s pricing for U.S. consumers remains unchanged as the platform transitions to a local fulfillment model,” the company said. “All sales in the U.S. are now handled by locally based sellers, with orders fulfilled from within the country.”

It remains uncertain whether further price hikes will occur among these or other online retailers.

Shipping companies are also adjusting to the change. DHL confirmed to CNN that it has “increased our staffing levels in order to support the additional volume of informal entry clearances we anticipate.”

Meanwhile, the tariff changes themselves are significant. Goods from China and Hong Kong transported by major couriers such as UPS, DHL, and FedEx are now subject to a baseline 145% tariff, in addition to specific duties based on the type of product. Items arriving via USPS face a 120% base tariff or a $100 flat fee per item. That flat fee will rise to $200 beginning June 1.

While core supporters of Trump’s “Make America Great Again” movement continue to stand by him, suggesting in social media posts and interviews that they are willing to weather short-term economic hardship, broader public sentiment is shifting.

A CNN poll conducted by SSRS last month found that 59% of Americans believe Trump’s policies have worsened the U.S. economy. The survey, held between April 17 and 24, came shortly after the White House introduced a series of expansive new tariffs on numerous countries, only to then pause several of them. Nevertheless, 60% of respondents felt Trump’s policies have led to a higher cost of living in their communities.

Now, with the end of the de minimis exemption, those cost increases could become even more noticeable.

At a Cabinet meeting on Thursday, Trump emphasized the significance of the move. “It’s a very, it’s a big deal,” he said. Describing the de minimis rule, he added, “a big scam.” He concluded with, “And we’ve ended, we put an end to it.”

With a stroke of policy, everyday consumers may now find themselves paying more for items they once bought at rock-bottom prices. What was once a behind-the-scenes matter of international trade rules has now become a kitchen table issue for millions of Americans, many of whom are confronting it for the first time not in headlines, but on their receipts.

US and India Condemn Pahalgam Terror Attack, Reaffirm Joint Stand Against Cross-Border Terrorism

On Thursday, U.S. Secretary of Defense Pete Hegseth and Indian Defence Minister Rajnath Singh held a phone conversation to discuss the April 22 terrorist assault in Pahalgam, located in Jammu and Kashmir. The attack resulted in the tragic deaths of 26 people, including one citizen from Nepal. The majority of those killed were Indian tourists who had been visiting the region.

During the call, Secretary Hegseth expressed heartfelt condolences for the innocent lives lost in the brutal act of violence and condemned what he described as a “dastardly” attack. The United States emphasized its firm support for India in its fight against terrorism and reiterated that India has the right to protect its people from such threats.

The conversation reflected both countries’ ongoing concerns about terrorism in the South Asian region and their united stance against groups and states that sponsor violence. The Indian Ministry of Defence stated that Minister Singh made it clear Pakistan has a longstanding history of supporting, training, and financing terrorist entities. He also highlighted that the broader international community must not turn a blind eye to Pakistan’s role in disturbing the peace and stability of the region.

“Pakistan has been exposed as a rogue state, fueling global terrorism and threatening regional security,” Singh told Hegseth. “It is critical for the world to explicitly and unequivocally condemn such heinous acts of terrorism.”

Secretary Hegseth, for his part, assured India of America’s unwavering solidarity in combating terrorism and confirmed that the United States supports India’s right to carry out any actions necessary to protect its national security.

The Pahalgam attack on April 22 was particularly horrifying in nature. Armed militants targeted a group of Indian tourists, reportedly asking for their names before opening fire indiscriminately. The method of the assault suggested that the attackers intended to instill fear among civilians while making a political or ideological statement. Indian security forces responded swiftly by launching a high-intensity counterterrorism operation in and around the region in an effort to track down those responsible and neutralize any ongoing threats.

In the wake of the attack, military and diplomatic tensions between India and Pakistan have continued to escalate. On the night of April 30 and the early hours of May 1, the Pakistani army opened fire across the Line of Control (LoC) in the Kupwara, Uri, and Akhnoor sectors of Jammu and Kashmir. Indian defense officials said the firing was unprovoked and that small arms were used in the assault. Indian troops retaliated appropriately in response, though no further casualties have been reported.

The Indian Army’s response was aimed at sending a clear message that such provocations would not go unanswered. Defense sources indicated that India remains committed to safeguarding its territorial integrity while exercising strategic restraint to avoid further escalation.

These developments have once again drawn attention to the persistent threat of cross-border terrorism and the precarious security situation in Jammu and Kashmir. With each new incident, India has become more vocal in demanding that the global community take a firmer stance against nations that are believed to shelter or support terrorist elements.

The Indian government has repeatedly accused Pakistan of harboring terrorists and allowing extremist groups to operate within its borders. In recent years, India has taken various diplomatic steps to expose Islamabad’s alleged involvement in terrorist activities at international forums including the United Nations. The April 22 attack in Pahalgam has further strengthened India’s resolve to mobilize global opinion against such behavior.

Indian officials believe that strong international condemnation, coupled with pressure on Pakistan to dismantle terror networks operating from its soil, is essential for lasting peace in the region. “It is critical for the world to explicitly and unequivocally condemn such heinous acts of terrorism,” Singh repeated during his conversation with Hegseth.

The United States, which has faced terrorism on its own soil, has consistently expressed solidarity with India in times of crisis. By condemning the attack and reaffirming its support, the U.S. aims to maintain a strong strategic relationship with India, particularly in the areas of defense and counterterrorism.

The timing of the Pakistani firing across the LoC so soon after the Pahalgam attack is seen by many analysts as an attempt to deflect attention or escalate tensions further. Indian officials are interpreting the move as part of a larger strategy by Pakistan to keep the region in a state of uncertainty and instability.

The issue of terrorism remains central to India’s foreign policy and national security concerns. New Delhi has been urging world powers, including the U.S., to apply diplomatic and economic pressure on Islamabad to cease all support for terrorist groups. The Modi administration has also been seeking stronger international cooperation on intelligence-sharing, counter-terrorism financing, and regional security initiatives.

This recent phone call between Secretary Hegseth and Minister Singh represents more than just a diplomatic gesture. It reflects an alignment of values between the two democracies in addressing global terrorism and ensuring peace in South Asia. It also demonstrates the importance both countries place on their defense partnership and shared commitment to regional stability.

While no official readout has detailed the exact operational strategies discussed, both nations are expected to deepen defense cooperation in the weeks ahead. This may include expanded joint military exercises, intelligence coordination, and possibly renewed discussions on arms deals aimed at boosting India’s counterterrorism capabilities.

For now, the Indian government is focused on ensuring that those responsible for the April 22 massacre are brought to justice. Security operations in Jammu and Kashmir have been intensified, with a heightened alert level maintained across several districts. The military is also prepared for any further provocations along the border.

The broader message that India is sending to both domestic and international audiences is that terrorism, especially when state-supported, will be met with firm resistance. At the same time, it is calling upon its allies to do more than just issue statements—to take tangible steps toward isolating those who provide safe havens and support for extremist violence.

Secretary Hegseth’s strong words of support and condemnation of the attack were received positively by Indian officials. As the international community reacts to the Pahalgam tragedy, all eyes will be on whether this momentum leads to more decisive global action against cross-border terrorism.

With the situation along the Line of Control remaining tense and security forces maintaining a state of readiness, the path forward remains uncertain. However, what is clear is that India and the United States remain united in their call for justice and their refusal to tolerate acts of terror, regardless of where they originate.

US Student Visa Cancellations Make Indian Youth Rethink Overseas Education Plans

The recent reports of student visa cancellations in the United States have caused anxiety among many Indian students, including Delhi University undergraduate Radhakrishnan, who is now reconsidering his goal of studying in America.

“What I feel is that during my father’s time, it was very lucrative to study in the US. They could get a visa quite easily. But things seem to have gone haywire,” said the 19-year-old.

With his original plans shaken, Radhakrishnan is now setting his sights on enrolling in one of India’s premier management institutions for a master’s degree in business administration. He will only consider going to the US if he fails to secure admission within India.

The sudden revocation of multiple international student visas and the ongoing tensions between the Biden administration and top-tier American universities—some of which are battling over funding issues—have raised alarms among Indian students hoping to study abroad.

India continues to dominate the international student scene in the US, accounting for 29.4 percent of all foreign enrolments for the 2024–25 academic year. It also remains the leading source of international graduate students in America for the second year in a row.

However, many young Indians are now opting to chase their academic and professional dreams within the country. Even those who still choose to study overseas are increasingly planning short-term stays, with the intention of returning soon after graduation.

In recent months, several international students in the US have faced visa cancellations, with some even being instructed to leave voluntarily. The reasons cited range from participating in political demonstrations—especially those supporting Palestinians amid the Israel-Gaza conflict—to minor legal violations such as traffic offenses.

Most students feel powerless to challenge these decisions legally, as the financial burden of litigation is simply too high in addition to their already steep university expenses.

Although many still believe that a US degree offers an edge in the global job market, the tense and unpredictable atmosphere is prompting them to think more carefully about where to pursue their education.

As Indian students expand their options, regions like Europe, Australia, Singapore, and Hong Kong are becoming increasingly attractive. Simultaneously, India’s own top-tier universities are expected to benefit from this shift, according to education experts.

Soumya Shukla, an associate professor at Delhi University, said the current atmosphere in the US is reinforcing a trend she’s observed over the past two to three years.

“Things may not be as rosy in the US as it might seem. Some students who have gone there for studies have later had to pick up unskilled jobs. You don’t get a direct job placement unless you have a qualification from an Ivy League college,” she explained.

The steep cost of studying abroad is another deterrent. Students in India can complete a degree for anywhere between US$200 and US$10,000, while attending a top US university can cost approximately US$50,000 annually—an overwhelming expense for most middle-class Indian families.

The overall demand for higher education within India is booming. According to data from Statista, the number of Indian students enrolled in higher education is projected to more than double, rising from around 40 million in the financial year 2020 to 92 million by 2035.

Nonetheless, students choosing to stay in India must confront the reality that many local colleges are overcrowded, which may compromise educational standards. According to a report by global consultancy EY, few Indian institutions rank among the world’s best, and their academic programs often fail to align with industry needs.

Despite these shortcomings, a growing number of students are optimistic about their prospects in India, especially as the country’s economy remains one of the fastest-growing in the world, promising more job opportunities for well-qualified individuals.

Delhi University student Pratyush Taing, 20, has decided against pursuing his dream of studying at an Ivy League school in the US due to increasing concerns over safety and anti-immigration policies.

“When someone is coming from so far away to study, they want a safe environment,” he said.

Taing also pointed out that India is rapidly expanding its own quality education options, which makes staying in the country more appealing.

This expansion includes international participation. Two years ago, India’s University Grants Commission permitted foreign universities to establish campuses within India. In August of last year, the UK’s University of Southampton became the first to launch an offshore campus in India under the newly introduced national education policy.

Education specialists highlight that prestigious private Indian institutions like Ashoka University and O.P. Jindal Global University have gained a solid reputation for offering world-class education, thereby expanding domestic choices for ambitious students.

Harsh Pant, a professor of international relations at King’s College London, said that universities in Europe, Australia, and Singapore may see an uptick in Indian student applications due to current uncertainty surrounding the US.

However, Pant also emphasized that the US remains a formidable player in global education. “Once things settle down, I do think the diversion from the US will be smaller,” he stated.

One Indian student, who has been accepted into a computer software engineering program in San Jose, California, still intends to go ahead with his plans, despite the recent visa-related controversies.

“I know someone whose visa was cancelled because he participated in a protest. But if you are studying and not taking part in any such activity, then I don’t think it would affect you,” said the student, who wished to remain anonymous.

He also noted that the US continues to offer unmatched opportunities for cutting-edge education and research in the field of technology.

Nonetheless, he plans to return to India after working there for two to three years. His decision is driven by a desire to support his parents and capitalize on India’s rising job market and increasing availability of well-paid roles.

In conclusion, while the United States remains a desirable academic destination due to its advanced educational infrastructure and global prestige, growing concerns about visa security, legal vulnerability, and safety are driving Indian students to reassess their options. With increasing investment in domestic education and the emergence of international campuses in India, students now have broader choices at home and abroad. The shift may not signal a complete departure from the US, but it does reflect a changing mindset shaped by evolving geopolitical and financial realities.

Trump Signs Executive Order to Cut Federal Funding for NPR and PBS Over Alleged Bias

President Donald Trump issued an executive order late Thursday night that directs the Corporation for Public Broadcasting (CPB) to halt federal funding to National Public Radio (NPR) and the Public Broadcasting Service (PBS), citing what he described as their “biased and partisan news coverage.” The directive instructs the CPB to “cease federal funding for NPR and PBS” as far as legally possible. Legal experts suggest the order could face challenges in court.

According to a White House statement released on Friday, both NPR and PBS have received “tens of millions of dollars in taxpayer funds each year to spread radical, woke propaganda disguised as ‘news.'” The administration argued that public funding is no longer justifiable in the modern media environment.

The executive order notes, “Unlike in 1967, when the CPB was established, today the media landscape is filled with abundant, diverse, and innovative news options. Government funding of news media in this environment is not only outdated and unnecessary but corrosive to the appearance of journalistic independence.”

Trump and several of his allies, including billionaire Elon Musk, have repeatedly accused NPR and PBS of pushing left-leaning narratives. Executives from both organizations have consistently rejected these accusations. Just last month, Trump demanded their defunding on Truth Social, calling them “RADICAL LEFT ‘MONSTERS’ THAT SO BADLY HURT OUR COUNTRY!”

NPR and PBS receive approximately $500 million annually in public funding, although NPR claims that less than 1% of its budget actually comes from federal sources. The remainder is largely generated through sponsorships and donations.

Despite this relatively small portion of public funding, Trump contended in his executive order that the CPB had failed to uphold its mandate of fairness and impartiality. “Which viewpoints NPR and PBS promote does not matter. What does matter is that neither entity presents a fair, accurate, or unbiased portrayal of current events to taxpaying citizens,” Trump stated.

The White House also listed a number of reports it considered examples of bias and sensationalism in NPR and PBS coverage. These included stories about transgender issues and NPR’s retraction for previously using the term “illegal” to describe undocumented immigrants, aligning with The Associated Press’s language standards.

NBC News reached out to NPR for a response, but the organization did not provide a comment immediately.

In response to the executive order, Paula Kerger, president and CEO of PBS, issued a strong statement on Friday criticizing the move. “The President’s blatantly unlawful Executive Order, issued in the middle of the night, threatens our ability to serve the American public with educational programming, as we have for the past 50-plus years. We are currently exploring all options to allow PBS to continue to serve our member stations and all Americans,” she said.

Patricia Harrison, who leads the CPB, emphasized the organization’s independence from presidential authority. “CPB is not a federal executive agency subject to the President’s authority. Congress directly authorized and funded CPB to be a private nonprofit corporation wholly independent of the federal government,” Harrison explained.

She added that Congress had intentionally structured the CPB to prevent any governmental oversight. “When Congress created the CPB, it forbade any government agency or official from directing, supervising, or controlling it,” Harrison stated.

Kate Riley, president and CEO of America’s Public Television Stations, also expressed serious concerns. In her Friday statement, she said, “This order defies the will of the American people and would devastate the public safety, educational and local service missions of public media — services that the American public values, trusts and relies on every day.”

Riley highlighted the critical role of local stations, particularly in underserved communities. “More than 160 local TV stations across the country, particularly those in rural areas, offer a lifeline in hundreds of communities where there is no other source of local media,” she added.

Last month, NPR had already voiced alarm over a draft memo sent to Congress that proposed similar funding cuts. In a statement at the time, an NPR spokesperson warned, “Eliminating funding for the Corporation for Public Broadcasting would have a devastating impact on American communities across the nation that rely on public radio for trusted local and national news, culture, lifesaving emergency alerts, and public safety information.”

Kerger, in an earlier statement, emphasized the importance of bipartisan support for public media. She said, “There’s nothing more American than PBS, and our work is only possible because of the bipartisan support we have always received from Congress.” She added that defunding PBS would “disrupt the essential service PBS and local member stations provide to the American people.”

In a related development, three CPB board members were dismissed via email earlier this week, leaving only two members in place. The removed members have filed a lawsuit, although their lawyers failed to demonstrate any immediate, irreparable harm to either the individuals or the organization. As a result, a judge mandated that the Trump administration must provide at least 48 hours’ notice before installing acting or interim replacements. Official CPB board appointments require presidential nomination and Senate confirmation.

The Committee to Protect Journalists weighed in on Wednesday with a report criticizing Trump’s broader approach to media. The report stated that Trump’s executive actions during his initial 100 days in office had a “chilling effect and have the potential to curtail media freedoms.” It pointed specifically to restrictions on press access to the president and renewed investigations by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) into media organizations, including NBC News.

A former NPR editor, Uri Berliner, also made headlines last year when he resigned and penned an op-ed for a conservative outlet criticizing NPR’s ideological stance and lack of political diversity. Despite his critiques, Berliner clarified he did not support efforts to defund NPR.

The Trump administration has previously taken steps that opponents view as hostile to the press. Journalists have been barred from Oval Office briefings, and reporters have been removed from designated media workspaces at the Pentagon. These actions have sparked concern among media watchdogs and civil rights groups, who argue the moves reflect a pattern of undermining press freedom.

As legal and legislative battles over the executive order unfold, the future of public broadcasting remains uncertain. But for now, NPR, PBS, and the CPB are vowing to resist what they view as an overreach of presidential authority and a threat to independent journalism.

Whiskey’s Boom Meets a Bottleneck: Industry Faces Growing Surplus

Over the past two decades, whiskey has experienced an extraordinary resurgence. Once mired in declining sales through the late 20th century, established categories like Scotch, bourbon, and Irish whiskey made a powerful comeback in the early 2000s. Simultaneously, new entrants emerged from American craft distillers and international single malt producers, helping propel whiskey into a golden era of visibility and popularity. Today, whiskey brands are as likely to be found on a major sports jersey or a hit TV series as they are behind a bar. Celebrities, too, have flocked to invest in or endorse whiskey brands, cementing its status as a cultural touchstone.

Yet, the once-limitless ascent of whiskey is now encountering a sobering reality: saturation. Unlike other consumer goods such as fashion or tech, whiskey production can’t quickly adjust to trends. It requires years of aging, making it inherently prone to mismatches between supply and demand. If interest suddenly spikes, producers can’t deliver aged whiskey quickly. But if demand cools, warehouses start overflowing.

That’s the dilemma currently facing the whiskey industry. A growing surplus is building across the sector. It’s not the first time this has happened—and history shows it can take years to recover.

Scotland’s Storied Surpluses

Scotch has faced these cycles before. The 1980s saw a major glut—dubbed the “whisky loch”—that forced dozens of distilleries to close. Recovery came slowly, helped by an eventual uptick in demand in the 2000s. Distillers responded by dramatically increasing production, particularly of single malt Scotch. Renowned producers like Macallan, Glenlivet, and Glenfiddich invested millions into new distilleries and ramped up output.

Initially, this seemed like the right call. Soaring demand led to supply shortages of aged stock, prompting brands to drop age statements and hike prices. But while total revenue grew, the actual number of bottles sold began leveling off. In recent years, single malt volume sales have stagnated—and even declined—especially in the U.S., the category’s largest export market.

David Stirk, a respected Scotch consultant, points to the sharp rise in warehouse construction over the last decade as a warning sign. “The malt side doesn’t need much more product,” he says. “It just needs to continue as it was.” He emphasizes that profit margins have risen not because of more sales, but because of higher prices—a trend that may not be sustainable.

Analysts like Michael Kravitz have been warning of a surplus for years. Back in 2017, Kravitz predicted that without significant growth in volume sales, the industry would face an oversupply within a decade. His words appear prescient: Scotch exports declined in value by 3.7% in 2024, even as volume rose by 3.9%—a clear signal that consumers are opting for less expensive products, particularly blends over single malts.

Meanwhile, the Scotch Whisky Association (SWA) has become less transparent about production figures, further clouding visibility. But the overall picture is evident—there’s too much whisky in storage compared to what’s being sold.

Bourbon’s Boom and Slowdown

Bourbon’s rise came a few years after Scotch’s, and it has enjoyed a similarly enthusiastic embrace from consumers and investors. But now, the signs of strain are showing.

While the bourbon slowdown is more recent, the effects of overproduction are already visible. MGP, one of America’s largest contract whiskey distillers, announced in late 2024 that it was cutting back production due to reduced demand from clients. Its profits plummeted by 68%. Diageo, another major player, temporarily shuttered its Kentucky facility—opened just three years ago—highlighting a widespread pullback.

The most dramatic evidence comes from the contract whiskey market. Barrel prices have dropped steeply. In 2022, 4-year-old Kentucky bourbon fetched around $4,000 per barrel. Today, similar barrels are selling for as little as $1,200. Rob Arnold, president of Advanced Spirits, explains that there’s now a glut of high-quality aged whiskey, especially in the 6- to 8-year range, selling at “corrected” prices.

A key driver of this excess was the speculative “investor barrel” trend. Many new distilleries opened with business models that assumed steady income from selling capacity to non-distiller producers (NDPs)—startups or investors looking to launch whiskey brands without building a distillery. In the mid-2010s, when few contract options existed, this made sense. But as more distilleries entered the space and more investors bought barrels without a clear plan, the market became saturated.

Dixon Dedman, founder of Kentucky Owl and 2XO, likens it to the California gold rush. “Everyone ran west, staked their claims, leveraged everything they had… and it didn’t happen,” he says. Many assumed there would be endless demand for 4-year-old bourbon at inflated prices. That bet is now unraveling.

Some distilleries built around this model are shutting down. Garrard County Distilling closed in April, facing unpaid taxes and millions in debt. Others, like Blue Run, have delayed or paused planned expansions. Even established producers like Green River have laid off staff and cut back production.

What’s Next?

Despite these adjustments, the industry’s supply-demand imbalance will take years to work through. A report from Bernstein in 2023 modeled various scenarios based on 2022’s production levels. Even if demand grows by 9% annually—an optimistic forecast—there would still be an oversupply of nearly half a million barrels by 2028. With sales now slowing, the actual surplus will likely be much greater.

This doesn’t mean the entire whiskey industry is doomed. Larger companies with strong brands and diversified offerings are better positioned to weather the storm. Smaller or newer producers, however, may struggle—especially those heavily reliant on contract clients or speculative investors.

Yet, where some see risk, others see opportunity. With barrel prices falling, savvy buyers may find high-quality aged whiskey available at a fraction of recent prices. As Dedman notes, “If you have the vision and stomach for it, there’s a real opportunity to acquire some barrels at a great price that are likely going to be very valuable one day.”

Ultimately, the outcome will depend on how quickly producers can adapt, whether consumer preferences shift again, and the broader economic climate. But for now, the golden age of whiskey appears to be entering a sobering new chapter—one marked by caution, correction, and recalibration.

China’s Rapid Gold Turnaround Sparks Volatility in Global Prices

China, which recently played a pivotal role in driving gold prices to unprecedented levels, has abruptly reversed its course by offloading significant holdings—triggering a sharp decline in the precious metal’s value. This dramatic shift from aggressive accumulation to near-record selling has had a ripple effect across global markets.

For weeks, China had been a dominant buyer of gold, pushing prices to historic highs. Spot gold prices briefly surged to an all-time record of $3,500, fueled by massive inflows into Chinese gold exchange-traded funds (ETFs), particularly the Huaan Yifu, Bosera, and Guotai gold ETFs. Demand appeared insatiable, with the Asian giant seemingly at the forefront of a global gold rush.

However, that bullish trend didn’t last long. As is often the case with momentum-based trading patterns in China, the rapid ascent quickly reversed. In what analysts described as a whiplash-inducing turnaround, China began liquidating gold holdings ahead of the Labor Day holiday, abruptly ending its recent buying spree.

“China liquidated what it bought last week ahead of the Labor Day holiday,” explained Goldman Sachs commodity trader Adam Gillard. As a result, “total onshore positioning [is] now 5% off the all-time high (ATH).” Despite the pullback, Gillard noted that China’s influence on global gold markets remains potent. “China’s share of total open interest remains on the highs at ~40%, [but] upward momentum may have peaked for the time being,” he added.

The rollercoaster ride of Chinese gold activity can be captured in a series of key market movements over the past several days. On Tuesday, April 22, gold reached its ATH when China added a staggering 1.2 million ounces in positioning across the Shanghai Gold Exchange (SGE) and the Shanghai Futures Exchange (SHFE), setting a record volume in the process. The bullish surge pushed gold to dizzying heights and sparked buying frenzies across multiple platforms.

But just days later, China reversed nearly the entire April 22 buying spree by selling off close to 1 million ounces across SHFE and SGE, marking one of the largest single-day liquidations on record. This substantial sell-off came seemingly out of nowhere, catching traders and analysts off guard. The result was a dramatic reversal in gold prices, which have now dropped significantly from their recent highs.

Interestingly, Chinese ETFs such as the Huaan Yifu, Bosera, and Guotai remained largely unchanged during the liquidation wave, indicating that the sell-off was concentrated in futures and spot markets rather than institutional holdings.

Following this sudden unloading, total Chinese gold positioning is now approximately 5% below its peak, eroding much of the gains made during the April rally. The speculative import arbitrage—the difference between paper gold prices and physical import costs—has also declined by about $20 per ounce from its highs, suggesting cooling interest in speculative trading.

According to Gillard, the timing of China’s trading activity plays a crucial role in the magnitude of its impact. He pointed out that recent price moves are occurring “exclusively around the time China opens,” reflecting the powerful influence of Chinese market hours on global gold pricing. This is especially true during the Asian morning sessions, which tend to be less liquid than other global trading periods.

Because China conducts a large portion of its gold trading during these relatively illiquid times, it has an outsized effect on prices. “China is having a disproportionate impact on price because they execute during an illiquid part of the day (Asia morning) which likely triggers ex-China CTA [commodity trading advisor] trading signals,” said Gillard. As these signals are triggered, automated trading systems and institutional investors respond, amplifying market movements.

The impact of China’s rapid reversal has already manifested in declining prices. “Gold is dumping in early Asian trading to the lowest level in 2 weeks,” Gillard reported, highlighting the speed and severity of the downturn.

This dramatic turnaround underscores the volatile nature of commodity markets, particularly when driven by large, concentrated players like China. It also raises questions about the sustainability of recent price trends, as momentum-driven rallies can reverse quickly once investor sentiment shifts.

Analysts note that China’s gold behavior is not unprecedented but follows a familiar pattern of aggressive accumulation followed by rapid liquidation. The recent events mirror past trading cycles in Chinese markets, where sentiment and positioning can swing sharply in response to domestic holidays, policy cues, or shifting risk appetites.

Although China’s overall interest in gold remains high, the current liquidation phase suggests a more cautious approach going forward. With the Chinese share of global open interest still hovering around 40%, any future moves by Chinese traders will likely continue to exert a powerful influence on global prices.

The events of the past week serve as a stark reminder of how quickly market dynamics can change. Just a week ago, China was seen as the driving force behind a record-setting gold rally. Now, its actions are being blamed for dragging the market lower.

For investors, the key takeaway is clear: while Chinese buying can propel markets upward, its sudden withdrawals can just as easily send them tumbling. As such, understanding China’s trading behavior—and its timing—has become essential for anyone navigating the gold markets today.

In sum, the brief but intense surge in Chinese gold buying has given way to an equally swift retreat. Although ETFs remain steady and the overall Chinese presence in the gold market is still considerable, the momentum appears to have stalled—at least for now.

As Adam Gillard summed it up, “Upward momentum may have peaked for the time being,” offering a sobering conclusion to what was, just days ago, an exuberant gold rush driven by the world’s second-largest economy.

Trump Pushes for Baby Boom Amid Declining Birth Rates, But Many Young Couples Opt Out of Parenthood

As the oldest members of the Baby Boomer generation prepare to turn 80 next year and the youngest among them become eligible for Social Security, President Donald Trump is calling for a new baby boom to counter declining birth rates. His administration even considered introducing a $5,000 “baby bonus” aimed at reducing the financial strain of raising children. However, for a growing number of young couples, financial incentives alone are not enough to change their minds about parenthood.

One such couple, Tiana and PJ Morales, have been married for seven years and spent the early part of their marriage traveling extensively. Since tying the knot, they have repeatedly faced the common question from relatives about whether they plan to start a family. But the Florida-based couple has firmly decided against having children—now or in the future.

Tiana, who is currently 37, once assumed she would become a mother. However, her perspective shifted during her early twenties when she worked as a nanny, caring for four children simultaneously. The experience was transformative and made her rethink her future. “It just dawned on me, is this what I would want to do every single day?” she recalled.

This sentiment resonates with many others across the country. According to newly released data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), the U.S. fertility rate has dropped significantly over the past 20 years and is now approaching historic lows. A combination of factors appears to be influencing this trend. While high living costs and environmental concerns are often cited, a substantial number of young adults simply express no desire to become parents.

Amy Blackstone, a sociology professor at the University of Maine, has conducted extensive research on individuals who identify as “child-free by choice.” She suggests that societal expectations often drive people to believe that parenthood is a natural and inevitable part of adulthood. “We are raised to believe that it is our destiny to become parents,” Blackstone explained.

For Blackstone and her husband Lance, the decision to remain a family of two was deeply personal. They rejected the conventional narrative and instead chose to prioritize their relationship. “Child-free person will say, ‘I valued my relationship with my partner so much that I didn’t want another party changing that relationship,’” she noted. In contrast, “A parent will say the imagined relationship with a child is so important to me that I want that relationship.”

Tiana Morales, like Blackstone, began to connect with others who shared her outlook. As her friends entered parenthood, she took the initiative to organize occasional gatherings for people who have chosen to be child-free. The reasons shared at these events vary widely, from lifestyle preferences to concerns about climate change and the direction in which the world is heading.

While Tiana is largely confident in her choice not to have children, she admits to occasional moments of reflection about the future. Growing up in a large family, her childhood holidays were filled with warmth, noise, and togetherness. She sometimes wonders what her future holidays will look like without a big extended family to gather around. “I grew up in a big family and the holidays were always surrounded by a large family. It’s fun. And so as I age, what will holidays look like? Will they be just as fun? I don’t know,” she said.

Despite these lingering questions, Tiana and PJ are certain about their path. The decision to remain child-free wasn’t made hastily or casually. It was a deliberate and thoughtful choice—a reflection of their values, experiences, and vision for their future.

The Moraleses represent a growing segment of the population in the United States: individuals and couples who are opting out of traditional family structures and carving their own paths. And while political leaders may offer incentives in an attempt to influence demographic trends, the choice to become a parent remains one of the most personal decisions a person can make.

In recent years, calls for policies to reverse the fertility slump have gained momentum among some conservative politicians and economists, who view declining birth rates as a threat to economic stability and national prosperity.  President Trump’s baby bonus proposal is one such attempt to reverse the demographic slide. But many experts argue that such policies rarely address the underlying reasons people choose not to have children.

Economic factors are certainly a significant concern for many. The rising cost of housing, education, and childcare creates considerable financial pressure, particularly for millennials and Gen Z adults who are also grappling with student debt and job market uncertainties. For some, the idea of bringing a child into such an environment feels irresponsible or even unmanageable.

Meanwhile, the looming threat of climate change weighs heavily on the minds of others. With global temperatures rising and natural disasters becoming more frequent and severe, many people are questioning what kind of world their children would inherit. These concerns have prompted a noticeable shift in attitudes about reproduction and responsibility.

Career goals also play a pivotal role. As more women pursue higher education and professional advancement, they are increasingly choosing to prioritize their ambitions over starting families. The notion of fulfillment has evolved; where past generations may have equated happiness with parenthood, today’s younger adults often find purpose in different aspects of life—such as travel, creative endeavors, or deep relationships.

For those like Amy Blackstone, the cultural narrative around childlessness is slowly shifting. Years ago, choosing not to have children might have invited skepticism, pity, or judgment. Now, that choice is becoming more visible and accepted, thanks in part to growing communities of child-free individuals who are vocal about their decisions and experiences.

Still, the pressure to conform can be intense. Many who opt out of parenthood report being asked repeatedly to explain their choice or being told they’ll change their minds. Social gatherings, family events, and even casual conversations can become moments of scrutiny. Despite this, those who identify as child-free remain firm in their convictions.

Ultimately, the conversation surrounding parenthood is evolving. What was once seen as a near-universal life stage is now one of many valid paths. The story of Tiana and PJ Morales illustrates this new reality. They are not anti-family, nor are they indifferent to the joys of parenting. Rather, they have chosen a different route—one that aligns more closely with their values and long-term vision.

And as America grapples with declining birth rates and policymakers search for solutions, it’s clear that no single financial incentive or government program can override the deeply personal nature of the decision to have children. For many young couples today, the answer to that question is simply no—and it’s a no born out of careful thought, self-awareness, and the freedom to choose.

Deepika Padukone Says She Never Felt Like an Outsider in Bollywood Thanks to Farah Khan

Deepika Padukone recently opened up about her debut in the Hindi film industry and revealed that she never experienced the feeling of being an outsider, largely due to the support she received from director Farah Khan. She made these comments at the WAVES 2025 event held in Mumbai, where she joined superstar Shah Rukh Khan in a session titled The Journey, moderated by filmmaker Karan Johar.

During the session, Karan Johar brought up the ongoing debate about insiders versus outsiders in Bollywood, a topic that continues to spark discussions within the industry and among fans. When asked for her thoughts on the matter, Deepika reflected on her own experience entering Bollywood back in 2007 with the film Om Shanti Om, which was directed by Farah Khan and starred Shah Rukh Khan.

“These are terms that we seem to be discussing now, insider-outsider,” Deepika said. “When I began, it was just a new world. I was a 16-17 year old girl, came from Bangalore, and Farah Khan showed interest in casting me in a movie.”

At the time, Deepika was transitioning between Bangalore and Mumbai and was relatively new to the film world, having built a name for herself as a successful model. She recalled her early interactions with Farah Khan, including a key audition and a memorable meeting.

“She did an audition. I remember doing a meeting with her once. She said, I wanted to meet Shah Rukh once. He was shooting for Chakde in Australia at the time. She said once he’s back, we’ll do a meeting. That was it,” Deepika shared.

According to Deepika, her career in Bollywood began quite naturally. She didn’t overthink her entry into films or view it through the lens of being an outsider breaking into a closed industry. Instead, she focused on the work and let her passion and determination guide her path.

“For me, it just happened because I was a model before that. They’d seen some of my work. But I never felt like I was an outsider trying to make my place in a new industry. I had the dedication, I had the passion, I had the determination, the hard work. Those were the things in my control. And those were the things that I applied to what I was passionate about,” she said.

Her debut in Om Shanti Om turned out to be a massive success, instantly making her a household name across India. The film was not only a box-office hit but also marked the beginning of one of the most successful acting careers in modern Hindi cinema. Deepika’s performance received critical acclaim, and she has since gone on to become one of the most respected and versatile actors in the industry.

Shah Rukh Khan, who co-starred with Deepika in the film and played a pivotal role in her introduction to Bollywood audiences, also participated in the session and shared his own perspective on entering the film industry. Like Deepika, Shah Rukh did not come from a film family and had to carve his own path in the entertainment world.

He spoke candidly about his early days in Mumbai and how he viewed the film industry not as something to infiltrate, but as a place where he naturally belonged.

“Jab main yahan (Mumbai) aaya tha, I never thought ki main outsider hoon iss liye main iss duniya ka hissa nahi ban sakta… I believed this is my world… Mujhe laga yeh duniya meri hai… yeh jagah meri hai,” Shah Rukh said.

This mindset, Shah Rukh implied, played a key role in helping him overcome any potential barriers or insecurities about not having connections within the film industry. His words echoed Deepika’s sentiments about focusing on what is in one’s control — hard work, belief, and determination.

Their joint appearance at the event provided a unique opportunity for fans and industry professionals to hear firsthand how two of the biggest stars in Bollywood navigated the beginning of their careers without industry backing. Both emphasized how their outlook and dedication shaped their journeys, rather than focusing on whether they were insiders or outsiders.

While the insider-outsider debate remains a topic of frequent discussion in Bollywood, especially following controversies in recent years, Deepika and Shah Rukh’s comments offered a refreshing perspective. Rather than blaming or critiquing the system, they highlighted the importance of personal drive and the support of mentors who believed in their potential.

Farah Khan, who played a pivotal role in launching Deepika’s film career, was praised indirectly through Deepika’s words. By showing confidence in a young model with no film experience, Farah not only broke conventional casting norms but also gave Bollywood one of its most beloved leading ladies.

Deepika’s experience stands out in the current climate where many newcomers voice concerns about being sidelined due to lack of connections. Her story reflects that sometimes, the right opportunities combined with hard work and belief in oneself can lead to extraordinary outcomes.

It’s also worth noting that her collaboration with Shah Rukh Khan didn’t end with Om Shanti Om. The two have worked together in several hit films since then, creating a successful on-screen partnership that audiences continue to admire. Their mutual respect and shared beginnings as outsiders-turned-insiders have become a defining part of their journeys in Bollywood.

Their appearance at WAVES 2025 wasn’t just a nostalgic look back at their debut days. It also served as an inspiring moment for aspiring actors and artists who might be uncertain about entering the film industry without backing. By sharing their stories, both Deepika and Shah Rukh reinforced the idea that Bollywood, while competitive and at times insular, can still be a place of opportunity for those who are persistent, passionate, and prepared.

Deepika’s candid reflection and Shah Rukh’s optimistic philosophy both pointed toward a central message: one’s background doesn’t have to dictate one’s future in Bollywood. What truly matters is what you bring to the table — your work ethic, your passion, and your belief that you belong.

Their conversation with Karan Johar at WAVES 2025 added a meaningful chapter to the insider-outsider debate, not by taking sides, but by offering real-life experiences that show how success can emerge from authenticity, effort, and the right guidance.

Delays and Cancellations Mount at Newark Airport Amid Runway Construction and Staffing Shortages

Flight delays and cancellations at Newark Liberty International Airport continued to rise Friday morning, creating more travel frustration for passengers already reeling from another chaotic day just 24 hours earlier. By midday Friday, the airport had already recorded close to 200 delayed flights and 18 cancellations, highlighting a growing operational issue as summer travel looms.

Airport officials pointed to two primary causes: ongoing air traffic control staffing shortages and a major construction project on one of the runways. These two factors combined have significantly disrupted operations throughout the week.

The construction project, valued at $121 million, involves the full closure of one of Newark’s main runways until at least mid-June. At times, the construction has forced the airport to operate with only a single runway for both departures and arrivals, a situation that has caused widespread scheduling bottlenecks.

This past Thursday, the extent of the disruption was particularly severe. Almost 20% of all scheduled departures were canceled, while more than 40% of flights experienced delays. The problems didn’t just affect planes leaving the airport—arriving flights were also impacted. According to data from the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), there was a significant slowdown in inbound traffic as well. At one point, the average delay for flights arriving at Newark reached a staggering 381 minutes, which is more than five hours.

The situation on Thursday was the second major travel disruption for the airport in just a week. Earlier in the week, Monday saw a similar meltdown when a ground stop was issued. That incident stemmed from equipment failures at the FAA’s airspace operations center in Philadelphia. While the equipment issue was centered in another city, its effects quickly rippled out to Newark, compounding the existing delays already caused by runway rehabilitation and insufficient staffing in the control tower.

These persistent issues have raised concerns among travelers and officials alike, especially with the busy summer travel season rapidly approaching. Airlines and passengers alike are bracing for what could be a rocky few months if the current problems aren’t resolved quickly.

Federal transportation authorities are taking notice. Secretary of Transportation Sean Duffy acknowledged the gravity of the situation, emphasizing the need to act before the current inconveniences evolve into more serious safety issues. “You’re starting to see cracks in the system and it’s our job to not wait until there’s a disaster, but over the horizon and fix it before there’s an incident we will seriously regret,” Duffy said.

In an effort to address the staffing crisis that is aggravating flight disruptions, the Department of Transportation this week revealed new measures aimed at expanding the air traffic control workforce. Among these efforts are initiatives to widen the training pipeline for new recruits. Additionally, the department is attempting to retain veteran controllers by offering them enhanced salaries and bonuses, particularly to discourage early retirement.

Staffing shortages among air traffic controllers have been an ongoing issue for years, but the current wave of delays has brought new urgency to the problem. It’s a high-pressure job with a long training period, and the FAA has historically struggled to keep up with the demand for qualified personnel. With increasing air traffic and more complex flight patterns, the shortage is becoming more and more visible to travelers in the form of delays and cancellations.

While federal agencies work on longer-term solutions, Newark Liberty International Airport has issued a travel advisory urging passengers to stay informed and plan ahead. The advisory strongly recommends that travelers verify the status of their flights before leaving for the airport to avoid getting stranded at the terminal. With unpredictability now a key feature of flying in and out of Newark, such precautions are becoming essential.

As the construction project pushes forward into mid-June, airport officials are warning that the disruptions are unlikely to ease in the near term. The improvements being made to the runway are part of a larger effort to modernize airport infrastructure, but for now, they are contributing to a cascade of operational hurdles.

Flight tracking data confirms just how severe the impact has been. Thursday’s cancellations represented nearly one in five scheduled departures. With more than 40% of remaining flights delayed, passengers found themselves stuck in terminals, sitting on planes for hours, or forced to make alternate travel plans.

Meanwhile, pilots and airline crews have also felt the strain. Airlines have had to scramble to adjust staffing schedules, relocate aircraft, and manage customer dissatisfaction. With limited runway access and restricted airspace due to controller shortages, carriers have little room to maneuver.

Passengers caught in Thursday’s disruption described chaotic scenes in the terminals, with lines at service counters stretching for hours and limited real-time updates about flight statuses. For many, it was the second such ordeal in less than a week.

The problems are not unique to Newark. Across the country, airports have been grappling with similar issues, but Newark’s combination of aging infrastructure and critical staffing gaps has made it a flashpoint. The airport serves as a key hub for both domestic and international flights, and any disruption there can have ripple effects across the broader national air travel network.

FAA officials said they are coordinating closely with airport authorities and airlines to try to manage the situation. Still, they admit there are no quick fixes. The runway rehabilitation project, while necessary for long-term capacity and safety improvements, is adding significant pressure to an already fragile system.

With Memorial Day and the summer travel season just weeks away, time is running short to implement effective remedies. In addition to ramping up hiring and retention programs, the FAA is exploring technology-based solutions and collaborative scheduling with airlines to reduce congestion during peak periods.

Transportation Secretary Duffy emphasized that the challenges at Newark—and more broadly in the nation’s aviation system—require both immediate and sustained responses. “We can’t afford to be reactive,” Duffy warned. “If we want a system that’s safe, efficient, and resilient, then we need to invest in it before things fall apart.”

For travelers, the best course of action for now is to remain vigilant. Airlines have encouraged passengers to sign up for alerts, check apps frequently, and be prepared for last-minute changes. Newark’s advisory echoes those same precautions, warning passengers not to assume that scheduled flights will take off or land on time.

While the FAA and Department of Transportation work to stabilize the system, Newark passengers are likely to face continued turbulence—on the ground and in the air.

YouTube to Invest ₹850 Crore in Indian Creator Economy, Declares Nation a Global Content Powerhouse

YouTube CEO Neal Mohan reaffirmed the video platform’s expanding commitment to India’s flourishing digital content industry, announcing a significant ₹850 crore investment—roughly $102 million—over the next two years. The funds are intended to accelerate the growth of India’s creator economy, which has been evolving at a rapid pace in recent years.

Speaking at the World Audio Visual and Entertainment Summit (WAVES 2025) held in Mumbai, Mohan spotlighted India’s growing influence in the global digital content space. He described the country as an emerging “Creator Nation” and disclosed that YouTube has disbursed more than ₹21,000 crore, or around $2.5 billion, to Indian content creators, artists, and media firms during the last three years.

“India’s creator economy is not only thriving—it’s exploding,” Mohan said in his keynote speech at the prominent industry gathering, which brought together top entertainment professionals, government officials, and content visionaries. He emphasized the scale and scope of content creation in India, revealing that, “Over the past year alone, more than 100 million Indian channels uploaded content, and over 15,000 have crossed the one-million subscriber mark.”

According to Mohan, YouTube’s strength lies in its unmatched ability to connect creators to a global viewer base, enabling Indian talent to reach audiences far beyond national borders. “India isn’t just a global leader in film and music—it’s quickly becoming what I’m proud to call a ‘Creator Nation,’” he said.

He underlined the international appeal of Indian digital content by stating that videos originating from India generated more than 45 billion hours of watch time from global viewers in the last year alone. This vast engagement highlights India’s growing role in shaping global cultural conversations through video content.

The announcement was well-aligned with a broader message delivered by Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi, who opened the WAVES summit with a call for greater creative responsibility amid a landscape transformed by rapid technological advancement. In his address, PM Modi highlighted the importance of retaining cultural authenticity and emotional richness in content, even as tools like artificial intelligence and advanced production techniques become more widespread.

“WAVES will be a bridge between Indian talent and global platforms,” the Prime Minister said. He extended an invitation to global investors and content creators to engage with India’s vibrant and diverse storytelling tradition. PM Modi also urged the country’s youth to actively participate in sharing their stories with the world. He encouraged them to bring to light what he called India’s “one billion untold stories,” underscoring the country’s untapped potential to enrich the world with its cultural narratives and emotional depth.

The initiative represents a clear strategic move for YouTube as it solidifies India’s position as a central hub in its global operations. With Indian audiences leading the world in mobile-first video consumption, YouTube’s substantial investment reflects a vision for the country not just as a regional leader but as a critical pillar in the platform’s worldwide growth strategy. The platform is committed to expanding monetization options, enhancing creative tools, and facilitating international visibility for Indian content creators.

For YouTube, India’s value lies not only in its massive user base but in its creative energy and ability to produce stories that resonate globally. The investment is therefore more than just financial support—it’s a signal that the platform sees long-term potential in Indian creators to define future trends in global digital entertainment.

While India’s traditional film and music industries have long been recognized globally, the digital content sector is now emerging as an equally influential cultural force. The evolving creator economy in India is diverse, innovative, and remarkably fast-growing. By giving creators access to more advanced tools and wider monetization avenues, YouTube is positioning itself as both a facilitator and beneficiary of this creative revolution.

Moreover, Mohan’s remarks at the summit echoed the belief that platforms like YouTube play a crucial role in cultural diplomacy and the global spread of ideas. By enabling content in regional Indian languages and from remote parts of the country to reach international audiences, the platform contributes to greater cultural exchange and understanding. It not only amplifies the voices of Indian creators but also allows global viewers to engage with stories they might not otherwise encounter.

The Prime Minister’s vision of storytelling infused with emotional depth, cultural wisdom, and ethical creativity complements YouTube’s strategy of elevating authentic voices. As technology continues to redefine how stories are told and shared, the challenge will be to ensure that rapid innovation does not come at the cost of narrative integrity. Mohan and Modi’s combined messages underscore a shared hope: that technology will empower storytellers rather than overshadow their stories.

Looking ahead, YouTube’s ₹850 crore pledge signifies more than capital injection—it reflects a deeper strategic alignment with India’s digital and cultural future. It is a recognition of the country’s growing status as a global center for video content, driven by a new generation of tech-savvy storytellers. These creators are not just entertaining audiences—they are redefining modern storytelling, shaping perceptions, and influencing global media trends.

By bolstering this sector with financial backing, tools for content enhancement, and increased international outreach, YouTube aims to create an ecosystem where Indian creators can not only succeed at home but also thrive on a global stage. The move is part of a broader trend where tech giants are looking to India not just as a market, but as a creative engine with the ability to lead global content creation in the digital age.

In a media landscape where digital platforms are becoming as influential as traditional broadcasters, India’s ascendancy as a Creator Nation could mark a pivotal shift. YouTube’s renewed focus on the Indian creator economy underscores a belief that the next wave of global influencers, cultural icons, and trendsetters may well emerge from India’s bustling digital spaces. This commitment, backed by investment and vision, signals a new chapter in India’s digital story—one that merges creativity, commerce, and cultural diplomacy on an unprecedented scale.

Michigan Representative Shri Thanedar Files Articles of Impeachment Against President Trump

On Monday, Representative Shri Thanedar, a Democrat from Michigan, publicly announced that he had filed articles of impeachment against President Donald Trump. Thanedar’s move marks a significant step in the ongoing political battle over Trump’s actions during his presidency, despite the apparent lack of support for the measure in the Republican-controlled House of Representatives.

“I have introduced articles of impeachment against President Trump,” Thanedar declared in his online announcement. “When Trump ignores the Constitution, Congress, and the courts, he is not ‘fighting for America.’ He is tearing it down and endangering our democracy.”

Thanedar cited a range of grievances in his seven articles of impeachment, focusing on specific actions by Trump that the congressman deemed abusive of his power. Among the issues raised by Thanedar was the deportation of Kilmar Abrego Garcia, a man who was mistakenly sent to El Salvador, and the actions of the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) in cutting funding without congressional approval.

Though the filing of the articles has made waves within Democratic circles, the likelihood of these articles advancing in the current political climate appears slim. In the Republican-majority House of Representatives, support from GOP members would be required for a vote on impeachment. Similarly, even if the House were to vote to impeach, a two-thirds majority in the Republican-controlled Senate would be necessary to convict the president. With Republicans maintaining significant control in both chambers, the articles of impeachment are expected to go nowhere.

However, the introduction of the articles is indicative of the deep frustration many Democrats feel with the president, particularly over a variety of issues that have sparked ongoing controversy.

“Donald Trump has already done real damage to our democracy, but defying a unanimous 9-0 Supreme Court ruling, that has to be the one final straw,” Thanedar said, referring specifically to a Supreme Court decision related to the Abrego Garcia case. “It’s time we impeach Donald J. Trump,” he added emphatically, signaling his belief that this final act of defiance represented a threshold moment for impeachment.

Thanedar also highlighted what he considered to be other impeachable offenses by the president, including his aggressive tariff agenda, which he argued had a damaging impact on global markets. He also referenced Trump’s treatment of the press and concerns about the First Amendment, as well as what he described as the president’s involvement in bribery and corruption within the justice system. In addition, Thanedar expressed concern over Trump’s handling of Americans’ personal data, which he framed as yet another abuse of presidential power.

One of the most significant elements of Thanedar’s argument for impeachment was his accusation of “tyrannical overreach” by the president. “Article seven, tyrannical overreach,” Thanedar said. “Finally, and most importantly, he is attempting to consolidate unchecked power and erode the constitutional limits of the presidency.” This statement underscores Thanedar’s broader concern that Trump’s actions represented a threat to the very foundation of the U.S. political system.

Thanedar’s comments regarding Trump’s power were particularly pointed. “In this country, we have presidents, not kings. That’s not just misconduct. It’s impeachable misconduct,” Thanedar declared, adding that the president’s attempts to undermine constitutional checks and balances were clear grounds for impeachment. His words reflect a deep anxiety among some Democrats that Trump’s behavior threatens the balance of power that the Constitution seeks to maintain between the executive, legislative, and judicial branches of government.

Democratic concerns over Trump’s intentions have only grown more intense in recent months, especially in light of the president’s suggestion that he might seek a third term in office. This concern was amplified when the Trump Organization began selling “Trump 2028” hats on its official website, further fueling speculation about the possibility of a third presidential run. The idea that Trump might attempt to remain in power beyond his constitutionally-mandated two terms has been a source of significant alarm within Democratic circles.

“If we let this stand, we are saying the president is above the law. That the United States Constitution is optional,” Thanedar argued, emphasizing that such a development would set a dangerous precedent for the future of American democracy. He made it clear that he would not remain silent on the issue, calling on his fellow lawmakers—Democrats, Republicans, and independents alike—to join him in standing up against what he views as the erosion of constitutional safeguards.

Thanedar’s call for unity and action was resolute. “I won’t be silent and I’m calling on all my colleagues, Democrats, Republicans, and independents, to stand up with me,” he stated, underscoring his belief that the nation’s political leaders must put aside partisan differences in order to protect the integrity of the Constitution.

In his final remarks, Thanedar delivered a forceful conclusion to his announcement. “Enough is enough. Donald J. Trump must be impeached,” he said, signaling that he intends to continue pushing for accountability and standing firm in his position despite the considerable political obstacles ahead.

The introduction of impeachment articles by Thanedar is likely to remain a contentious issue within the political landscape, particularly as the nation heads toward the 2024 election cycle. While it seems unlikely that these articles will gain the traction necessary to result in Trump’s removal from office, they reflect the broader dissatisfaction and anger that many Democrats continue to feel toward the president and his actions during his time in office. For Thanedar, the impeachment effort represents not just a call for accountability but a desperate attempt to preserve the constitutional values he believes are under siege.

As the situation unfolds, the future of these articles will largely depend on the political dynamics within Congress and whether enough bipartisan support can be garnered for such an effort. For now, Thanedar’s impeachment move stands as a symbolic gesture in the ongoing debate over Trump’s legacy and the health of American democracy.

Trump Promotes Economic Growth Amid Recession Fears, Touts Domestic Investments and Ukraine Deal

President Donald Trump took center stage at the White House during an ‘Invest in America’ event this afternoon, highlighting his administration’s efforts to boost domestic investment. The event attracted top executives from major corporations, including tech giant Nvidia. Those interested were able to follow the event live through a broadcast link provided on the official platform.

Earlier in the day, Trump convened a Cabinet meeting with his senior leadership team, where he lauded the impact of tariffs on strengthening the American economy. He praised businesses that have committed to investing within the United States, asserting that these actions were signs of a healthy and resilient economy despite recent concerns.

This series of public engagements came on the heels of a troubling new economic report indicating that the U.S. economy contracted at an annual rate of 0.3% during the first quarter of the year. This downturn, attributed to companies stockpiling imports ahead of Trump’s tariffs, marks the first time the economy has shrunk since 2022. The move to accumulate imports was widely seen as a preemptive strategy by firms anticipating cost increases due to upcoming tariff policies.

Despite the contraction, President Trump remained steadfast in his defense of tariffs and dismissed suggestions that his trade policies were to blame. Instead, he shifted the focus to his political opponent, President Joe Biden. “Bad numbers” on Wall Street, Trump claimed, “have nothing to do with tariffs.” His comments suggest an effort to reframe the economic narrative, distancing himself from the contraction and placing blame squarely on the Biden administration.

While Trump’s comments dominated the headlines, another significant development unfolded more quietly in the background. The United States and Ukraine have reached a major economic agreement concerning the development and management of rare earth minerals, a critical area in both geopolitical and technological terms. According to information obtained by the BBC, the two nations have agreed to form an economic partnership designed to support Ukraine’s post-war recovery and bolster U.S. access to strategic resources.

A press release issued by the U.S. Treasury Department confirmed this, stating that both countries would collaborate through the creation of a “Reconstruction Investment Fund.” The purpose of the fund is to ensure that “mutual assets, talents, and capabilities” can be leveraged to expedite Kyiv’s recovery and contribute to long-term regional stability. This fund marks a new chapter in U.S.-Ukraine relations, reinforcing economic ties while addressing strategic concerns about resource dependency.

Meanwhile, Trump used the ‘Invest in America’ platform to make a series of economic claims, particularly about consumer prices under his leadership. One of his key assertions was that gasoline prices have declined since he took office. However, recent fact-checking by BBC Verify found that this claim does not align with current data.

According to the American Automobile Association (AAA), the average national price for regular gasoline now stands at $3.16. This figure actually represents a slight increase from the $3.125 average on the day Trump assumed office. Despite Trump’s repeated claims that gas prices “just hit $1.98 in a lot of states,” BBC Verify was unable to find any evidence supporting this. Data from AAA confirms that no state currently has an average gas price lower than $2.67.

Another economic metric highlighted by Trump was the price of eggs. During his White House remarks, he insisted that egg prices had fallen since he became president. BBC Verify reviewed this statement and, again, found no supporting data.

When Trump entered office in January, the average national retail price for a dozen large Grade A eggs was about $4.95. Since then, the cost has not gone down but instead reached a record high of around $6.23 per dozen in March, based on the most recent available data. This contradicts Trump’s public statements and underscores a disconnect between his messaging and verified consumer price trends.

The White House, in its defense, has pointed to wholesale prices as evidence of improvement in the egg market. According to data from the U.S. Department of Agriculture, wholesale prices for large white eggs have decreased significantly. From a high of $6.55 per dozen in January, prices have dropped by approximately 52%, landing at $3.15 in the past week. This drop, while notable, reflects wholesale trends rather than retail prices experienced directly by consumers.

These contradictions between the president’s statements and independent data have raised questions about the administration’s broader economic messaging strategy. While Trump continues to paint a picture of economic strength, citing falling prices and increasing domestic investment, analysts and fact-checkers warn that the reality is more complex.

Still, Trump’s core message appears focused on long-term growth through protectionist policies and strong international partnerships. By praising businesses that reinvest in American infrastructure and forming economic alliances with key global players like Ukraine, he aims to project confidence in his administration’s economic vision, despite immediate challenges.

Trump’s day at the White House was marked by a dual focus on promoting domestic investment and defending his economic policies in the face of troubling data. He offered strong support for tariffs, insisted consumer prices were improving, and announced a strategic deal with Ukraine. However, some of these claims, especially regarding gas and egg prices, do not stand up to independent verification. The contrast between political rhetoric and economic data continues to be a defining feature of the current discourse, as Trump positions himself for future challenges.

Trump Signals Progress on U.S.-India Trade Deal Talks

President Donald Trump on Tuesday expressed optimism about ongoing trade negotiations with India, stating that discussions were advancing positively and that he expects the two countries to finalize a deal soon.

“I think we’ll have a deal with India,” Trump told reporters during a brief exchange outside the White House. He referred to Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s recent visit, noting, “The prime minister, as you know, was here three weeks ago, and they want to make a deal.” Modi had visited Washington in late February, reinforcing bilateral ties and initiating discussions aimed at resolving trade disputes.

Trump’s remarks come on the heels of an update from Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent, who also conveyed a sense of momentum in trade discussions between the U.S. and India. According to Bessent, the two nations are nearing a consensus. “We’re very close on India,” Bessent stated during a White House press briefing, signaling that key sticking points in the negotiations might soon be resolved.

In addition to India, Bessent mentioned that the U.S. is actively pursuing trade agreements with other major Asian economies. He said the administration has engaged in “substantial talks” with Japan about a potential trade pact. Regarding South Korea, he indicated that “the contours of a deal” were starting to take shape, suggesting that progress in the broader Asia-Pacific trade landscape is underway.

Vice President JD Vance had also engaged with Modi recently, underscoring the high-level commitment both nations are investing in sealing a trade deal. “The two leaders made some very good progress, so I could see some announcements on India,” Bessent remarked, hinting that formal agreements or policy announcements could follow soon. However, he did not specify an exact timeline for when these outcomes might be expected.

Bessent emphasized that negotiating with India offers unique advantages due to its existing tariff structures. “A country like India, which has the posted and ready tariffs, it’s much easier to negotiate with them,” he said, highlighting that India’s transparent and pre-established tariff system facilitates smoother negotiations compared to countries with more ambiguous or fluctuating trade policies.

Meanwhile, economist Raghuram Rajan, a former Reserve Bank of India governor and currently a finance professor at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business, noted the strategic benefits for India in reducing tariffs through a deal with the U.S. “India benefits hugely if it can negotiate tariffs to a much lower level, even while some other countries have it at a higher level,” Rajan explained during an appearance on CNBC.

He further elaborated on the potential impact such a deal could have on India’s global economic appeal. “It may cause a lot of companies to look at India in a new light, especially given the large Indian domestic market,” Rajan added. His comments highlight the potential for India to become a more attractive destination for foreign investment if trade barriers are lowered, particularly in comparison to countries with more restrictive tariff policies.

The Trump administration has intensified efforts to cement trade partnerships in the aftermath of the president’s sweeping tariff announcements. These initiatives include outreach to key global allies and trading partners aimed at renegotiating or creating new agreements that align more closely with American economic interests.

“We have 18 important trading relationships, we will be speaking to all of those partners, or at least 17 of them, over the next few weeks. Many of them have already come to Washington,” Bessent noted. This signals a broad, coordinated effort by the administration to engage in a comprehensive review and realignment of U.S. trade policies with multiple nations, while prioritizing those where mutual agreement appears feasible.

Bessent later clarified that active discussions are currently underway with 17 of those 18 partners, specifically excluding China. “Trading relationships with 17 partners are in motion,” he said, making clear that the administration is focusing its attention elsewhere amid ongoing tensions and complex trade issues with Beijing.

The exclusion of China from these ongoing negotiations further emphasizes the strategic shift in U.S. trade policy under Trump, which has focused on bilateral agreements and reducing dependency on countries with which the U.S. has significant trade deficits or unresolved disputes.

In the case of India, the U.S. has long sought greater market access for American companies, particularly in sectors such as agriculture, technology, and medical devices. On the other hand, India has been eager to preserve certain protections for its domestic industries while improving access to the U.S. market for its exports, especially in the textile and information technology sectors.

Past attempts to resolve trade tensions between the two countries have been impeded by disagreements over tariffs, intellectual property rights, data privacy, and digital commerce regulations. However, recent high-level interactions and positive rhetoric from both sides suggest that the current environment is more conducive to cooperation than in previous years.

While no specific details about the trade agreement under discussion have been released, the tone of the conversations from top U.S. officials indicates that a framework may already be in place. The administration’s coordinated messaging—from the president, treasury secretary, and vice president—reflects a united front and a sense of urgency in finalizing the deal.

The global trade community will be watching closely to see if the U.S. and India can overcome their longstanding trade differences and reach a mutually beneficial agreement. A successful deal could mark a significant turning point in U.S.-India relations and set the stage for greater economic integration between the world’s largest democracy and its largest economy.

Until then, both countries appear committed to keeping up the momentum. As President Trump stated confidently, “I think we’ll have a deal with India,” summarizing the administration’s outlook on what could be one of the more consequential trade developments of his presidency.

H-2B Visa Cap Reached for Returning Workers, but 20,000 Slots Still Open for Select Nations

Foreign nationals seeking seasonal employment in the United States must take note of recent changes in the H-2B visa program. As of April 18, 2025, the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) has confirmed that the cap for an additional 19,000 H-2B visas designated for returning workers in the early second half of fiscal year 2025 has been fully reached.

This update is particularly relevant for U.S. employers aiming to hire seasonal workers for job start dates between April 1 and May 14, 2025. The quota has been met, suggesting that the limit for this specific group of visas has likely been exhausted, and no new petitions under this allocation will be accepted.

The H-2B visa is a nonimmigrant work visa that enables U.S. employers to temporarily bring in foreign workers to fill non-agricultural roles during times when there are not enough American workers available to do the job. This visa category is commonly utilized by industries such as hospitality, landscaping, construction, seafood processing, as well as amusement and recreation. Its primary objective is to support U.S. businesses that face workforce shortages during peak seasons and other short-term labor demands.

Even though the 19,000 additional visas for returning workers are no longer available, 20,000 H-2B visas still remain for workers from a specific group of countries. These countries include El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Haiti, Colombia, Ecuador, and Costa Rica. Importantly, foreign nationals from these seven nations do not have to meet the returning worker criteria that applied to the 19,000-cap visas.

This reserved set of visas serves a dual purpose: it provides more legal avenues for foreign employment in the U.S. and strengthens collaborative efforts with key regional partners. According to USCIS, “This carve-out aims to promote legal migration pathways and strengthen regional workforce partnerships.”

To be eligible for an H-2B visa, both the employer and the prospective employee must meet specific criteria. For U.S. employers, eligibility hinges on proving that their need for foreign labor is temporary—whether seasonal, based on peak load, intermittent, or a one-time occurrence. In addition, they must demonstrate that there are no qualified and available American workers to fill the roles and must secure a temporary labor certification from the U.S. Department of Labor.

On the other hand, foreign nationals must belong to a country approved for participation in the H-2B visa program. For the 19,000 returning worker allocation, eligibility required prior H-2B visa approval during fiscal years 2022, 2023, or 2024. However, the 20,000 reserved visas for the seven designated countries do not impose such a requirement.

The list of countries whose nationals are eligible for the H-2B visa program is determined each year by the Secretary of Homeland Security, in coordination with the Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of State. The latest list, effective as of November 8, 2024, includes the following nations: Andorra, Argentina, Australia, Austria, Barbados, Belgium, Belize, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Brunei, Bulgaria, Canada, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Estonia, Eswatini, Fiji, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Grenada, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Jamaica, Japan, Kiribati, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Madagascar, Malta, Mauritius, Mexico, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Mozambique, Nauru, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, North Macedonia, Norway, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Republic of Cyprus, Romania, Saint Lucia, San Marino, Serbia, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, Solomon Islands, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Thailand, Timor-Leste, Turkey, Tuvalu, Ukraine, United Kingdom, United States, Uruguay, and Vanuatu.

This comprehensive list highlights the global reach of the H-2B visa program. However, the seven designated Central and South American countries—El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Haiti, Colombia, Ecuador, and Costa Rica—have been specifically carved out in this latest allotment of 20,000 visas, making it easier for nationals of these countries to participate without prior H-2B visa history.

For potential workers from these regions, the opportunity remains significant. If you are a national of one of these countries and are seeking seasonal work in the US, exploring the H-2B visa could be a viableoption.

Employers should also take note of what steps to take now that the cap for returning workers has been filled. If a business is facing serious operational challenges due to labor shortages, it might still be eligible to submit a petition—provided it plans to hire workers from the 20,000-reserved pool. Otherwise, the USCIS has made it clear that new applications under the returning worker category will no longer be considered.

Additionally, employers must comply with all documentation and filing protocols, including the submission of Form I-129 and all labor certification requirements. Failure to meet these administrative obligations can result in delays or denials, even if the employer is otherwise eligible.

The key message here is that while one pathway has closed, another remains open. The H-2B visa continues to play a pivotal role for industries in the U.S. experiencing seasonal workforce shortages. Moreover, it provides a vital, lawful route for foreign workers who want to contribute to the U.S. economy on a temporary basis.

While the early second-half cap for returning H-2B workers has been filled, there’s still a significant opportunity for employers and workers from seven eligible countries. The H-2B program remains a critical lifeline for industries facing labour shortages and a valuable legal pathway for foreign workers seeking temporary employment in the U.S.

In summary, even though the specific allocation for returning workers under the H-2B program has reached its limit, hopeful applicants from select Central and South American nations still have a substantial chance of securing seasonal employment in the United States. U.S. employers struggling with labor gaps should pivot toward this remaining option if they wish to meet staffing needs for the upcoming season.

-+=